Innovations 2008/2009

Rittal – Your system provider
Rittal Innovations 2008/2009

07/09 E984
Rittal GmbH & Co. KG

Postfach 1662
D-35726 Herborn
Telephone: +49(0)2772 505-0
Telefax: +49(0)2772 505-2319
eMail: info@rittal.de
Innovations 2008/2009
www.rittal.com All supplements to Rittal Catalogue 32
Switch to perfection
Faster. Better. Worldwide.
CONTENTS
Industrial Enclosures from page 6
Power Distribution from page 34
Electronic Packaging from page 48
System Climate Control from page 58
IT Solutions from page 86
Communication Systems from page 144
System accessories from page 153
Technical details from page 180
s te r
Fa
e.g. planning with intelligent engineering tools
Rittal Innovations 2009

r dwide
B ette Wo
rl
e.g. with international approvals e.g. with more than 60 subsidiaries, 150 distribution
and logistics centres, 70 agents and 250 service partners
worldwide
Rittal Innovations 2009 3

Rittal system solutions
boost efficiency!
There is nothing that cannot be improved. We are
working on this, aware that optimisation potential can
be found everywhere. Rittal adopts a systematic
approach and focuses all its resources on a common
goal. By combining all the individual optimisation
measures, we arrive at a brand new approach to
significantly enhanced efficiency. Our formula is very
simple: Get more out of it. More efficiency with new
products, simpler designs, perfect planning, efficient
engineering and faster modifications.
t
Fas embly
ass
Ri4Power power distribution

● The structured system solution for
low-voltage switchgear
● System-compatible with switchgear
from all well-known manufacturers
4 Rittal Innovations 2009

ergy
% en h pacity
5
–4 ings H ig
d ca
sav lo a
Cool Efficiency cooling units Support arm system CP-C

● Rittal cooling units and recooling systems for ● Strong design for ergonomic functionality
maximum efficiency ● High load capacity for efficient working
● Saves cash and protects the environment

Individual enclosures with CAD
Simple, fast machining of AE compact enclosures
Enclosure machining Mounting plate machining Spray-finishing:

Cut-outs and holes in all enclosure surfaces Cut-outs, holes and thread tapping in the Powder-coating after metalworking is
and in the gland plate. mounting plate. complete, in all standard RAL colours.
6 Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures

Simple, fast machining of AE compact enclosures
Faster, better, more efficient – especially when it www.rittal.de/laser-express, which handles the
comes to adapting enclosures to your individual entire order.
requirements. Enclosures are machined to perfection using
Rittal is proud to unveil a new service for Germany a state-of-the-art 3D laser prior to spray-finishing.

which allows us to deliver an AE compact enclo- This ensures optimum protection against corrosion,
sure tailored to your specific requirements within and also allows us to offer spray-finishing in all
7 days1). To ensure that everything runs smoothly, standard RAL colours.
there is an Internet platform in German available at
Delivery time 7 days1)
Offer/Order Enclosure machining Transport
Send us your drawing via our Internet The enclosures are machined fully auto- Your individual compact enclosure AE
portal. Within 24 hours, you will matically to your CAD data using state- will be delivered within 7 working
receive a binding quote for your of-the-art 3D fibre laser machines They days1) of placing the order.
individual enclosure. As soon as you are then powder-coated in your preferred
have placed the order, we will get to RAL colour. 1) Mainland Germany only
work.
Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures 7

Compact enclosures AE
Ideas with added value
Proven a million times over, yet still full of surprises! Now even faster, better and more efficient.
Rittal compact enclosures AE. Example: the new mounting plate attachment.
Simply screw a combination bolt into any . . . insert the mounting plate . . . . . . and secure with a nut.
attachment point . . .
This is how easy mounting plate attachment
in compact enclosures can be. You would
expect nothing less from Rittal.

Accessories
Baying kit Packs of Model No. SZ

for KL, AE 1 set 1199.100
Special screws and nuts
● for fast, simple assembly without thread-
tapping.
● compression of the seal is limited to a prede-
fined level, to ensure a long-lasting permanent
seal between enclosures.
Seal, self-adhesive
● comprised of bayable sealing elements and
corner pieces, for individual adaptation to
various enclosure sizes.
One pack is sufficient for a baying point up to
H x D = 800 x 350 mm.
Supply includes:
Sealing elements,
assembly parts.
Mini-comfort handle Version Model No. SZ

for AE with cam lock For lock inserts1) 2537.010 NEW
For retro-fitting to AE enclosures with cam lock. For semi-cylinder2) 2537.000
Handle mounting:
● vertically from an enclosure height of 380 mm
● horizontally from an enclosure width of 300 mm Accessories:
is supported.
Prepared for the installation of lock inserts and 1) Lock inserts, version F,
for the installation of commercially available 40 or see Cat. 32, page 956.
45 mm semi-cylinders to DIN 18 252 and of lock 2) Lock and push-button inserts,
and push-button inserts. see Cat. 32, page 948.
Semi-cylinder, CS 9785.040,
Material: see Cat. 32, page 957.
Die-cast zinc
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts and seals.
Wall mounting bracket Wall distance

Packs of Model No. SZ
mm
for AE
For attaching to the enclosure from the outside. 15 4 2508.100
Simply insert the expandable dowel into the
enclosure hole from the outside, and screw-
fasten the wall bracket from the outside.
Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated
Supply includes:
Wall bracket pre-fitted with seal and
expandable dowel.

Interior installation
The benefits already familiar to users of the TS 8 accessories. The rails may be attached to any
baying system are now also available for the compact position without the need for machining, and support
enclosure AE: Additional rails now facilitate further maximum flexibility.
interior installation with the extensive range of TS 8

Cable conduit Door-operated switch Enclosure light

Secure cable routing from the door to the The door-operated switch may be attached In this way, enclosure lights may be fitted in
mounting plate, with flexible height and directly to the tapped holes provided. the roof section without the need for addi-
depth. tional mounting accessories.

Accessories
Rails for interior installation 1 For enclosure depth

mm
for AE
For mounting in the enclosure, no machining 210 4 2373.210
required. Suitable for all-round mounting on the 250 4 2373.250
sides, base and roof areas. 300 4 2373.300
Variable with 2 rows of system punchings, 350 4 2373.350
creates additional mounting space e.g. for:
● TS punched section with mounting flange
● Enclosure lights Note:
● Door-operated switch Other mounting options:
● Door stay Mounting plates, locatable,
● Cable conduit holder TS 8612.400, see Cat. 32, page 1003.
Mounting plates, screw-fastened, large,
Material: TS 8612.410, see Cat. 32, page 1003.
Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated Mounting plates, screw-fastened, small,
PS 4532.000, see Cat. 32, page 1003.
Mounting bracket,
PS 4597.000, see Cat. 32, page 1003.
T B
B = Width
T = Depth
H
for fitting in AE Cat. 32,
Installation accessories Model No. TS
from W/H mm page
380 8612.130
8612.140
500
8612.040
8612.150
600
8612.050
8612.160
760
8612.060
2 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 993
8612.180
1000 8612.080
8612.090
8612.100
1200
8612.000
8612.120
1400
8612.020
300 8800.125
400 4694.000
3 TS mounting bar 500 4695.000 997
600 4696.000
800 4697.000
Accessories
Door-operated switch 4127.000 1030
Door stay 2519.000 967
Ø 16 mm Ø 20 mm Ø 36 mm Ø 48 mm
Cable conduit holder 2593.000 2591.000 2594.000 2592.000 1064
Cable conduit 2595.000 2589.000 2596.000 2590.000

Baying systems TS 8
IP 66/NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
F1
T B
G1
H
Baying systems TS 8
NEW: Enclosure frame, roof, base, NEMA 4:

● As an alternative to enclo- rear panel: 1.5 mm Enclosure frame, door, roof, Also required:
sures with fitted side panels. Door: 2.0 mm base, rear panel:
Baying accessories per baying
● Now bayable for larger enclo- Mounting plate: Dipcoat primed and powder-
point
sure combinations. 3.0 mm (sheet steel) coated in textured RAL 7035
1 pack of TS 8800.500,
on the outside
Material: Surface finish: 1 pack of TS 8800.400,
Mounting plate: Zinc-plated
NEMA 4x: NEMA 4x: 1 pack of TS 8800.430,
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Enclosure frame: Uncoated Protection category: see Cat. 32, page 928 – 930.
Door, roof, base, rear panel: IP 66 to EN 60 529 (complies
NEMA 4:
Brushed on the outside, grain with NEMA 4x/NEMA 4) Rittal service:
Sheet steel, spray-finished
size 400
Supply includes: Enclosures, single-door,
Mounting plate: Zinc-plated
NEMA 4x/NEMA 4: with depth/width up to 800 mm
Enclosure frame with door, on request.
roof/base plate, rear panel,
mounting plate.
Cat. 32,
Packs of IP 66/NEMA 4x, stainless steel IP 66/NEMA 4, sheet steel
page
Width (B) mm 800 800
Height (H) mm 2000 2000
Depth (T) mm 600 600
Mounting plate width (F1) mm 699 699
Mounting plate height (G1) mm 1896 1896
Model No. TS 1 8450.680 8806.580
Door(s) 1 1
Also required
Side panels IP 66/NEMA 4x, NEMA 4 2 8700.680 8106.580
Baying frame IP 66/NEMA 4x, NEMA 4 1 8700.010 8700.010
Base/plinth
Components Height 100 mm 1 set 8701.800 8601.800 893, 899
front and rear Height 200 mm 1 set 8702.800 8602.800 893, 899
Height 100 mm 1 set 8701.060 8601.060 893, 899
Trim panels (sides)
Height 200 mm 1 set 8702.060 8602.060 893, 899
Base/plinth trim, modular SO 4 2913.000 – 899
Accessories
Cable clamp rails 2 4192.000 4192.000 1061
System support rails 2 4362.000 4362.000 1000
Support strips for door 20 4598.000 4598.000 964
Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4118.000 4118.000 967
Lock systems
Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for lock inserts, type F, see Cat. 32, page 956 and comfort handle, see Cat. 32, page 947 – 948.
Side panels IP 66/NEMA 4x, Baying frame IP 66/NEMA 4x,

NEMA 4 NEMA 4
For termination of the enclo- Foamed-in on both sides for
sures while preserving the sealing between two enclo-
protection category. sures, one version (stainless
steel) for NEMA 4x and NEMA 4.

Baying systems TS 8
Isolator door cover, door locking
TS isolator door cover Width Height Depth Model No.

mm mm mm TS
(US version) 100 1800 400 8900.840
Including main door lock for safety locking of
100 1800 500 8900.850
enclosures and bayed enclosure suites in accord-
ance with US regulations, only in conjunction with 100 2000 500 8900.050
actuator lever for main switches: 100 2000 600 8900.060
● Allen Bradley 1494 V-H1
● Square D 9422 A1
● ITE Siemens Max-Flex series/FHOH
(only available in the USA) Also required:
● General Electric TDA Type 1 and 2 Operating mechanism, TS 4912.000, for enclo-
● Moeller NZM-XSHGVR 12-NA sure with isolator door cover and additionally
every fourth adjacent enclosure.
Baying systems TS 8
Benefits:
● Compact design with a width of just 100 mm. Adjacent door locking, TS 4911.000, TS 4911.100,
● May be mounted instead of a side panel. With for every adjacent enclosure.
this cover, all standard single-door TS 8 enclo- Interconnecting rods, for every adjacent enclo-
sures may be configured as isolator door enclosure in the appropriate enclosure width.
sures. The complete installation surface of the
enclosure is retained. Accessories:
● May be mounted optionally on the left or right of
the enclosure. Mounting plate infill,
● In conjunction with the integrable TS 8 mount- see Cat. 32, page 981.
ing plate infill (see Cat. 32, page 981) the Height compensator for actuator lever,
mounting surface of the main enclosure can be see page 159.
enlarged by around 14%.
Material: Isolator door locking (US version)
Sheet steel
3 4 3 4 3
Surface finish:
Powder-coated, RAL 7035
Protection category: 6 6 2 2 1 5
IP 55 to EN 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12.
Supply includes:
Main door lock, cover plate and assembly parts.
1 Operating mechanism 4 Connection component

2 Adjacent door locking (single-door) 5 Main door latch
3 Interconnecting rod 6 Adjacent door locking (two-door)
Door latch
for bayed enclosure suites
For extending the door locking of commercially
available main switches to bayed suites TS.
Adjacent door cannot be opened until the main
door has been opened.
1
1 Operating mechanism Packs of Model No. TS
(Fitted in the enclosure with main switch and
Operating mechanism 1 4912.000
additionally in every fourth adjacent enclosure)
2 Adjacent door locking s Adjacent door locking for Packs of Model No. TS
(installation in adjacent lie 8A
omp UL50 single-door enclosures 1 4911.000
enclosure) c th
wi two-door enclosures 1 4911.100
2 NEW
3 Interconnecting rods For enclosure width
To extend locking from the main enclosure to Packs of Model No. TS
mm
the adjacent enclosures of a bayed suite. 600 10 4916.000
An interconnecting rod corresponding to the
800 10 4918.000
width of the enclosure is required for each
adjacent enclosure. 1200 10 4920.000

One-piece consoles TP
Excellent inner values
The new one-piece console TP boasts exceptional while the extensive, assembly-friendly range of TS 8
qualities in terms of its modular interior installation, system accessories offers infinite installation opportu-
assembly-friendliness and system accessories. nities. The benefit to you: Reduced stock levels and
It integrates perfectly into the system platform TS 8, transport costs translate into savings.

Excellent inner values
Top design with functionality: Simple single-handed User-friendly security: Simple assembly:
The designer handle strip sits operation: Whereas two to three locks were The populated mounting plate
firmly in the hand, and ingen- The self-latching stay holds the previously needed (depending is inserted at the bottom, and
iously hides the lock of the desk unit lid open at the individ- on the width), the single lock now simply secured at the top with
hinged lid. The design is harmo- ually desired angle, with auto- uses locking bars to achieve the clips, leaving both hands free for
niously coordinated with the matic latching and unlatching. double locking capability. screw fastening. This installation
entire human/machine interface and locking technique saves
range. time and money.
Individual interior configura- Practical diversity: Exemplary cable routing: Ergoform:

tion: Perforated system strips fitted to The TopConsole system also The unlocked handle folds down
The numerous components from doors and covers for TS-com- stands for more cable entry forwards, and the lock is opened
the Rittal modular system pro- patible installation, such as combinations, due to individual by swivelling.
duce a host of individual solu- mounting rails or wiring plan gland plates from the existing
tions which you are sure to find pockets. modular TP/CM system.
worthwhile.

Sheet steel
F1
F1
B1
B1
G1
T
G1
H
T
Material: Surface finish: Supply includes:

Sheet steel Enclosure, cover and door: Enclosure, solid rear and sides, Also required:
Enclosure: 1.5 mm Dipcoat-primed, door or double door at the front, Gland plates,
Door and console lid: 2.0 mm powder-coated in textured with locking rod, console lid see Cat. 32, pages 911 – 912.
Mounting plate: 3.0 mm RAL 7035 on the outside hinged at rear,
Designer handle strip: Mounting plate: Zinc-plated 2 stays with automatic latching
Aluminium Designer handle strip: and unlatching, base open for Rittal service:
Corner protectors and lock Natural-anodised individual cable entry. Other sizes, cut-outs and holes
cover: Corner protectors and lock available on request.
Plastic, self-extinguishing cover: RAL 7015
Protection category:
IP 55 to EN 60 529,
Width (B1) mm Packs of 600 800 1000 1200 Cat 32, page
Height (H) mm 960 960 960 960
Depth (T) mm 400/520 400/520 400/520 400/520
Mounting plate width (F1) mm 499 699 899 1099
Mounting plate height (G1) mm 900 900 900 900
Model No. TP 6746.500 6748.500 6740.500 6742.500
Door(s) 1 1 2 2
Base/plinth
Components Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.200 893
front and rear Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.000 8602.200 893
Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 893
Trim panels (sides)
Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 893
Cross member, adjustable 2 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 903
Accessories
For height 4 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 992
Rail for interior installation
For lid 4 5001.050 5001.051 5001.052 5001.053 –
Punched section For lid 4 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 993
with mounting flange For enclosure 4 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 993
17 x 73 mm For door 4 8612.050 – 8612.040 8612.050 993
Punched rail 18 x 38 mm For enclosure 4 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 996
For lid 20 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 997
Mounting bars For enclosure 20 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 997
For door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4309.000 4596.000 997
Cable clamp rail 1 5001.080 5001.081 5001.082 5001.083 1062
Wiring plan pocket 1 4116.500 4118.500 4115.500 4116.500 967
Lock systems
Console lid: Standard double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, type A, see Cat. 32, page 956,
and for Ergoform-S lock system, see Cat. 32, page 953.
Cable clamp rails 180° hinges

For strain relief with cable entry. For retrospective conversion
The length of the cable clamp of standard doors with 130°
rail is tailored to the width of the hinges, including assembly
mounting plate. parts, see Cat. 32,
Model No. see Cat. 32, page 963.
page 1062.

TopConsole system TP
Consoles with enlarged installation depth for 2- or 3-part assembly
B1
H1
H
T1
B1
H
H1
T1
T T
TopConsole system TP
Console in 2-part design for Material: Surface finish: Supply includes:
direct mounting on pedestal with Sheet steel Enclosure and cover: Enclosure with cover at the front,
depth 500 mm, with console for Enclosure: 1.5 mm Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated hinged at the bottom, including
3-part assembly in conjunction Cover: 2.0 mm in textured RAL 7035 on the cover retainer, rear door, hinged
with desk unit. Designer handle strip: outside at the bottom with cam locks,
Opening at the rear, with rear Aluminium Design handle strip: base open for individual cable
panel hinged at the bottom and Corner protectors and lock lid: Natural-anodised entry.
cam locks. Side panels with Plastic, self-extinguishing Corner protectors and lock
bolts for mounting rails for inte- cover: RAL 7015 Detailed drawing,
rior installation. see page 180.
IP 55 to EN 60 529,
Complies with NEMA 12
(in conjunction with pedestal/
desk unit).
Cat. 32,
For 2-part assembly For 3-part assembly
page
Width (B) mm Packs of 600 800 1200 1600 600 800 1200 1600
Height (H) mm 565 565 565 565 785 785 785 785
Depth (T) mm 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525
Width (B1) mm 488 688 1088 1488 488 688 1088 1488
Max. cut-out
Height (H1) mm 413 413 413 413 413 413 413 413
Installation depth (T1) mm 415 415 415 415 415 415 415 415
Model No. TP 6720.100 6721.100 6722.100 6723.100 6720.200 6721.200 6722.200 6723.200
Accessories
Rail for interior installation For height 4 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 992
Punched section with For width 4 8612.060 8612.080 8612.020 – 8612.060 8612.080 8612.020 – 993
mounting flange
17 x 73 mm For depth 4 8612.030 8612.030 8612.030 8612.030 8612.030 8612.030 8612.030 8612.030 993
For width 20 8800.130 4579.000 – – 8800.130 4579.000 – – 997
Mounting bars
For depth 20 4594.000 4594.000 4594.000 4594.000 4594.000 4594.000 4594.000 4594.000 997
Punched section For front cover 4 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 993
with mounting flange
17 x 73 mm For rear cover 4 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 993
Mounting angle For front cover 4 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 996
18 x 38 mm For rear cover 4 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 – – – – 996
For front cover 20 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 997
Mounting bars
For rear cover 20 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 8800.130 8800.130 8800.130 8800.130 997
200 mm width 1 6730.310 6730.310 6730.310 6730.310 6730.310 6730.310 6730.310 6730.310 986
Partial mounting plate 500 mm width 1 6730.330 6730.330 6730.330 6730.330 6730.330 6730.330 6730.330 6730.330 986
700 mm width 1 – 6730.340 6730.340 6730.340 – 6730.340 6730.340 6730.340 986
Lock systems
Standard double-bit lock insert in both covers, may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, type A; see Cat. 32, page 956.
To order primed consoles please add extension .800 to the Model No. Delivery times available on request.
Partial mounting plate TP Cable clamp rails

200 mm, 500 mm and 700 mm C section
wide mounting plates are avail- For strain relief with cable entry.
able as accessories. Screw- Model No. see Cat. 32,
fitting at the side enables sev- page 1062.
eral partial mounting plates to
be bayed very quickly to form
a continuous mounting area.
Model No. see Cat. 32,
page 986.

Strong design
for ergonomic functionality
Support arm system CP-C
Optimum ergonomic design is an essential prerequi- The new support arm system CP-C features a strikingly
site for efficient working on modern machinery and stylish design coupled with exemplary functionality.
plant. Rittal support arms are the answer to your call. It is perfectly tailored to the Comfort Panel and
The comprehensive modular system and the Optipanel command panels.
high load-bearing capacity permit configuration
of an ideal solution for practically every situation.

Strong design for ergonomic functionality
CP-XL
160
CP-C
CP-L
80

0 1 2
Support arm systems are designed for simple and convenient Automatic potential equalisation The intermediate size to existing
adjustment. The later realignment of a ready-installed system is of all components. support arm systems CP-L/CP-XL.
equally straightforward.
Compatible with all existing Data and power cables can be Generous cross-section accom- Cover prepared for the integra-
operating housings with CP-L separated both mechanically modates pre-assembled con- tion of signal pillars.
support arm mounting cut-outs and electrically by inserting an nectors, e.g. VGA or DVI, up to
or corresponding adaptor. optional partition strip. 30 x 64 mm.
45
45
45 45
90
90
Individual designs may be cre- Integral adjustment and limita- Sections may be individually cut Top-mounted joints and wall-
ated with the profile channel and tion of the rotation angle. to length, and secured via screw mounted hinges now also
customer-supplied label. channels – no need for thread- available with vertical outlet.
tapping.

Aluminium
Support section CP-C Length Weight

Model No. CP
mm kg
Attachment to the connection components with
4 self-tapping screws in the screw channel. May 250 2.0 6074.000
be cut to any required length, no thread-tapping 500 3.9 6074.100
required. 1000 7.8 6074.300
Size: 2000 15.6 6074.500
75 x 120 mm
Wall thickness:
6.5 mm
Material:
Extruded aluminium section
Colour:
60
RAL 7035
50.5
120
80
51
1.8
107
36
51
75
Enclosure attachment CP-C Colour Weight

Model No. CP
RAL kg
for command panels with support arm
connection 7035 0.7 6070.200
● CP-L Ø 130 mm
● CP-XL
For rigid fastening of the enclosure to the support
arm system.
Material:
Die-cast zinc
34
22
Supply includes: 70
Seal and self-tapping screws for CP-C support Ø 130
section attachment.
Mounting cut-out Mounting cut-out

Enclosure CP-L, Enclosure CP-XL
Ø 130 mm
7
82
100
70
11
2
7

Aluminium
Housing coupling CP-C Colour Weight

Model No. CP
RAL kg
connection 7035 2.0 6070.000
● CP-L Ø 130 mm
For swivel mounting of the enclosure on the
vertical section of the support arm system.
Rotation range:
Approx. 310°, lockable via clamping levers.
By inserting the grub screws, the rotation angle
61
44
can be limited.
Ø 70
Material:
Ø 130
Die-cast zinc

Supply includes:
Seal, grub screws and self-tapping screws for Mounting cut-out
CP-C support section attachment. Enclosure CP-L, Ø 130 mm
82
70
7
Angle coupling 90° CP-C Weight
Model No. CP
kg
connection 2.1 6071.200
● CP-L, Ø 130 mm
For swivel mounting of the enclosure on the
horizontal part of the support arm system.
Accessories:
Enclosure may be suspended or top-mounted.
Removable lid for simple cable entry. Mounting component for signal pillars
(CP 6073.000),
Rotation range: see page 25.
Approx. 310°, lockable via clamping levers.
By inserting the grub screws, the rotation angle
99
can be limited.
Material:
Angle coupling: Cast aluminium/die-cast zinc
Lid: Plastic
172
Colour:
Angle coupling: RAL 7035
107
Lid: RAL 7024

Supply includes:
74
Seals, grub screws, adjusting screws and
Ø 130
self-tapping screws for CP-C support section
149
attachment.
Mounting cut-out
Enclosure CP-L, Ø 130 mm
82
70
7

Aluminium
Angle piece 90° CP-C Weight

Model No. CP
kg
For connecting horizontal and vertical support
arm components. Removable lid for simple cable 1.1 6071.400
entry.
Material:
Angle piece: Cast aluminium Accessories:
Lid: Plastic Mounting component for signal pillars
Colour: (CP 6073.000),
Angle piece: RAL 7035 see page 25.
Lid: RAL 7024
10
Supply includes:
Seals, adjusting screws and self-tapping screws
for CP-C support section attachment.
74
84
149
Intermediate hinge CP-C Weight

Model No. CP
kg
For vertically hinged connection of horizontal
support sections within the support arm system. 4.4 6071.800
Removable lid for simple cable entry.
Rotation range:
Approx. 330°. Accessories:
By inserting the screws, the rotation angle can be Mounting component for signal pillars
limited. (CP 6073.000),
Material: see page 25.
Intermediate hinge: Cast aluminium
148
Lid: Plastic
74
Colour: 10
Intermediate hinge: RAL 7035
Lid: RAL 7024
Supply includes:
Seals, screws for limiting the rotation angle,
adjusting screws and self-tapping screws for
CP-C support section attachment.
326.5
198
Ø 168
168

Aluminium
Top-mounted joint CP-C Weight

Model No. CP
kg
Vertical outlet
For swivel mounting of the support arm system on 3.8 6072.800
horizontal surfaces – also suitable for suspending
from the ceiling.
Rotation range:
Approx. 330°.
By inserting the screws, the rotation angle can be
limited.
Material:
Cast aluminium
Colour:

RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Mounting cut-out
90
–
65
Ø
Ø 168
15
Ø
13
/M
12
96.5
20.5
96
Ø
Ø 13 Ø 60
195
Top-mounted joint CP-C Weight

Model No. CP
kg
Horizontal outlet
For swivel mounting of the support arm system on 4.3 6072.600
horizontal surfaces – also suitable for suspending
from the ceiling. Removable lid for simple cable
entry. Accessories:
Rotation range: Mounting component for signal pillars
Approx. 330°. (CP 6073.000),
By inserting the screws, the rotation angle can be see page 25.
limited.
Material:
Top-mounted joint: Cast aluminium
Lid: Plastic
Colour:
Top-mounted joint: RAL 7035
Lid: RAL 7024
Supply includes:
74
Mounting cut-out 10
90
–
65
Ø
Ø
13
211.5
/M
12
146.5
Ø 168
96
20.5
Ø
Ø 13 Ø 60
195

Aluminium
Wall-mounted hinge CP-C Weight

Model No. CP
kg
Vertical outlet
For vertically hinged mounting of the support arm 5.5 6072.400
surface on vertical surfaces. Removable lid for
simple cable entry.
Rotation range: Accessories:
Approx. 330°. Mounting component for signal pillars
By inserting the screws, the rotation angle can be (CP 6073.000),
limited. see page 25.
Material:
Wall-mounted hinge: Cast aluminium
Lid: Plastic
Colour:
Wall-mounted hinge: RAL 7035
Lid: RAL 7024
Supply includes:
Wall-mounted hinge CP-C Weight

Model No. CP
kg
Horizontal outlet
For vertically hinged mounting of the support arm 6.1 6072.500
surface on vertical surfaces. Removable lid for
simple cable entry.
Rotation range: Accessories:
Approx. 330°. Mounting component for signal pillars
By inserting the screws, the rotation angle can be (CP 6073.000),
limited. see page 25.
Material:
Wall-mounted hinge: Cast aluminium
Lid: Plastic
Colour:
Wall-mounted hinge: RAL 7035
Lid: RAL 7024
Supply includes:

Aluminium
Wall/base mounting bracket, Colour Weight

Model No. CP
RAL kg
small, CP-C 7035 0.5 6072.200
For rigid attachment of the support arm system
to vertical or horizontal surfaces.
For the configuration of compact support arm
systems.
Material:
Cast aluminium
34
Supply includes:
12.5
25.5
Seals, adjusting screws for support section and
self-tapping screws for CP-C support section
attachment.

Ø 11
31
53
95
60
31
94
150
190
Mounting cut-out
M 10
150 11/
Ø
35 – 70
60
70 – 110
Mounting component
Also required:
for support arm system CP-C
1) Connection adaptor SG 2372.120,
For external mounting of a signal pillar on the
plastic cover of the support arm components. see Cat. 32, page 1125.
2) Connection component SG 2368.000,
Colour: see Cat. 32, page 1126.
RAL 7024 (graphite grey)
For Suitable for signal pillar Model No. CP

Angle coupling 90° CP 6071.200 LED compact modular
Angle piece 90° CP 6071.400
Intermediate hinge CP 6071.800 6073.000
1) 2)
Wall-mounted hinge CP 6072.500
Top-mounted joint CP 6072.600
Ø 25
Ø 19
90
142
80

Support arm system CP-L
Connection adaptor Height Weight

Model No. CP
mm kg
CP-L Ø 130 mm to 40 0.5 6071.000
CP-L 120 x 65 mm
for external mounting of command panels with
support arm section CP-L 120 x 65 mm to:
● Enclosure attachment CP-C,
see page 20,
● Housing coupling CP-C,
see page 21,
● Angle coupling CP-C,
see page 21,
● Angle coupling CP-L, CP 6526.0X0,
see Cat. 32, page 263,

● Pivot CP-L with jib,
see page 28,
● Pivot CP-L for machine-integrated installation,
see page 28.
Material:
Cast aluminium
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Seal and assembly parts.
Configurator for support arm and

pedestal systems
The system is able to precisely define the correct support arm
system by using important user-specific parameters such as the jib
length, enclosure weight or the cable cross-section that is needed.
The user is carefully guided through the program by a series of
simple questions. The integral, intelligent consistency check of every
stage ensures that an error-free system configuration is the end
result.
A visualised representation of the configured system, together with
supply of the relevant 3D data to be transferred into the user’s
machine and plant design system, is included as standard with this
configurator.
Benefits at a glance:
● Individual assembly tailored to the user’s specific requirements
● Integrated consistency checking
● Visualisation preview
● 3D design data
● Configured system parts list
● Online shop
Further information can be found at:

www.rittal.com/configurators

Support arm, height adjustable Overall

Colour
Weight
Model No.
length range
CP-L mm
RAL
kg1)
CP
Offers enhanced ergonomics thanks to: 1090 9006 8 – 15 6510.320
● Adjustment range 1090 9006 15 – 32 6510.330
– for tall and short operators
1090 9006 20 – 40 6510.340
– for seated and stand-up worktstations
● Precise coordination of the compression spring 1) For populated enclosure and vertical support section.
to the enclosure weight via an adjusting screw

at the rear of the support arm.
● Complete functional reliabilty – if the com-
1
pression spring breaks, the arm will remain
in position.
Approx. 400
● Clip-off plastic panels for access to integral

cable routing.
● Tilting angle of the mounted enclosure is
30°
identical in every height position.
NEW:
● More space for cable routing. 4
● Cables with connectors such as DVI, VGA
are also easily inserted.
● Integral locking in three stages.
30°
● Superior load capacity.
Approx. 400
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
2
1 Top end stop 3
2 Bottom end stop
–20°20°
120
84
3 Lockable
at +20° or –20°
40
70
824.5
4 Max. cross-section for 1090.5
cable entry 16 x 40 mm
49
80
20
34
Support section CP-L, open Length (L) Weight

Model No. Model No.
CP CP
Attachment to the connection components with mm kg
RAL 7035 RAL 9006
4 self-tapping screws in the screw channel, may
500 2.4 6511.050 6511.060
be cut to any required length, no thread-tapping
required. With open cable duct, for easy servic- 1000 4.75 6513.050 6513.060
ing access and for pre-assembled cables with
connectors; easily locked via cover section.
Size: Permissible load depending on system
50 x 85 mm configuration
Intermediate hinge CP 6523.0X0 should only
Wall thickness:
be used once per system!
8 mm
Material:
800
Extruded aluminium section,
plastic 700
Permissible static load [N]
Supply includes: 600

Cover section.
(enclosure and vertical
support arm section)
500
L 400
1
300
2
200
3
21
100
18
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Jib length (mm)

40
85
7.45
8
1 System configuration without intermediate
49
hinge
Rittal service:
2 System configuration with one intermediate
Individual lengths and machin- hinge
ing, e.g. recesses on the inner 19
bar, available on request. 34 3 System configuration with one intermediate
50 hinge and one top-mounted/wall-mounted
joint

Pivots CP-L
for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
Pivot CP-L Packs of Model No. CP

For direct, vertically hinged integration of com- 1 6016.700
mand panels into machines and systems.
Suitable for mounting on the inside or outside
of the machine. Enclosure may optionally be
mounted suspended, supported, or tensioned
Ø 130
between two pivots.
82
Ø
To fit enclosures with
mounting cut-out CP-L Ø 130 mm:
● Comfort Panel 24
● Optipanel
● Quickline panel
● Command panel housing with door
Pivots CP-L
Ø 70
70
Ø 82
based on AE
Ø
8
Ø 11 Ø7
Max. load capacity:
6
11
700 N per joint Mounting cut-out,
Ø
Colour: enclosure side
RAL 7024 CP-L Ø 130 mm
70
Ø 118
70
Ø 116
Ø
Ø7 M6
Option 1 Option 2
Mounting cut-out, Mounting cut-out,
machine side machine side
Pivot CP-L Packs of Model No. CP

with jib 1 6016.600
The inexpensive alternative to the short
support arm system. Suitable for mounting
on the inside or outside of the machine.
Enclosure may optionally be mounted
suspended, supported, or tensioned
between two pivots. Adjustable.
82
102
M5
To fit enclosures with
mounting cut-out CP-L Ø 130 mm:
70
● Comfort Panel up to an installation depth
60
of 191 mm
● Optipanel Ø 8.5/M8
● Quickline panel
● Command panel housing with door
34
50
95
122
based on AE
77.5
Jib length:
27
200 mm 200 65 130
Max. load capacity:

700 N per pivot
Colour:
RAL 7024/7035
Ø 8.5/M8
70
Ø 82
34
50
Ø
Ø7
60
70
Mounting cut-out,
enclosure side Mounting cut-out,
CP-L Ø 130 mm machine side

Support arm system CP-S/CP-L
Adaptor Colour
Model No. CP
RAL
for Siemens Pro-Panel
For the external mounting of Siemens Simatic: 7024 6528.450
● MP 377 Pro 15˝
● Thin Client Pro 15˝
● Flat Panel Pro 15˝
on:
● Support arm system CP-S
(see Cat. 32, page 242)
● Support arm system CP-L 120 x 65 mm
Material:
Support arm system CP-S/CP-L

Aluminium
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Connection console CP-L Colour Weight

Model No. CP
RAL kg
for Beckhoff Control-Panels
For external mounting on Rittal support arm 7024 0.7 6508.020
systems. Removable cover, with large opening
(90 x 50 mm) for simple cable entry.
Material: Also required:
Cast aluminium Enclosure attachment (CP 6525.6X0),
Supply includes: see Cat. 32, page 257.
Seals and assembly parts for mounting on the Housing coupling (CP 6525.1X0),
enclosure and 2 cable ties. see Cat. 32, page 262.
Tilting adaptor 10° (CP 6527.1X0),
see Cat. 32, page 256.
Housing coupling CP-S (CP 6501.130),
Rotatable, tiltable coupling Colour Weight

Model No. CP
RAL kg
CP-S 7024 3.3 6501.170
for Beckhoff Control-Panels
For rotatable and tiltable mounting on the Rittal
support arm system CP-S.
Pre-configured unit comprising:
● Connection console CP 6508.020
(see page 29)
● Enclosure attachment, tiltable,
configuration IW 6902.670
● Housing coupling CP-S for support arm
connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm CP 6501.130
Supply includes:
Seals, 2 locking screws, assembly parts,
2 cable ties and plastic concertina section.

Quickline panel
Individuality as standard
Quickline panel
These days, many customer requirements can be met directly off the shelf with standard enclosures.
But for those who require something a little more individual, the Rittal service team are on hand to implement
your requests.
Allow yourself to be inspired by the above examples.

Quickline panel
Operating and keyboard housing
T1
B1
T1
B1
B2
B2 T2
H2
H1
H1
T2
H2
H2
T4
T4
B4 B4
H4
H4
Quickline panel
H3
H3
T3 T3
CP 6690.600 CP 6691.600
CP 6690.610 CP 6691.610
The keyboard/operating ● Multi-function hinges: ● Siemens Simatic: Surface finish:

housing to suit all applications − Simple, fast assembly of the − Panel PC 477B, 677B Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated
operating panel. (12˝ keyboard, in textured RAL 7035 on the out-
● Keyboard housing is quickly
− Door easily removable and 15˝ touchscreen), side
and easily opened for servic-
refitted for servicing pur- − Panel PC 577B
ing. Protection category:
poses. (15˝ touchscreen),
● Operating and keyboard IP 55
− Interchangeable door hinge − MP 277B 10˝ keyboard,
housing connected via an
for symmetrical enclosures. − MP 377B 12˝ keyboard, Supply includes:
enclosure duct connector
15˝ touchscreen. Enclosure with cut-out and rein-
− The angle between the
Direct command panel forcement, prepared for support
operating and keyboard Door with second or keyboard
mounting: arm system CP-L Ø 130 mm,
housing is 120°. housing cut-out:
door with foamed seal, two
− Also used for cable routing. Door with one aperture: − MCP 483C,
enclosure duct connectors,
● Standard support arm cut-out − MCP 483,
● Siemens Sinumerik: threaded bolts in all 4 corners
CP-L Ø 130 mm. − PP 012.
− OP 010, for flexible interior installation via
May be optionally extended
− OP 010 C, Material: mounting brackets (see table).
to the larger support arm
− OP 012, Enclosure and door:
system CP-XL/CP-Q simply Detailed drawing,
− OP 015. Sheet steel
by drilling 4 holes. see page 180.
Width (B1) mm 575 Cat. 32,

Height (H1) mm operating housing 383 538 page
Height (H3) mm keyboard housing 228
Depth (T1) mm operating housing 191
Depth (T3) mm keyboard housing 90.5
482.6 mm (19˝) x 310 mm (7 U)
For installation panel W x H operating housing 482.6 mm (19˝) x 310 mm (7 U)
+ 482.6 mm (19˝) x 155 mm (3.5 U)
For installation panel W x H keyboard housing 482.6 mm (19˝) x 155 mm (3.5 U)
450 mm x 290 mm
Cut-out dimensions B2 x H2 operating housing 450 mm x 290 mm
+ 450 mm x 137.5 mm
Cut-out dimensions B4 x H4 keyboard housing 450 mm x 137.5 mm 450 mm x 137.5 mm
Installation depth (T2) operating housing 185 mm
Installation depth (T4) keyboard housing 87 mm
Support arm connection Top Bottom Top Bottom
Model No. CP 6690.6001) 6690.6101) 6691.6001) 6691.6101)
Accessories
Mounting bracket for the installation of punched sections
6205.100 6205.100 1004
with mounting flange and TS support strips
horizontal 8612.160 8612.160 993
Punched sections with mounting flanges
vertical – 8612.150 993
horizontal 4696.000 4696.000 997
TS mounting bars
vertical 4594.000 4695.000 997
1) Delivery times available on request.
Installing the operating panel Hinges

The doors of the keyboard/oper- The hinges of the keyboard
ating housing are incredibly housing make it all possible –
easy to remove. This means that easy opening for population and
operating panels or keyboard maintenance, and problem-free
are secured very conveniently swapping of the door hinges.
from the rear in just a few
actions.

Operating housings
Rear panel with thermoelectric cooler
The low-vibration thermoelectric cooler is compact,
lightweight and efficient, providing an optimum cooling
solution at the human/machine interface, and is now available
to order via a design code number.
Customers can choose from two mounting variants:
● Externally mounted unit – on the rear of the enclosure.
● Built-in unit – integrated into the enclosure.

Operating housings
Units may be mounted either horizontally or vertically,
and several units may be bayed in a modular configuration.
Further details may be found on page 189.
2.6 Rear panel

Additional design code number
for the Comfort Panel
The full range of design code
numbers may be found in
Cat. 32, from page 196.
Rear panel with 2.6

In addition to the design code thermoelectric cooler
number, the following informa- (built-in unit) 7
tion is also needed:
● Built-in or externally mounted
unit
● Horizontal or vertical mount-
ing
● Please specify the position or
enclose a sketch.
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8

A2 5 0 0 2 7 2 1
Installation criteria:
From installation Rear panel Dimensions of front panel
Variant depth
mm Hinged Screw-fastened W mm (H1)) H mm (W1))
External mounting 74 395
Internal mounting – 415 215
113
Internal mounting – 395
1) Dimensions for vertical mounting.

Operating housings
Rear panel with thermoelectric cooler
2.4 Rear wall

for the Optipanel
Rear panel with 2.4
Operating housings
number, the following informa- (externally mounted unit) 5
unit
ing
enclose a sketch.
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6

3 4 5 5 2 1
Variant depth
External mounting 100 420
Internal mounting – 445 215
150
3.8 Rear wall

for the VIP 6000
Rear panel with 3.8

number, the following informa- (built-in unit) 9
unit
ing
enclose a sketch.
3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9

3 8 1 1 1 2 1 9 1
Variant depth
External mounting 420
Internal mounting 155 – 445 215

Form 1 Form 2-4 ISV
Low-voltage switchgear Low-voltage switchgear Distribution enclosures
in an open design with form separation
The modular solution comprising the TS 8 Modular form separation of the TS 8 Everything from a single source:
Top enclosure system and the standardised Top enclosure system in conjunction with ISV-TS 8 enclosure system, ISV-AE
Maxi PLS busbars. busbar systems up to 5500 A as a modular wall-mounted distributors, ISV modules
See Cat. 32, page 413. solution. and SV components.
See Cat. 32, page 457.
Applications: Applications:
● Main current distribution systems ● Process industry Applications:
● Current rectification applications ● Water supply/disposal ● Building distribution systems
● Wind power ● Building distribution ● Industry distribution systems
● Industry distribution systems ● Chemical industry ● Sub-distribution systems
● Mechanical engineering ● Mechanical engineering
Technical specifications:
Rated voltage: Rated transient Rated voltage: Rated transient Rated voltage: Rated transient
up to 690 V AC current resistance: up to 690 V AC current resistance: up to 690 V AC current resistance:
up to 100 kA up to 100 kA up to 50 kA
Rated currents: Rated currents: Rated currents:
up to 4000 A Protection up to 5500 A Protection up to 630 A, Protection
category: category: up to 1600 A category:
up to IP 54 up to IP 54 up to IP 54
34 Rittal Innovations 2009/Power Distribution

Ri4Power system overview
Rittal Ri4Power – structured system solutions for the reliable, fast assembly of low-voltage switchgear systems
for machines, plant, and buildings. Rittal Ri4Power is the new term for low-voltage switchgear and distribution enclosures
under one roof – in accordance with the international standard IEC 60 439-1.
Be amazed at just how easily and precisely your solution can be created. There are two decisive features: Combination
scope and compatibility. The combination scope makes Ri4Power the optimum solution for your application.
And the compatibility of the components ensures improved economics.
Note: Up-to-date information may be found in our new Ri4Power Form 2-4 brochure. We will be happy to
send you a copy on request, or you can download the PDF file from www.rittal.com
Ri4Power system overview

Software Components
Planning, configuration, selection Modular individuality:
Enclosure system and system accessories
TS 8, the Top enclosure system, is the system platform for all

Ri4Power applications. Each enclosure is a specialist for even
the most exceptional tasks. By combining Ri4Power and busbar
components with general system accessories, you can create
infinite power distribution possibilities.
Uncompromising safety:
RiLine60, Maxi-PLS and Flat-PLS busbar systems
Innovative software – the fast, perfect route to

your individual Ri4Power system solution.
Rittal Power Engineering

● For planners: Tendering text and plan
drawings at the press of a button.
● For quote preparation: the exact costing
for each part in just a few steps.
● For plant manufacturers: field-related bills
of materials and drawings at the press of
a button.
See Cat. 32, page 1153.
Type-tested system technology for all low-voltage applications in

control and power distribution engineering.
The busbar systems offer a host of useful features to make installa-
Ri4Power tion, assembly and operation easy and uncomplicated. For the plant
Type-tested to IEC 60 439-1 operator, the Rittal Ri4Power guarantees uncompromisingly high
Accidental arc testing to IEC 61 641
safety standards in power distribution.
Rittal Innovations 2009/Power Distribution 35

Rittal RiLine60 – modular,
individual, saves time and money
Rittal RiLine60 system overview
Ultimate power: Designed for optimum rating data. contact and connection system. Ultimate safety:
Ultimate time-savings: Cost-effective, thanks to Optimum contact hazard protection at all times.
simple assembly handling. Ultimate energy For IEC and UL markets: RiLine60 components meet
efficiency: Low-loss operation, thanks to perfect the relevant standards and licensing conditions.

Strong design for ergonomic functionality
Three busbar systems Perfect contact hazard protection Saving of assembly space
● Flat bars up to 30 x 10 mm All-round encapsulation of PLS and Unlimited top mounting of the PLS

● PLS 800 and flat bar systems busbar system with connection and
● PLS 1600 ● Base tray distribution components.
Rittal PLS provides space-saving ● Cover section and
Flexible positioning
assembly thanks to complete top ● End cover form an ideal unit.
of the support
mounting of the busbar supports.
● makes planning easier
● offers more stability if necessary
● and uses the space more effectively.
Connection systems Component adaptor Fuse system (63 – 630 A)

Either flexible busbars or round con- The tried-and-trusted support frame The right solution to suit every applica-
ductors may be used conveniently, technology facilitates problem-free tion, whether screw components, D02-
quickly and reliably. The cable outlet replacement of equipment with the E18 to DIII, switchable D02-E18 compo-
may be freely selected. system operational, without having to nents or NH technology. Optionally with
dismantle the adaptor section from the electronic and electromechanical fuse
busbar. The busbar section always monitoring.
remains covered and shockproof.
The new RiLine Class generation of units
up to 400 A is the ideal addition to the
product range for UL applications.
RiLine60 – designed for the world market

Full information may be found in our latest RiLine60 brochure. We will be happy to send you a copy on request,
or you can download the PDF file from www.rittal.com

Busbar support
1 and 2-pole
40
1 2 3
20 16
165
140
150
25
16
1 SV 9342.030 2 SV 9340.030 3 SV 9340.040
Material: Colour: Note:

Polyamide (PA 6.6), RAL 7035 SV 9340.030/SV 9342.030
Busbar support
25 % fibreglass-reinforced. The busbar supports may be

Supply includes:
Continuous operating tempera- bayed with 60 mm bar centre
SV 9342.030
ture max. 130°C. distance for the configuration of
Raised section for stepped
Fire protection corresponding multi-pole systems.
arrangement of PLS busbars.
to UL 94-V0.
Cat. 32,
Version 1 2 3
page
Number of poles 1-pole 1-pole 2-pole
Bar centre distance – – 60 mm
PLS 16001) – – 352
For busbars E-Cu 12 x 5/10 mm2),
– 12 x 5 – 30 x 10 mm 408
15 x 5 – 30 x 10 mm
Tightening torque M6 x 20/35 mm3) M5 x 16 M5 x 16
● Assembly screw 3 – 5 Nm 3 – 5 Nm 3 – 5 Nm
● Lid attachment 0.7 Nm 1 – 3 Nm 1 – 3 Nm
Packs of 4 4 4
Model No. SV 9342.0304) 9340.0304) 9340.0404) 5)
Accessories
Spacers – 9340.090 – 400
Additional fastening attachment – – 38
1) PLS special busbars
2) If 12 x 5/10 mm busbars are used, the spacer SV 9340.090 is additionally required.
3) 35 mm when using the raised section.
4) PEN/N/PE support
5) N/PE support
Additional fastening Packs of Model No. SV

attachment 4 9340.035
for busbar support SV 9340.030
Optional plug-in anti-twist guard for SV 9340.030.
Facilitates support alignment with horizontal or
vertical mounting.
Material:
Polyamide (PA 6.6),
25 % fibreglass-reinforced.
Continuous operating temperature
max. 130°C.
Fire protection corresponding
to UL 94-V0.
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
8 connection pins (SV 9340.280).

Rittal RiLine60 busbar systems
OM adaptors 65 A/cross members/twin cords
OM adaptors 65 A Rated current up to 65 A

with tension spring clamp Rated operating voltage 690 V~
For mounting on 60 mm busbar systems. Connection of round conductors 2.5 – 16 mm2
Material: Number of support rails,
2
Polyamide (PA 6.6), height 10 mm
25 % fibreglass-reinforced. Packs of 1
Continuous operating temperature Model No. SV 9340.620
max. 130°C.
to UL 94-V0.
Colour:
RAL 7035 (chassis)
Rittal RiLine60 busbar systems

Cross members Width
Model No.
Version for (B) Packs of
for RiLine60 busbar connections, SV
mm
3-pole
Single connection 60 2 9340.240
In order to comply with the clearance for
“feeder circuits” required by UL 508 for flat bar Baying connection1) 160 2 9340.230
systems with 60 mm bar centre distance and 1) From enclosure to enclosure
PLS 800/1600.
Material:
Polyamide (PA 6.6), Also required:
25 % fibreglass-reinforced.
Continuous operating temperature Support panel SV 9340.220 (2 pieces),
max. 130°C. see Cat. 32, page 351/353.
to UL 94-V0.
Colour:
RAL 7035
Note:
One pack (2 pieces) is sufficient for one busbar
connection.
Twin cords Version Packs of

Model No.
SV
for OM adaptors
with tension spring clamp 2.5 – 16 mm2 AWG 10 = 5.26 mm2 6 mm2 6 9340.820
Pre-assembled connection cables for individual AWG = American Wire Gauges
connection of up to two switchgear units per
adaptor.
Cable length:
L1 = 140 mm,
L2 = 250 mm.
Material:
Insulating PVC.
Temperature-resistant up to 105°C.
Wire ends with ultrasonic wire-end compression.

Rittal RiLine D-Switch (60 mm)
Bus-mounting fuse base 63 A (3-pole)
80
67
31
50
60
226
60
22
27
● 3-pole switchable bus-mount- ● Lockable and sealable. Material:

ing fuse base for snap-on ● A display panel integrated Polyamide PA6.
Rittal RiLine D-Switch (60 mm)
mounting on 12 – 30 x 5/10 mm into the enclosure visually Fire protection corresponding to

busbars or PLS 800/1600 with indicates the device’s operat- UL 94-V0.
60 mm bar centre distance. ing status.
Colour:
● For the use of fuse inserts to
Chassis: RAL 7035
DIN 49 522.
Fuse connector: RAL 7001
● With integral visual fuse moni-
toring via flashing indicator. Basis of test:
● Safely released via independ- DIN EN 60 947-3
ent manual actuation.
Supply includes:
● Lockable in the isolated
Reducing retaining springs
position.
for D01 and 10 x 38 mm fuses.
Rated operating current 63 A

Rated operating voltage 400 V~
Service short-circuit breaking capacity 50 kA
Number of poles 3-pole
Fuse inserts D011)/D02/10 x 38 mm
Terminal for round conductors2) 1.5 – 25 mm2
Tightening torque
● Terminal screw 3 – 4 Nm
Level of contamination 3
Overvoltage category IV
Min. voltage, indicator light 100 – 400 V~
Switching category AC 22B
Contact hazard protection IP 20
Packs of 3
Model No. SV 9340.950
1) When using D01 and 10 x 38 mm fuses, reducing retaining springs must be used.
2) Wire end ferrules should be used with fine wire conductors.

Rittal RiLine Class (60 mm)
Fuse holder up to 60 A (3-pole)
.5
97
.5
52
114
78
.5
17
.5
32
42 56
.5
59 80
1 2
0
12
122
1 2 3
● UL/CSA Listed. Material: Approvals:

● Fuse holder for the use of Polyamide PA6. 40
SV 9345.000:

fuses to American/Canadian Fire protection corresponding to
UL 512, CSA C22.1, Class 6225 62
standards. UL 94-V0.
● For snap-on mounting on SV 9345.010, SV 9345.030: 89
Colour: 3
35 mm support rails to UL 512, CSA, Class 6225
RAL 7035
DIN EN 60 715 (7.5/15 mm
high) or RiLine60 component
adaptor combinations
(OM adaptors/supports, see
Cat. 32, page 362 – 365, 368).
● Visual fuse monitoring via
indicator lights.
● 3-pole, switchable off-load.
Version 1 2 3
Fuse type (class) CC J J
Rated operating current 30 A 30 A 60 A
Rated operating voltage 600 V~ 600 V~ 600 V~
Number of poles 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole
Fuse size 10 x 38 mm 21 x 57 mm 27 x 60 mm
Switching capacity
200 kA 200 kA 200 kA
RMS Sym. Rating
Min. voltage, indicator light 115 V ~ 115 V ~ 115 V ~
2.5 – 10 mm2 2.5 – 25 mm2 2.5 – 25 mm2
Connection of round conductors
AWG 6 – 14 AWG 2 – 14 AWG 2 – 14
2 Nm 4 Nm 5 Nm
Tightening torque
14.75 in-lbs 35 in-lbs 45 in-lbs
● Terminal screw
solid/stranded Cu solid/stranded Cu solid/stranded Cu
Contact hazard protection IP 20 IP 20 IP 20
Packs of 4 2 2
Model No. SV 9345.000 9345.0101) 9345.030
1) May also be used for cylindrical fuses 22 x 58 mm to French standards without UL licensing.

Fuse holder 61 – 400 A (3-pole)
1 2 3 11 13
0 0
4 57
18 21
0 65
57 65
98
98
288
288
1 2
13
0
25
0 80
80
Material: Approvals:
98
Chassis, lid, contact hazard UL 4248-1/UL 4248-8
protection: Polyamide PA6. CSA C22.2 No. 4248.107/

328
Fire protection corresponding to CSA C22.2 No. 4248.8-07
UL 94-V0.
Contact tracks:
Electrolytic copper, silver-plated
Colour:
Enclosure and cover: RAL 7035
Cover trim: RAL 7001
3
Version Packs of 1 2 3
Fuse type (class) J
Fuse standard UL 248-8
Rated operating current 61 – 100 A 101 – 200 A 201 – 400 A
Rated operating voltage 600 V AC
Switching capacity RMS Sym. Rating 100 kA
Connection of round conductors (box terminal) AWG 2 – MCM 300 AWG 3/0 – MCM 600
Model No. SV 1 9345.100 9345.200 9345.400

Rittal RiLine Class (mounting plate assembly)
Fuse holder 61 – 400 A (3-pole)
1 2 3 11 13
0 0
4 57
18 21
0 65
57 65
288
298
288
1 2
13
0
25
0 80
80
Material: Approvals:
Chassis, lid, contact hazard UL 4248-1/UL 4248-8
Rittal RiLine Class (mounting plate assembly)

protection: Polyamide PA6. CSA C22.2 No. 4248.107/
Fire protection corresponding to CSA C22.2 No. 4248.8-07 353
UL 94-V0.
Contact tracks:
Electrolytic copper, silver-plated
Colour:
Enclosure and cover: RAL 7035
Cover trim: RAL 7001
3
Version Packs of 1 2 3
Fuse type (class) J
Fuse standard UL 248-8
Rated operating current 61 – 100 A 101 – 200 A 201 – 400 A
Fuse size 27 x 117 mm 41 x 146 mm 54 x 181 mm
Rated operating voltage 600 V AC
Switching capacity RMS Sym. Rating 100 kA
Connection of round conductors (box terminal) AWG 2 – MCM 300 AWG 3/0 – MCM 600
Model No. SV 1 9345.110 9345.210 9345.410

Rittal RiLine NH (60 mm)
NH bus-mounting on-load isolators, size 000 (3-pole)
Material: Note:
Cover and chassis: The special fuse arrangement
Fibreglass-reinforced produces a minimal build height

polyamide. of just 53 mm.
Fire protection corresponding to The special shape of the NH
UL 94-V0. isolator chassis supports top-
mounting of the RiLine60 bus-
Colour:
bar support for flat copper bars.
Chassis: RAL 7035
Cover: RAL 7001
Cat. 32,
Size Packs of Size 000
page
Rated current 100 A
500 V AC-22B
Utilisation category
690 V AC-21B
Type of connection Box terminal
Connection of round conductors (single-wire/multi-wire) 2.5 – 50 mm2
Pv/fuse insert 7.5 W
Tightening torque
● Assembly screw 4.5 Nm
● Terminal screw 4.5 Nm
For bar thickness 5/10 mm
Cable outlet Top Bottom
Model No. SV 1 3431.020 3431.030
Accessories
Micro-switch 5 3071.000 406

Rittal RiLine NH (60/100/185 mm)
NH fused isolators, size 00 (3-pole)
Material: Busbar adaptor

Cover, strip chassis: SV 9346.410/.420
Rittal RiLine NH (60/100/185 mm)

Fibreglass-reinforced
polyamide.
Fire protection corresponding to
UL 94-V0.
Contact tracks:
Silver-plated hard copper
Colour:
Chassis: RAL 7035
Cover: RAL 7001
Handle: RAL 7016
Cat. 32,
Size Packs of Size 00
page
Rated current 160 A
Cable outlet top/bottom
Type of connection Box terminal Screw M8
Connection of round conductors (single-wire/multi-wire) 2.5 – 95 mm2 up to 95 mm2
Tightening torque
● Assembly screw 6 Nm 6 Nm
● Terminal screw 4.5 Nm 14 Nm
For bar thickness 5/10 mm 5/10 mm
Model No. SV (60 mm bar centre distance) 1 9346.000 9346.010
Model No. SV (100 mm bar centre distance) 1 9346.020 9346.030
Also required
Busbar adaptor for mounting SV 9346.020/.030 on busbar systems with 185 mm bar centre distance. Incl. compensating panels.
Single adaptor 1 9346.410 9346.410
Two-way adaptor 1 9346.420 9346.420
Accessories
Micro-switch 5 9346.400 9346.400
Lug terminal connection part 1 set – 3592.020 407
Clamp-type terminal connection 1 set – 3592.010 407
Support bracket 4 9346.4301) 9346.4301)
1) For technical description, see page 46.

NH fused isolators size 1 – 3 (3-pole)
Material:
Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide
Contact tracks:
Silver-plated hard copper
Colour:
Chassis: RAL 7035
Cover: RAL 7001
Handle: RAL 7016
Cat. 32,
Size Size 1 Size 2 Size 3
page
Rated current 250 A 400 A 630 A
Rated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~
Equipment attachment Screw M12 Screw M12 Screw M12
Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom
Type of connection Bolt M12 Bolt M12 Bolt M12
Packs of 1 1 1
Model No. SV 9346.110 9346.210 9346.310
Accessories
1 Box terminal 3 9346.450 9346.450 9346.450
2 Busbar terminal 3 9346.440 9346.440 9346.440
3 Support bracket 4 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430
Micro-switch 6 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 406
Inserted screw nuts M12 30 3591.060 3591.060 3591.060 393
1 Box terminal 3 Support bracket

For converting NH strips For optional attachment of a
sizes 1 – 3 to box terminal customised contact hazard pro-
connection for round con- tection cover e.g. for special
ductors up to 300 mm2. applications in conjunction with
distribution enclosures. The sup-
port brackets may be attached
to the left and right of the strip
chassis.
2 Busbar terminal
For mounting NH strips
size 1 – 3 on flat copper bar
systems with 185 mm bar
centre distance, no drilling
required.

Connection components
Terminal block
1 2
1 2
Material: Colour: Note:

Chassis RAL 7035 When using the terminal on
Connection components
Polyamide (PA 6.6), 2-pole busbar systems
Supply includes:
25 % fibreglass-reinforced. (SV 9340.040) the terminal
3 terminals including cover.
Continuous operating must be rotated through 180°
temperature max. 130°C. for connection to the PE busbar.
Fire protection corresponding to
UL 94-V0.
Cover
ABS,
fire protection corresponding to
UL 94-V0.
Cat. 32,
Version Packs of 1 2
page
Outlet top/bottom top/bottom
Connection of round conductors
● Fine wire with wire end ferrule 95 – 185 mm2 –
● Multi-wire 95 – 300 mm2 –
Clamping area for laminated copper bars
● For 5 mm bar thickness 33 x 27 mm 65 x 27 mm
● For 10 mm bar thickness 33 x 22 mm 65 x 22 mm
Tightening torque 12 – 14 Nm 15 – 20 Nm
For bar thickness 5/10 mm 5/10 mm
Model No. SV 3 9342.311 9342.321
Accessories
Laminated copper bars 411

Ripac EASY
From planning with RiCAD 3D CAD data, to the order- and helps to make your processes leaner. With the full
ing service, right through to assembly, absolutely range of Ripac accessories, it’s so EASY to upgrade
everything is EASY. This saves you time and money, your subrack to an individual system.
Ripac EASY
EASY assembly: Subrack fully assembled in 2 minutes. This EASY and safe: Dual screw EASY configuration and order-
is made possible by horizontal rails with prefitted screws and fastening of the horizontal rails ing: With the EASY configurator.
threaded inserts, as well as slots in the side panels. The cover ensures optimum safety, even
plates simply slide into the horizontal rails. under heavy loads.
48 Rittal Innovations 2009/Electronic Packaging

Subrack
Ripac EASY 3 U, 6 U, aluminium
T1
T2
T1
T2
H1
H1
B2 B2
B1 B1
1 2
Material/Surface finish: Tests:

Side panels: Vibration and shock-tested to:
2 mm aluminium, IEC 600-68-2-6 test Fc
corrosion-resistant IEC 600-68-2-27 test Ea
Horizontal rails:
Climatic tests to: A2 C4
EN 61 587-1
corrosion-resistant
Flanges: Anodised Standards: A2
D3
C4
Subracks are based on the
Supply includes:
system dimensions of
Side panels, flanges, A2 C4
IEC 60 297-3.
horizontal rails, threaded A2 C4 A2 C5
inserts, assembly screws. Note:
Subrack
Rear horizontal rails (C4, C5) The backplanes may be fitted A2 C5
D2
including prefitted assembly in direct contact with the rear
screws, front horizontal rails horizontal rails.
(A2) including prefitted assem- No additional conductive or A2 C5 A2 C5
bly screws and threaded insulating strips are required.
inserts. 1 Top: for backplane 2 Top: for backplane
Detailed drawing,
Detailed parts lists, see page 181. Bottom: for connec- Bottom: for connec-
see page 181. tors tors
Model No. RP
Page
1 2
U (H1) 3 6
Side panel Max. For For
B1 B2 T2 For For
(T1) PCB depth connector connector
mm HP mm backplane backplane
mm mm IEC 60 603-2 IEC 60 603-2
175 160 160 3634.100 3634.150 3634.180 3634.230
235 220 220 3634.110 3634.160 3634.190 3634.240
482,6 (19˝) 84 295 280 280 3634.120 3634.170 3634.200 3634.250
355 340 340 3634.130 – 3634.210 –
415 400 400 3634.140 – 3634.220 –
Accessories
Covers 54
Horizontal rails 51
Guide rails
Adaptor for top-hat rail mounting 54
Top-hat rails 54
Rittal Innovations 2009/Electronic Packaging 49

Subracks, individual components
Side panels/flanges for Ripac EASY
Flange, U Packs of Model No. RP

482.6 mm (19˝) 3 2 3634.745
for Ripac EASY 6 2 3634.750
Integral holes for mounting handles.
Material:
Extruded aluminium section Accessories:
Surface finish: Handles for subracks.
Anodised
2.5
22
2.5
3
4.5
23.2
Side panels Material:

2 mm aluminium, corrosion-resistant
for Ripac EASY
● Mounting positions spaced 60 mm apart as
slots
● Holes for telescopic slide mounting
T Max. PCB depth Model No. RP

L2 n n1 Packs of
mm mm 3U 6U
175 – – – 2 160 3634.695 3634.720
235 60 – – 2 220 3634.700 3634.725
295 60 2 2 2 280 3634.705 3634.730
355 60 3 3 2 340 3634.710 3634.735
415 60 4 3 2 400 3634.715 3634.740
T Accessories:
L4 = n1 x 100
12.5
Flange for Ripac EASY,
see page 50.
1
4.
.4
4.1
Ø
Ø7
4.1
131
124
110
119
2 20 19.5
Ø
55 20 L2 1
150 L3 = n x 60
T
L4 = n1 x 100
12.5 100
1
4.1 4.1
4.
Ø
110
74
264.35
257.35
243.35
133.35
207.35
252.35
110
74
20 19.5
55 20 L2 1
150 L3 = n x 60
1 Drilled holes suitable for

threaded inserts PEM-FM4-1
T = Depth

Horizontal rails for Ripac EASY
Front horizontal rail, double Usable width (HP) Packs of Model No. RP
screw fastening (A2) 84 2 3634.600
To accommodate guide rails and for the
attachment of front panels.
● Pre-assembled screws M4 x 12 for fast mount- Also required:
ing on the subrack side panel
● Front projection 2.5 mm corresponding to For double screw-fastening, additional assembly
IEC 60 297-3 screws M4 x 12 are required,
● Optional double screw fastening ensures a high Model No. RP 3634.430 (packs of 100).
level of stability
● HP pitch pattern of holes for the precise
installation of guide rails
● Straight-through core hole for optional second
screw fastening
Material:
Surface finish:
Corrosion-resistant
Supply includes:
2 horizontal rails with pre-assembled threaded
inserts and screws M4 x 12.
2.5 12.75 20 3.5 1.2

1
1.3
10
8.3
6
M4
1
x1
2
1 Core hole M4

Rear horizontal rail, Usable width (HP) Packs of Model No. RP
for backplane mounting, 84 2 3634.615
double screw fastening (C4)

To accommodate guide rails and for direct
mounting of backplanes. Also required:
● Pre-assembled screws M4 x 12 for fast For double screw-fastening, additional assembly
mounting on the subrack side panel screws M4 x 12 are required,
● The mounting of insulating strips is not neces- Model No. RP 3634.430 (packs of 100).
sary, thanks to the integral contact surface
● Tapped holes M2.5 on a 1 HP pitch pattern for
mounting backplanes
● HP pitch pattern of holes for the precise
● Optional double screw fastening ensures a high
level of stability
● Straight-through core hole for optional second
screw fastening
● The height of the extrusion allows top-mounting
with cover plates
Material:
Surface finish:
Corrosion-resistant
Supply includes:
1 horizontal rail with pre-assembled screws
M4 x 12.
3.5 20 12.75
8.3
8.3
1
1.2
6
M4
1
x
12
1 Core hole M4


with integral Z rail, 84 2 3634.620
double screw fastening (C5)

To accommodate guide rails, integral Z rail for
mounting connectors (IEC 60 603-2). Also required:
● Pre-assembled screws M4 x 12 for fast For double screw-fastening, additional assembly
mounting to the subrack side panel screws M4 x 12 are required,
● HP pitch pattern of holes for the precise Model No. RP 3634.430 (packs of 100).
● Optional double screw fastening ensures a high
level of stability Accessories:
● Straight-through core hole for optional second Threaded inserts,
screw fastening Model No. RP 9901.816 (packs of 1).
● The height of the extrusion allows installation
under cover plates
Material:
Surface finish:
Corrosion-resistant
Supply includes:
2 horizontal rails with pre-assembled screws
M4 x 12.
2
1.2
x1
2.3
1.2
4
1
M
8.3
0.4 5.6
3.5 20 10
12.75 3.5
1 Core hole M4
Rear horizontal rail, centre, Usable width (HP) Packs of Model No. RP
with integral Z rail (D2) 84 1 3634.085
When using 6 U PCBs or box-type plug-in units.
Integral Z rail for mounting connectors in accord-
ance with IEC 60 603-2.
● 84 tapped holes M2.5
● M4 thread on end face
● Straight-through core hole
Material:
Surface finish:
Corrosion-resistant
Supply includes:
1 horizontal rail,
2 assembly screws.
15
8
4
6.3
3.5
43.35
48.2
9.6
11.3
2.1
1

Horizontal rail rear, centre, Usable width (HP) Packs of Model No. RP
for backplane mounting (D3) 84 1 3634.045
When using 6 U PCBs or box-type plug-in units.
For mounting backplanes.
● 84 tapped holes M2.5
● M4 thread on end face
● Straight-through core hole
● The mounting of insulating strips is not neces-
sary, thanks to the integral contact surface
Material:
Surface finish:
Corrosion-resistant
Supply includes:
1 horizontal rail,
2 assembly screws.
7.75
10.85
21.3
11.5

for rear panel mounting, 84 2 3634.515
double screw fastening (D4)

For the attachment of rear front panels.
● Optional double screw fastening ensures a high Also required:
level of stability For double screw-fastening, additional assembly
● With screw channel for roof plate attachment screws M4 x 12 are required,
● Straight-through core hole for optional second Model No. RP 3634.430 (packs of 100).
screw fastening
● Pre-assembled screws M4 x 12 for fast mount-
ing on the subrack side panel
Material:
Surface finish:
Corrosion-resistant
Supply includes:
2 horizontal rails with pre-assembled threaded
inserts and screws.
20
10.5 12.75
3.5 4.2
1.2
1
8.3
9
6
M
3
M4
x1
1
2
1 Core hole M4
Threaded insert for Usable width (HP) Packs of Model No. RP

Ripac EASY 84 1 9901.816
With M2.5 threaded holes on an HP pitch pattern.
● For sliding into the front horizontal rails (A2) and
rear horizontal rails (D4, C5)
● Size: 5 x 2 mm
Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Covers/top-hat rails for Ripac EASY
Covers Version 1
For subracks Ripac EASY For Model No. RP

● Perforated or solid HP side panel depth
mm Perforated Solid
● Optional screw-fastening to the side panels
with mounting clips for additional support 84 175 3634.685 3634.675
84 235 3634.690 3634.680
Covers version 1, slide-in:
The covers simply slide into the front and rear
horizontal rails. Version 2
Covers version 2, slide-in/screw-fastening, For Model No. RP
for retrospective installation/removal: HP side panel depth
mm Perforated1) Solid1)
In this application, additional horizontal rails are
installed at the rear for panel mounting. 84 175 3634.650 3634.625
Covers can be fitted over the horizontal rails for 84 235 3634.655 3634.630
backplane/connector mounting. 84 295 3634.660 3634.635
The covers simply slide into the front horizontal 84 355 3634.665 3634.640
rails and are screw fastened to the rear horizontal 84 415 3634.670 3634.645
rails for panel mounting.
Material:
Aluminium Also required:
Supply includes: 1) Assembly screws M3 x 6 with Torx drive T10,
2 cover plates. packs of 100,
Model No. RP 3634.233.
Accessories:
Mounting clips
Packs of Model No. RP
50 3634.450
Version 1 Version 2
Assembly screws for mounting clips

Packs of Model No. RP
100 3634.420
Adaptor for top-hat rail Packs of Model No. RP

mounting 2 3634.770
The adaptors are mounted on the side panels of
the Ripac EASY subracks. They are used to install
DIN top-hat rails (EN 60 715).
Material:
4
M
Supply includes:
Ø
2 adaptors, including assembly parts.

100
74
12
22
DIN top-hat rails 35/7.5 Length mm Packs of Model No. RP

to EN 60 715 425 1 3634.780
For mounting in Ripac EASY subracks. For
mechanical snap-fastening of electrical devices.
Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated, slotted
Supply includes:
1 top-hat rail.

Instrument cases/system enclosures
Ripac Vario-Module 2 U
B1
HE
1
B2
TE
T
2
TE = HP
HE = U
Technical specifications: Protection category: 1 Equipped as an Horizontal rail configuration

May be used as a rack-mounted IP 40 for non-vented version. instrument case
enclosure or instrument case.
Supply includes: 2 Equipped as a
External dimensions to
2 side panels, rack-mounted unit A C A
IEC 60 297-1 for installation in
4 horizontal rails,
482.6 mm (19˝) racks.
4 threaded inserts,
Installation dimensions for board Note: A C A
2 corner trims,
type plug-in assemblies to Corner trims, mounting flanges 2U
assembly parts.
IEC 60 297-3-101. and top and bottom covers must
be ordered separately.
Material/Surface finish:
Side panels:
Extruded aluminium section, Horizontal rails for further

spray finished in RAL 7035 configuration must be ordered
Horizontal rails: separately.
clear-chromated Detailed drawing,
Corner trims: see page 181.
Die-cast zinc,
spray-finished in RAL 7035
Ripac Vario-Module Packs of 2U

Installation width (HP) 42 42 63 63 84 84
Width (B1) mm 235.6 235.6 342.3 342.3 449.0 449.0
Width (B2) mm 251.6 251.6 358.3 358.3 465.1 465.1
Depth (T) mm 250.4 310.4 250.4 310.4 250.4 310.4
Model No. VM
1 3982.000 3982.020 3982.290 3982.300 3982.010 3982.030
Basic enclosure
Also required
Top covers
– with vent holes 1 3982.941 3982.951 3982.942 3982.952 3982.940 3982.950
– without vent holes 1 3982.901 3982.911 3982.902 3982.912 3982.900 3982.910
Bottom covers
– with vent holes 1 3982.741 3982.751 3982.742 3982.752 3982.740 3982.750
Front corner trims for
2 3981.300 3981.300 3981.300 3981.300 3981.300 3981.300
assembly as instrument case
Flanges for configuration
as rack-mount
– without handle holes 2 3981.200 3981.200 3981.200 3981.200 3981.200 3981.200
Accessories
Front/rear panels
Rear adjustable feet 4 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000

Ripac Vario-Module 2 U, EMC
B1
HE
1
B2
TE
T
2
TE = HP
HE = U
Technical specifications: Corner trims: 1 Equipped as an Horizontal rail configuration

May be used as a rack-mounted Die-cast zinc, instrument case
enclosure or instrument case. spray-finished in RAL 7035 2 Equipped as a
External dimensions to Contact points: Conductive
rack-mounted unit A C A
IEC 60 297-1 for installation in
482.6 mm (19˝) racks.
IP 40 for non-vented version.
Installation dimensions for board Note: A C A
type plug-in assemblies to Supply includes: Corner trims, mounting flanges 2U

IEC 60 297-3-101. 2 side panels, and top and bottom covers must
4 horizontal rails, be ordered separately.
Material/Surface finish:
4 threaded inserts,
Side panels:
2 rear corner trims,
Extruded aluminium section, Horizontal rails for further
assembly parts.
spray finished in RAL 7035 configuration must be ordered
Horizontal rails: separately.
clear-chromated Detailed drawing,
see page 181.
Ripac Vario-Module Packs of 2U

Installation width (HP) 42 42 63 63 84 84
Width (B1) mm 235.6 235.6 342.3 342.3 449.0 449.0
Width (B2) mm 251.6 251.6 358.3 358.3 465.1 465.1
Depth (T) mm 250.4 310.4 250.4 310.4 250.4 310.4
Model No. VM Basic enclosure EMC 1 3983.000 3983.020 3983.290 3983.300 3983.010 3983.030
Also required
EMC top covers
– with vent holes 1 3981.941 3981.951 3981.942 3981.952 3981.940 3981.950
EMC bottom covers
– with vent holes 1 3981.741 3981.751 3981.742 3981.752 3981.740 3981.750
Front corner trims for assembly
2 3981.300 3981.300 3981.300 3981.300 3981.300 3981.300
as instrument case
Flanges for configuration as rack-mount
– without handle holes 2 3981.200 3981.200 3981.200 3981.200 3981.200 3981.200
EMC installation
EMC gaskets, horizontal
– for upper/lower
1 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808
horizontal rail
– between covers and
1 3684.245 3684.245 3684.245 3684.245 3684.245 3684.245
horizontal rails
EMC gaskets, vertical 1 3686.974 3686.974 3686.974 3686.974 3686.974 3686.974
Front/rear panels EMC
Accessories
Front/rear panels EMC
Rear adjustable feet 4 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000

Operation and monitoring
Keyboards
Keyboard rack, 482.6 mm (19˝) Design Packs of Model No. RP

● 482.6 mm (19˝) rack-mounted chassis 1 U, PS/2 1 3659.520
430 mm deep USB 1 3659.680
● Prepared for the installation of 482.6 mm (19˝)
keyboards with touchpad or trackball and
mouse with the following dimensions: Colour:
max. height: 39 mm, RAL 7035
max. width: 417 mm, Supply includes:
max. depth: 210 mm 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboard rack without keyboard,
● Solid, lockable front connection cable,
● Telescopic slides with integral clamp mounting bracket for 800 and 900 mm enclosure
● Prepared for installation of a mousepad depth,
Material: assembly parts.
Sheet steel
Keyboard, 482.6 mm (19˝) Packs of W x H x D (mm) Design Model No. RP

with PS/2 connections 1 405 x 38.9 x 180 German1) 3659.590
● 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboard for installation in 1 403 x 36 x 171 German1) 9911.396
the 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboard rack in conjunc- 1) Other versions available on request.
tion with the mousepad
● German keyboard layout1)
● 36/38.9 mm high keys facilitate installation Supply includes:
in 1 U keyboard drawers Connection cable.
● PS/2 connector
● IP 20
● Touch-sensitive technology
● 105 keys (including WIN 95 keys)
Operation and monitoring

● Actuating force 0.6 N/4.0 mm
● Operating temperature: 0°C to 50°C

Thermoelectric coolers
Small, lightweight, efficient
The powerful thermoelectric cooling unit in a light-
weight design. The eco-friendly climate-control
solution for command panels and small enclosures –
an energy saving of more than 60% compared with
conventional industrial systems.
Mounting
Internal mounting External mounting Support arm systems

When installed in the enclosure, Its low weight also allows it to be Thanks to its low-vibration oper-
the unit only protrudes by a few externally mounted on simple ation and minimal weight, the
millimetres, and therefore does aluminium rear panels or blank- thermoelectric cooler from Rittal
not interrupt either the aesthetic ing panels. is the ideal partner on support
appearance or freedom of move- arm systems.
ment on support arm systems.
Scalability
Scalable output Control

The modular design allows … and vertically. Energy-efficient control with
simple scaling of the cooling pulse width modulation and
output depending on your re- innovative soft start function
quirements, both horizontally … ensures a constant enclosure
temperature and a long service
life of the Peltier elements.
Benefits:
● Cooling output 100 watts, ● High operating ratio ● USB interface to unit pro- ● Large voltage range from
due to state-of-the-art Peltier (COP >1) due to optimum gramming. 100 – 230 V (AC) and 24 V
technology. interplay between all com- ● Minimal build volume and (DC).
● Low-maintenance thanks to ponents. minimal weight compared ● RJ 45 interface for linking to
an elementary unit layout. ● Maximum possible protec- with other industrial systems. the Rittal CMC-TC monitor-
tion for your electronics, floating system.
ing change-over fault signal
contact in case of overtem-
perature.
58 Rittal Innovations 2009/System Climate Control

Useful cooling output 100 W
B = Width
T = Depth
Application: Supply includes: Approvals,

● Ideal for cooling small enclo- Thermoelectric cooling unit, See System Climate Control
sures and command panels. wired ready for connection, with (hardcover), page 284.
● Especially suitable for use on multilingual documentation and
Detailed drawing,
support arm systems. mounting accessories.
see page 189.
● Optimum space utilisation.
● Targeted cooling of hot-spots.
● RJ 45 interface for connect-
ing to the Rittal CMC system.
Model No. SK 3201.200 3201.300

W 125
Dimensions in mm H 400
D 155
Rated operating voltage V, Hz 100 – 230 V (AC) 24 V DC
Refrigeration factor/COP L 35 L 35 1.0 1.2
.
Useful cooling output QK
L 35 L 35 100 W 100 W
to DIN 3168
Power pack integrated –
Colour of cover/unit RAL 7024/Anodised aluminium
Protection category IP 54
Weight 3.0 kg 2.5 kg
Temperature range 0°C to +55°C 0°C to +55°C
Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 50 m3/h
Type of connection Plug-in spring connection terminal
Pre-fuse gG 2A 10 A
SK Cat.
Accessories Packs of (hardcover),
page
Power pack 150 watts for 35 mm top-hat rail 1 – 3201.030 192
Filter mat 1 3201.050 191
Condensate hose Ø 6 mm 1 3301.606 –
Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 176
Digital temperature indicator 1 3114.100/3114.115 3114.024 177
CMC monitoring system See Cat. 32, from page 808.
We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Special voltages available on request.
Innovative control
The PID control ensures opti-
mum activation of the Peltier
elements and fans. Speed and
output are energy-efficiently
adjusted to the optimum operat-
ing point thanks to pulse width
modulation.
Rittal Innovations 2009/System Climate Control 59

Cool Efficiency
Energy consumption down, operating ratio up
Super-efficient, eco-friendly, cost-cutting – that’s
energy efficiency from Rittal. The efficient use of
available resources is one of the main aims when
developing new cooling systems, particularly in view
of the escalating global climate and environmental
problems, coupled with ever-rising energy prices.
Saving energy, cutting climate control costs, cooling
energy-efficiently and protecting the envi-
ronment – Cool Efficiency, the energy-
saving cooling units from Rittal, already
boast all these achievements.

Cool Efficiency
Cool Efficiency cooling units from Rittal are Energy cost savings per annum
up to 45% more economical than conven-
tional cooling units of the same cooling
output. At an assumed number of 200 50.000
cooling units, this translates into savings of

20,794 euros and 36 t CO2. 40.000 -45 %
46.199 €
30.000
25.409 €
Operating at full load 70% 20.000 20.790 €
Operating at partial load 30%

10.000
Operating time per day 16 hours

0
Operating time per annum 240 days
Standard Cool Efficiency Savings
Electricity price per kWh 0.11 C1)
Number of units 200 CO2 savings per annum
1) Source: VEA, VDEW, as per 1/2007
These CO2 savings are
equivalent to planting 935
90.000 kg trees, or put another way,
80.000 kg the emissions produced
70.000 kg -45 % from driving 202,670 km.
60.000 kg 81.051 kg
50.000 kg Ave. CO2 emission per kWh

40.000 kg 44.570 kg
36.480 kg
in Germany 0.57.
30.000 kg Ave. figure for Germany1)
20.000 kg
1)
Source: Energy mix in
10.000 kg
0 kg Germany
Standard Cool Efficiency Savings

Wall-mounted cooling units
Cool Efficiency, useful cooling output 1000/2000 W
950
40 T4
0 T3
T1 T2 50
ss
45% le on
Up to ti
NEW y consump
energ
B = Width
T = Depth
Supply includes: Detailed drawing,

Nano-coated condenser and see page 184.
integral electronic condensate
evaporation. Fully wired ready
for connection, including drilling
template and assembly parts.
Model No. SK with Comfort controller, RAL 7035 3304.800 3328.800

Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50 230, 1~, 50
B 400 400
H 950 1580
T1 260 295
Dimensions in mm
T2 155 150
T3 105 145
T4 210 245
.
Useful cooling output QK
L 35 L 35 1000 W 2000 W
to DIN 3168

Rated current max. 3.0 A 4.5 A
Start-up current 12.0 A 12.0 A
Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 10.0 A
Power consumption Pel L 35 L 35 520 W 780 W
to DIN 3168 L 35 L 45 580 W 870 W
.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1.9 2.6
Refrigerant R134a, 500 g R134a, 750 g
Permissible operating pressure p. max. 25 bar 28 bar
Temperature and setting range +20°C to +45°C
Protection category External circuit IP 34
to EN 60 529 Internal circuit IP 54
Duty cycle 100%
Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip
Weight 40 kg 66 kg
Air throughput External circuit 600 m3/h
of fans Internal circuit 450 m3/h
Temperature control Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
SK Cat.
page
Filter mats 3 3286.400 189
Metal filters 1 3286.410 190
SK bus system for Comfort controller 1 3124.100 180
RiDiag II including cables for Comfort controller 1 3159.100 195
Interface card for Comfort controller 1 3124.200 179
Condensate hose 1 3301.612 192
Delivery times on request.
Special voltages and other output categories available on request. Technical modifications reserved.

Explosion-proof cooling units for zone 22 (dust), useful cooling output 500 W
550
28
0
0
21
These cooling units have been Supply includes: Detailed drawing,

especially developed for control- Nano-coated condenser. Fully see page 184.
ling the climate in potentially wired ready for connection,
explosive dust Zone 22 sectors. including drilling template,
assembly parts and Ex con-
formity certificate.
Model No. SK with Basic controller, RAL 7035 3303.130

Model No. SK with Comfort controller, RAL 7035 3303.530
Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60
W 280
D 210
.
Useful cooling output QK L 35 L 35 500 W/610 W
to DIN 3168 L 35 L 50 280 W/350 W
Rated current max. 2.6 A/2.6 A

Start-up current 5.1 A/6.4 A
Pre-fuse T 10.0 A
Power consumption Pel L 35 L 35 360 W/380 W
to DIN 3168 L 35 L 50 420 W/390 W
.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1.4
Refrigerant R134a, 170 g
Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar
Temperature and setting range +20°C to +50°C
Protection category External circuit IP 54
to EN 60 529 Internal circuit IP 54
Duty cycle 100%
Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip
Weight 17 kg
Air throughput External circuit 345 m3/h
of fans Internal circuit 310 m3/h
Temperature control Basic or Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
SK Cat.
page
Filter mats 3 3286.300 189
Metal filters 1 3286.310 190
SK bus system for Comfort controller 1 3124.100 180
RiDiag II including cables for Comfort controller 1 3159.100 195
Interface card for Comfort controller 1 3124.200 179
Condensate hose 1 3301.608 192
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Air/air heat exchangers
Wall-mounted, railway-compatible version
B = Width
T = Depth
H
B T1
T1
External Partial Internal

mounting internal mounting
mounting1)
Rittal air/air heat exchangers in Railway-proof design of the units Benefits, technical details: Detailed drawing,
a railway-compatible version are construction to EN 50 155, ● External and internal fans may see page 182/183.
used specifically in the mobile halogen-free connection cables, be controlled separately
railway engineering sector, e.g. screw protection, shock and ● Simple maintenance
for local trains, locomotives and vibration testing to EN 61 373,
Supply includes:
high-speed trains. Products are preparation for EN 45 545, and
Fully wired unit ready for con-
available both in 24 V DC and in spray-finishing in RAL 7035 S to
nection.
110 V DC. DB TL 918340, among other
things.
Model No. SK 3126.424 3128.424 3129.424 3130.424 3126.410 3128.410 3129.410 3130.410
Rated operating voltage 24 V (DC) 24 V (DC) 24 V (DC) 24 V (DC) 110 V (DC) 110 V (DC) 110 V (DC) 110 V (DC)
B 280 400 400 400 280 400 400 400
Dimensions in mm H 650 950 950 1580 650 950 950 1580
T1 127 140 150 150 127 140 150 150
Specific thermal output 27 W/K 47 W/K 66 W/K 98 W/K 27 W/K 47 W/K 66 W/K 98 W/K

Max. rated current per fan 2.7 A 7.5 A 10.5 A 9.2 A 2.7 A 1.9 A 2.47 A 2.3 A
Output per fan 65 W 180 W 240 W 220 W 65 W 203 W 256 W 230 W
Air throughput of fans External circuit 360 m3/h 560 m3/h 1055 m3/h 1125 m3/h 360 m3/h 560 m3/h 1055 m3/h 1125 m3/h
(unimpeded air flow) Internal circuit 360 m3/h 560 m3/h 1055 m3/h 1125 m3/h 360 m3/h 560 m3/h 1055 m3/h 1125 m3/h
Temperature range –5°C to +55°C
Weight 10 kg 16 kg 18 kg 25 kg 12.5 kg 18.5 kg 20.5 kg 27.5 kg
Colour RAL 7035
Protection category
Internal circuit IP 54
to EN 60 529
SK Cat.
page
Adjustable frame 1 3286.260 3286.270 3286.270 3286.280 3286.260 3286.270 3286.270 3286.280 183
Metal filters 1 3286.230 3286.240 3286.240 3286.250 3286.230 3286.240 3286.240 3286.250 190
Delivery times available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
1) Partial installation is only supported with an adjustable frame (see accessories).
The requirement for using air/air

heat exchangers is that the ambient
temperature must be below the
required enclosure internal tem-
perature. Dust and any aggressive
ambient air is unable to ingress the
enclosure, thanks to the two sepa-
rate air circuits.
Contamination of the outer circuit
with coarse dust can be reduced
via the use of optional metal filters.
Attachment options: External
mounting, internal mounting, partial
internal mounting via a special
mounting frame.

Recooling systems for water
Power Fluid Cooler, cooling output 7.5 kW
H
B = Width
T = Depth
B
T
e livery
Fast d
range
Technical design: Options: Approvals,

● Enclosure in a modern indus- 1. Flow monitor see hardcover catalogue
trial design. 2. Flow monitor “System Climate Control”,
● Compact, modular layout of + pump (4 bar stainless steel) page 288.
the refrigeration components. 3. Automatic bypass valve
Layout diagram,
● With RiNano coating. 4. Automatic bypass valve
see page 185.
● Collective fault signal with + pump (4 bar stainless steel)
floating contact. 5. Hot gas bypass Characteristic curves of pump,
● Space-saving, compact 6. Flow monitor see page 185.
design. + pump (4 bar stainless steel)
+ hot gas bypass
Supply includes:
Recooling system wired ready
for connection, with multilingual
documentation including func-
tional diagram and wiring plans.
Model No. SK 3234.090

Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50
W 595
D 800
Cooling output at
Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C 5.2 kW
Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 7.5 kW
Power consumption 3.8 kW

Rated current max. 7A
Refrigerant R134a
Number of cooling circuits 1
Environment +15°C to +43°C
Temperature range
Liquid media +10°C to +25°C
Pump capacity See characteristic curve
Tank Made from plastic
Tank capacity 57 l
Water connections 1˝ internal thread
Weight (empty) 147 kg
Colour RAL 7035
Protection category (electrics) IP 44
Air throughput of fans 3140 m3/h
Temperature control Microcontroller control (factory setting +18°C)
Accessories Packs of
Metal filters 1 Available on request
We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Power Fluid Cooler, cooling output 10 to 59 kW
H
B = Width
T = Depth
B T
e livery
Fast d
range
Technical design: Options for SK 3234.100/.110/ Options for Approvals,

● Enclosure in a modern indus- .120/.130/.140/.150 SK 3234.160/.170/.180/.190 see hardcover catalogue
trial design. 1. Flow monitor 1. Automatic bypass valve “System Climate Control”,
● Compact, modular layout of 2. Flow monitor + pump (4 bar stainless steel) page 288.
the refrigeration components. + pump (4 bar stainless steel) 2. Pressure-sealed tank
Layout diagram,
● With RiNano coating. 3. Automatic bypass valve + pump (4 bar stainless steel)
see page 185.
● Collective fault signal with 4. Automatic bypass valve + + automatic bypass valve
floating contact. pump (4 bar stainless steel) 3. Pressure-sealed tank Characteristic curves of pump,
● Space-saving, compact 5. Hot gas bypass see page 185.
Supply includes:
design. 6. Flow monitor
Recooling system wired ready
+ pump (4 bar stainless steel)
for connection, with multilingual
+ hot gas bypass
documentation including func-
tional diagram and wiring plans.

Model No. SK 3234.100 3234.110 3234.120 3234.130 3234.140 3234.150 3234.160 3234.170 3234.180 3234.190
Rated operating voltage
400, 3~, 50
V, Hz
W 655 755 855 1040
Dimensions in mm H 1280 1280 1500 1700
D 1160 1360 1560 2000
Cooling output at
Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C 7 kW 10 kW 11 kW 13 kW 15 kW 18 kW 23 kW 25 kW 33 kW 41 kW
Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 10 kW 14 kW 16 kW 19 kW 21 kW 25 kW 32 kW 36 kW 47 kW 59 kW
Power consumption 3.8 kW 4.8 kW 5.3 kW 6.4 kW 7.1 kW 8.1 kW 15.9 kW 17.6 kW 15.0 kW 21.0 kW
Rated current max. 10.6 A 13.1 A 14.1 A 16.2 A 18.2 A 19.7 A 24.4 A 26.9 A 28.0 A 36.0 A
Refrigerant R407C
Environment +15°C to +43°C
Temperature range
Tank Made from plastic Made from stainless steel
Tank capacity 60 l 100 l 150 l 220 l
Water connections 1˝ internal thread 11/4˝ internal thread 11/2˝ internal thread
Weight (empty) 215 kg 225 kg 235 kg 240 kg 250 kg 260 kg 280 kg 300 kg 460 kg 490 kg
Colour RAL 7035
Air throughput of fans 6280 m3/h 10880 m3/h 18000 m3/h 32000 m3/h
Temperature control Microcontroller control (factory setting +18°C)
Accessories Packs of
Metal filters 1 Available on request

H
B = Width
T = Depth
Technical design: Supply includes: Approvals,

● Compact design with control Recooling system wired ready see hardcover catalogue
components in the front and for connection, with multilingual “System Climate Control”,
air intake via both side pan- documentation including func- page 289.
els, air outlet upwards. tional diagram and wiring plans.
Layout diagram,
● Open system.
see page 186.
● Digital thermostat for tempera-
ture control with setpoint and Characteristic curves of pump,
actual value display. see page 186.
● Flow monitor.
Options:
1. Automatic bypass valve
2. Pressure-sealed tank
+ automatic bypass valve
3. Pressure-sealed tank
Model No. SK 3234.200 3234.210 3234.220 3234.230 3234.240 3234.250 3234.260 3234.270 3234.280
400, 3~, 50
V, Hz
W 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100
Dimensions in mm H 1606 1606 1606 1606 1875 1875 1875 1875 1875
D 2450 2450 2450 2950 2950 2950 2950 2950 3950
Cooling output at
Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C 48 kW 55 kW 63 kW 71 kW 87 kW 95 kW 111 kW 123 kW 146 kW
Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 68 kW 79 kW 90 kW 101 kW 124 kW 135 kW 158 kW 175 kW 209 kW
Power consumption 20.5 kW 24.0 kW 27.0 kW 28.0 kW 38.5 kW 41.2 kW 50.0 kW 55.8 kW 66.0 kW
Rated current max. 40.0 A 46.0 A 50.0 A 77.0 A 66.5 A 71.9 A 88.4 A 99.7 A 112.3 A
Refrigerant R410A
Environment –20°C to +43°C
Temperature range
Tank Made from stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)
Tank capacity 300 l 500 l
Water connections 21/2˝ internal thread
Weight (empty) 790 kg 820 kg 835 kg 920 kg 1115 kg 1140 kg 1215 kg 1305 kg 1485 kg
Colour RAL 9002
Air throughput of fans 13720 m3/h 20450 m3/h 27300 m3/h 35500 m3/h 60900 m3/h
Temperature control Microcontroller control

B = Width
H
T = Depth
Technical design: Supply includes: Approvals,

● Compact design with control Recooling system wired ready see hardcover catalogue
components in the front and for connection, with multilingual “System Climate Control”,
air intake via both side pan- documentation including func- page 289.
els, air outlet upwards. tional diagram and wiring plans.
Layout diagram,
● Pressure-sealed system.
see page 187.
● Digital thermostat for tempera-
ture control with setpoint and Characteristic curves of pump,
actual value display. see page 187.
● Flow monitor.
Options:
Automatic bypass valve

Model No. SK 3234.290 3234.300 3234.310 3234.320 3234.330 3234.340
400, 3~, 50
V, Hz
W 2200 2200
Dimensions in mm H 2450 2450
D 3400 4250
Cooling output at
Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C 190 kW 214 kW 237 kW 284 kW 316 kW 351 kW
Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 271 kW 305 kW 339 kW 406 kW 452 kW 502 kW
Power consumption 80 kW 88 kW 96 kW 120 kW 132 kW 144 kW

Rated current max. 200 A 219 A 237 A 300 A 328 A 355 A
Refrigerant R410A
Temperature range
Tank Made from steel
Tank capacity 700 l
Water connections 3˝ internal thread 4˝ internal thread
Weight (empty) 2650 kg 2740 kg 2780 kg 3400 kg 3500 kg 3600 kg
Colour RAL 9002
Air throughput of fans 83000 m3/h 78000 m3/h 76000 m3/h 112000 m3/h 111500 m3/h 111000 m3/h
Temperature control Microcontroller control

Liquid cooling package
Liquid Cooling Package
Modular climate control concepts – to your specific

Basic solutions
requirements! Rittal solves the problem of climate
CRAC systems
control for high heat losses per rack with liquid cooling with aisle containment
LCP Extend
components. Extremely high heat loads are dissipated
LCP Inline
with aisle containment
from the network enclosures and server racks via air/
LCP Standard/Smart
water heat exchangers.

Product
LCP Plus/LCP T3+
Cooling requirements
Additionally, this system allows data centres to be Low Density Mid Density High Density
Your entry into The tailor-made The most powerful
extended in a temperature-neutral way. professional IT solution for discerning solutions for high-end
climate control data centres data centres.

LCP Inline
The LCP Inline is designed for siting within
a bayed enclosure suite. The hot air is drawn
in from the room or hot aisle at the rear of the
device and expelled at the front into the cold
aisle after cooling. The LCP Inline achieves
maximum performance and efficiency in
conjunction with Rittal cold aisle contain-
ment. With this product, a raised floor is not
necessary.
LCP T3+/LCP T3+ EC

Maximum reliability due to redun-
dancies in cooling (Tier IV) and
power supply (Tier III).
At the heart of the LCP T3+ are two
embedded cold water circuits,
each of which supplies 100% of
the nominal cooling output. The LCP Smart/LCP Plus EC
power supply to the fans also has These units provide reliable climate control
a completely redundant layout. and precise server loads up to 30 kW.
Power LCP T3+ Cooling
A
A
Liquid Cooling Package

B
B
Redundant Redundant
power supply cooling medium supply
Benefits at a glance LCP Plus EC:

● Complete unit with 30 kW useful cooling
Important
LCP T3+/LCP T3+ EC: output ● All enclosures are bayable with the
● Two active cooling circuits and two ● Touchscreen corresponding TS 8 racks.
switchable power circuits ensure the best ● Basic CMC as standard ● To ensure proper use of LCP compo-
possible resilience. nents, the racks being cooled should be
● The built-in controllers are capable of LCP Smart: sealed against the ingress of ambient air
adapting all device parameters auto- ● Complete unit with 20 kW useful cooling wherever possible.
matically to preserve the required output For matching accessories,
climate conditions. ● Basic CMC as standard see hardcover catalogue “System
● A separate decentralised intelligence ● Optional touchscreen Climate Control”, page 187.
which automatically recognises emer- LCP Inline:
gency situations and responds corre- ● Complete unit with 30 kW useful cooling
spondingly with the “auto-load balanc- output
ing” and “auto-recovery” functions. ● No raised-floor climate control is required
in the cold aisle
All LCPs come with networking capability
as standard, thanks to the Basic CMC with
integral graphic user interface.

LCP Plus/LCP Plus EC
Useful cooling output up to 40 kW
B
T
B = Width
T = Depth
H
Application and mode of Benefits: ● LCPs are easy to handle and Approvals,
operation: ● The separation of cooling may be transported in lifts and see hardcover catalogue
Air/water heat exchanger, baya- and rack prevents water from through doors. “System Climate Control”,
ble with server racks based on penetrating the server rack. ● The low weight means a mini- page 293.
TS 8 (H x D: 2000 x 1200 mm). ● Increased assembly- and mal load area.
Complete unit with 40 kW useful service-friendliness ● LCP Plus EC – the energy-
cooling output. efficient variant of LCP Plus,
fitted with extremely electric-
ity-saving EC fan technology.
Model No. SK 3301.480 3300.4801) on request

Description LCP Plus LCP Plus EC LCP Plus
230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60
Rated operating voltage V, Hz
400, 3~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60
W 300 300
D 1200 1200
Usable U 42 51
Useful cooling output up to 30 kW up to 40 kW
LCP Plus/LCP Plus EC
230 V 10.5 A/11.5 A

Rated current
400 V 3.5 A/3.8 A
230 V 16 A/16 A
Pre-fuse
400 V 10 A/10 A
Water
Cooling medium
(for specifications see Internet)
Water inlet temperature +6°C to +20°C
Protection category to EN 60 529 IP 40 Technical specifications available on request.
Duty cycle 100%
Electrical connection Connection cable
Water connection 1˝ external thread
Weight 230 kg
Colour RAL 7035
4-way fan control
Temperature control
Two-way control valve
SK Cat.
page
Add-on cover for height compensation
1 3301.421 188
with 2200 mm high racks
Special voltages and sizes available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

LCP Smart
B
T
B = Width
T = Depth
H
Application and mode of Maximum efficiency is achieved, Benefits: ● Extended functionality of the
operation: due to the use of EC fans. The ● High energy efficiency. monitoring and control tech-
The LCP Smart draws in the air heat exchanger of the LCP ● Bayable with server/network nology/software.
at the sides of the server rack Smart supports the longest pos- enclosures based on TS 8 ● Optimum adaptability thanks
rear, cools it using high-perform- sible usage of free cooling. (H x D: 2000 x 1000 mm). to dynamic, continuous con-
ance compact impellers, and ● Fans may be individually trol of the cold water volume
blows the cooled air back into exchanged with the system flow.
the front part of the server rack operational, self-contacting. ● Control of the inlet air temper-
at the sides. ● Basic CMC as standard. ature and the temperature dif-
● Touchscreen display may be ference for the best possible
retrofitted. supply to your server systems.
● Shorter servicing times. ● Extremely robust thanks to its
simple, optimised construc-
tion.
Model No. SK 3301.460

230, 1~, 50/60
Rated operating voltage V, Hz
400, 3~, 50/60
W 300
D 1000
LCP Smart
Usable U 42
230 V 10 A
Pre-fuse
400 V 6A
Power consumption Pel 950 W/1050 W
Cooling medium Water
Duty cycle 100%
Weight 230 kg
Colour RAL 7035
Temperature control Via integral controller
Max. air throughput 3000 m3/h
Touchscreen display Packs of Model No. SK

for LCP Smart 1 3301.790
The display offers the opportunity of directly
monitoring key functions of the LCP Smart,
and implementing settings.

LCP Standard
B
T
B = Width
T = Depth
H
Application and mode of Benefits: ● LCPs are easy to handle Approvals,
operation: ● The separation of cooling (max. 2 m) and may be see hardcover catalogue
Air/water heat exchanger, bay- and rack prevents water from transported in lifts and “System Climate Control”,
able with server racks based on penetrating the server rack. through doors. page 293.
TS 8 (H x D: 2000 x 800/1000/ ● Increased assembly- and ● The low weight means
1200 mm). service-friendliness a minimal load area.
The useful cooling output of
max. 15/20 kW can be achieved
by installing additional modules.
Model No. SK 3300.420 3301.2301) 3301.420

Description LCP Standard
Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 50/60
W 300 300 300
Dimensions in mm H 2000 2000 2000
D 800 1000 1200
Usable U 42
Useful cooling output up to 15 kW2) up to 20 kW
Rated current (3 modules) 3.8 A/4.4 A

LCP Standard
Pre-fuse (3 modules) 10 A/10 A

Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet)
Protection category to EN 60 529 IP 30
Duty cycle 100%
Water connection 3/ ˝
external thread
4
Weight Max. 160 kg

Colour RAL 7035
4-way fan control
Temperature control
Electro-magnetic valve
SK Cat.
page
Add-on cover for height compensation
1 – 3301.221 3301.421 188
with 2200 mm high racks
1) Also available in 115 V, Model No. 3301.210. 2) Unit is always fitted with 3 modules.
Cooling module
The cooling module allows the useful cooling
output of the LCP Standard to be increased in
6.6 kW increments.
Will not fit 800 mm deep LCP Standard.
For detailed information, see hardcover
catalogue “System Climate Control”, page 186.

LCP Inline
B
T1
B = Width
T = Depth
H
Application and mode of Equipment: Benefits:
operation: High-performance heat ● Combines the slimline design
The LCP Inline is designed for exchanger with very even of the LCP with the function of
siting within a bayed enclosure temperature distribution. room air-conditioning.
suite. The hot air is extracted Integrated condensate ● Climate control technology,
from the room or warm aisle at management. specially designed for IT envi-
the rear of the unit, cooled, then Controller with networking ronments with comprehensive
blown out forwards into the cold capability, compatible with monitoring functions.
aisle, where it is available to your all common communication ● Frame based on the popular
IT equipment. standards (SNMP, BACnet etc.). TS 8 system.
The LCP Inline achieves maxi-
mum performance and effi-
ciency in conjunction with Rittal
cold aisle containment. With this
product, a raised floor is not
necessary.
Model No. SK 3301.475 3301.470

230, 1~, 50/60
Rated operating voltage Volt, Hz
400, 3~, 50/60
LCP Inline
B 300 300
T1 1066 (42˝) 1200
Usable U 42
230 V 10.5 A/11.5 A

Rated current
400 V 3.5 A/3.8 A
230 V 16 A/16 A
Pre-fuse
400 V 10 A/10 A
Cooling medium Water1)
Duty cycle 100%
Weight 230 kg
Colour RAL 7035
Temperature control Via integral controller
Max. air throughput 4600/4300 m3/h
1) Water quality according to unit specifications.
Front cover Packs of Model No. SK

The optional front cover, together with the built-in 1 3301.980
filter fleece, ensures an even air outlet at the sides
as well, and reduces the air outlet speed, thus
minimising draught effects.

LCP T3+/LCP T3+ EC
Fully redundant, useful cooling output up to 24 kW
B
T
B = Width
T = Depth
H
Application and mode of Benefits: ● A separate decentralised Optional:
operation: ● Efficient cooling of server intelligence which automati- ● Three-way control valve
Air/water heat exchanger, bay- racks with high thermal loads. cally recognises emergency ● Full BSM integration
able with server racks based on ● Fully redundant – Two active situations and responds ● Air filter system
TS 8 (H x D: 2200 x 1200 mm). cooling circuits and two appropriately with the “auto- ● Special colour
switchable power circuits load balancing” and “auto-
ensure the best possible recovery” functions.
resilience. ● Interfaces which facilitate
● The built-in controllers are user-friendly operation and
capable of adapting all device monitoring via the network
parameters automatically to or BSM systems.
preserve the required climate
conditions.
Model No. SK 3300.230 3300.235

Description LCP T3+ LCP T3+ EC
Rated operating voltage Volt, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60
LCP T3+/LCP T3+ EC
W 300
D 1200
Usable U 47
Rated current 8.0 A/10.2 A 5.9 A/7.4 A

Pre-fuse 16 A/16 A
Typical power consumption 1840 W/2360 W 780 W
Water
Cooling medium
(for specifications see Internet)
Duty cycle 100%
Electrical connection C19/C20
Weight 215 kg
Colour RAL 7035
Air throughput of fans 5000 m3/h 5000 m3/h
4-way fan control Linear fan control
Temperature control
Two-way control valve

Aisle containment
12
00 00
0/8
60
2000
Application and mode of Benefits: Equipment: Note:
operation: ● Increased energy efficiency Slimline door element with Other size variants and individu-
Rittal aisle containment is a and performance capability of viewing window. ally modified systems available
combination of door and roof climate control. Stable roof components in a on request.
components which facilitate ● Superior output density is composite metal with a high
consistent separation of the hot facilitated, thanks to guaran- level of light permeability.
and cold air in the data centre. teed cold air supply. Where required, safety glass
Such separation is elementary ● Easily installed and retrofit- may also be used.
when it comes to saving energy ted, as it is fully compatible
and increasing the efficiency of with the TS 8 enclosure sys-
the available climate control tem.
technology. It is the cold air that ● An inexpensive way to boost
determines whether your equip- the performance of your exist-
ment is at its best in the enclo- ing plant, lengthening the
sures. investment cycle until a
With this in mind, Rittal has replacement needs to be
deliberately chosen to focus on purchased.
this aspect, and to route cold air
selectively to the equipment.
Aisle containment
Model No. SK roof element 3300.170 3300.180 –
Model No. SK door element – – 3300.160
Width of element (identical to enclosure width) mm 600 800 –

Width of cold aisle mm 1200 1200 1200
Height of cold aisle mm – – 2000

CRAC systems
Useful cooling output 18 – 118 kW
T
B
B = Width
T = Depth
H
Application and mode of Benefits: Equipment:
operation: ● The unit is available in a User-friendly, high-quality con-
The CRAC system draws warm broad output range, and for troller with an extensive range of
waste air from the top of your a variety of cooling media. functions and connectivity.
data centre, cools it using either ● The unit supports optimum Space-saving, readily accessi-
water or refrigerant in a closed integration of both hardware ble, high-efficiency fan.
heat exchanger, and blows the and software. Flow and energy-optimised
cooled, filtered supply air into ● Optimum energy and space special heat exchanger with
the raised floor with overpres- efficiency thanks to intelligent a generous safety factor.
sure. design features, such as the
Colour:
slanted heat exchanger and
RAL 7035
base-integrated fan.
● Frame based on the popular
TS 8 system.
Model No. SK Without heater 3301.620 3301.660 3301.830 3301.870 3300.510 3300.560 3300.710 3300.760
CRAC systems
Model No. SK With heater 3301.630 3301.670 3301.840 3301.880 3300.520 3300.570 3300.720 3300.770
Model No. SK With humidifier 3301.640 3301.680 3301.850 3301.890 3300.530 3300.580 3300.730 3300.780
With heater
Model No. SK 3301.650 3301.690 3301.860 3301.990 3300.540 3300.590 3300.740 3300.790
and humidifier
Useful cooling output1) 23 kW 39 kW 78 kW 118 kW 18 kW 30 kW 43 kW 54 kW
Operating voltage V/Hz 400/50 400/50 400/50 400/50 400/50 400/50 400/50 400/50
W 1100 1100 1800 2600 1100 1100 1400 1800
Dimensions in mm H 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950
D 650 850 850 850 850 850 850 850
Cooling medium Water2) Refrigerant R407C2)

Volumetric airflow at an external pressure loss
6000 m3/h 11000 m3/h 22000 m3/h 33000 m3/h 6000 m3/h 8500 m3/h 12500 m3/h 16000 m3/h
of 20 Pa
No. of fans 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 2
Power consumption of fans 0.6 kW 1.5 kW 3.0 kW 4.6 kW 0.6 kW 0.9 kW 1.8 kW 1.7 kW
Start-up current of fans 1.8 A 4.6 A 9.2 A 13.8 A 1.8 A 4.6 A 4.6 A 9.2 A
Max. speed 1150 rpm 1200 rpm 1200 rpm 1200 rpm 1150 rpm 1200 rpm 1200 rpm 1200 rpm
No. of compressors – 1 2 3 3
Power consumption of compressors – 5 kW 8.8 kW 13.1 kW 15 kW
Start-up current of compressors – 13.1 A 25.6 A 38.4 A 39.3 A
Type of connection Terminal strip –
Weight 300 kg 360 kg 550 kg 770 kg 455 kg 505 kg 585 kg 935 kg
Noise output 75 dB (A) 79 dB (A) 82 dB (A) 84 dB (A) 74 dB (A) 74 dB (A) 81 dB (A) 76 dB (A)
Filter quality to DIN EN 779 G4 G4
1) Outputfigures less heat from the fans.
CW: 26°C/45% air inlet and 10°C/15°C water temperatures DX: 26°C/45% air inlet and 50°C condensation temperature
2)
Other media available on request.
Other options available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

CRAC systems
Accessories
Connection kit For Nominal Model No.

CRAC system width SK
for connecting the Rittal CRAC system to the cus-
tomer’s pipework when using water as a cooling SK 3301.620 to 3301.650 1˝ 3300.260
medium. SK 3301.660 to 3301.690 11/4˝ 3300.261
The connection kit is preassembled and is con- SK 3301.830 to 3301.860 11/2˝ 3300.262
nected to an outgoing pipe with stop valve (to be SK 3301.870 to 3301.990 2˝ 3300.263
provided by the customer) in both the inlet and
outlet.
Supply includes:
Inlet side in the direction of flow
● Sleeve with outer thread for screwing into the
stop valve in the customer’s pipework.
● Dirt trap to protect the equipment from dirt
particles.
● Turbine sensor to measure the water flow rate
(used to determine the cooling output).
● Screw connection with conical seal to allow the
dismantling of components.
● Stop valve to shut off the group of fittings.
● High-pressure hose for flexible connection of
the CRAC system with external thread for
screwing into the equipment nozzle.
Return side in the direction of flow
● High-pressure hose for flexible connection of
the CRAC system with external thread for
screwing into the equipment nozzle.
● Stop valve to shut off the group of fittings.
● Screw connection with conical seal to allow
the dismantling of components.
● Line regulator valve to balance the climate
control cold water system.
CRAC systems
Energy-saving extractor For Height Model No.
CRAC system mm SK
plenum SK 3301.620 to 3301.650 500 3300.290
for top-mounting on CRAC systems.
SK 3301.660 to 3301.690 500 3300.291
The extractor plenum is used to raise the extrac- SK 3301.830 to 3301.860 500 3300.292
tion height of the return air and return it to the
SK 3301.870 to 3301.990 500 3300.293
CRAC system at the highest possible tempera-
ture level. In this way, the energy efficiency of the SK 3300.510 to 3300.540 500 3300.294
unit can be increased significantly. SK 3300.560 to 3300.590 500 3300.295
The extractor plenum is comprised of an empty SK 3300.710 to 3300.740 500 3300.296
enclosure tailored to the width and depth of the SK 3300.760 to 3300.790 500 3300.297
CRAC system. The equipment enclosure and
extractor plenum are screw-fastened together
using the assembly kit supplied loose. Note:
Supply includes: Special heights to adapt to the available room
Empty enclosure including assembly kit. height are available on request.

Piping systems in the data centre
Efficient cooling solutions rely on an excellent infra- efficient operation of all cooling components. This also
structure. The Rittal piping system provides the link includes safety-relevant options such as redundant
between the equipment and the refrigeration system. pumps, emergency cooling or buffer stores.
An optimum design and targeted media supply ensure

Speed-controlled pumps are used to convey The standard hydraulic layout includes the use Use of compact distributors to distrib-
the coolant. of a hydraulic separating filter. ute the cooling medium among differ-
The pumped volume may be varied by using Different volumes of water on the producer side ent pieces of equipment.
state-of-the-art EC motors. and equipment side for process cooling do not
Your practical benefit:
adversely affect the function of the cooling
Your practical benefit: Redundancies in the supply lines to
systems.
Lower energy consumption thanks to “cold the equipment may be designed as
water on demand”. Your practical benefit: required. For example, a layout can
Only the volume of water that is actually Less energy consumption thanks to the use of be designed to facilitate the auto-
needed for cooling is moved through the free-cooling heat exchangers including redun- matic shut off of sub-sections in the
system. dancy. event of pipe leaks.
Chiller pumps may be switched on and off as
required.

● Pipeline systems are part of a turnkey solution for the targeted ● Maximum energy efficiency thanks to the use of polypropylene
cooling of IT operating environments piping with exceptionally low pipe friction losses
● Media network for the connection of coolers (IT chillers) and ● Systems are suitable for the use of cold water and water/
cooling equipment (liquid cooling package and CRAC systems) antifreeze mixtures (glycol)
● Free scalability of chiller and equipment output via the hydraulic ● Media pumping redundancy by fitting every chiller with its own
separation of the producer and equipment sides primary pump and via the use of redundant main pumps on the
● Use of a hydraulic separating filter with dual function as a buffer equipment side
store
1 2

4
5 6
The innovative polypropylene piping is 1 Direct cooling systems 5 Dirt collector station
distinguished by minimal pipe friction (e.g. LCP) with maintenance bypass
resistance. 2 CRAC systems 6 Main pump (redundant)
Your practical benefit:
3 IT chiller 7 Compact distributor
Less energy consumption for conveying
with lockable outlets
the cooling medium, thanks to lower flow 4 Buffer store
resistance.
The material is corrosion-resistant and may
be machined without residues.

Chillers for IT cooling
Cooling output 15 to 123 kW
B = Width
T = Depth
H
T
Application: Technical design: Options: Layout diagram,

Especially for cooling IT applica- ● Compact design with control ● Free cooling may be inte- see page 188.
tions, such as LCP or air/water components in the front and grated from 61 kW.
heat exchangers. Safety-rele- air intake via both side pan- Please follow the instructions!
vant features such as redundant els, air outlet upwards. ● Buffer store for separate siting
speed-controlled pumps, com- ● Pressure-sealed system. ● Emergency cooling with
pressors or buffer stores are the ● Digital thermostat for tempera- mains water infeed
distinguishing features of these ture control with setpoint and ● Special voltages
atmospherically sealed systems. actual value display.
Note:
● Monitoring interface with Rittal
The illustration shows a unit with
CMC-TC supported.
customer-specific options.
● Integral automatic bypass
Technical deviations in terms
valve.
of cooling output, dimensions
● Flow monitor.
or weight are possible for unit
Supply includes: types with free cooling.
Chiller wired ready for connec-
tion, with multilingual docu-
mentation including functional
diagram and wiring plans.
Model No. SK 3232.700 3232.710 3232.720 3232.730 3232.740 3232.750 3232.760 3232.770 3232.780 3232.790
Rated operating voltage Volt, Hz 400, 3~, 50
W 815 815 815 1000 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100
Dimensions in mm H 1400 1400 1400 2180 1606 1606 1606 1606 1875 1875
D 1560 1560 1560 2000 2450 2450 2450 2950 2950 2950
Cooling output
15 kW 24 kW 36 kW 48 kW 61 kW 72 kW 82 kW 92 kW 113 kW 123 kW
at Tw = 15°C/Tu = 35°C
Power consumption 6900 W 9700 W 14600 W 21000 W 21400 W 24400 W 27500 W 31100 W 38900 W 42600 W
Rated current max. 23.0 A 25.0 A 37.0 A 46.5 A 71.2 A 74.2 A 77.2 A 83.2 A 106.1 A 112.1 A
Refrigerant R407C
Pmax. cooling circuit 28 bar
Temperature range
Pump capacity 60 l/min. 120 l/min. 240 l/min. 500 l/min.
Pump pressure 2.5 bar
Number of cooling circuits 1 2
Tank with 10 mm condensate insulation Steel
Tank capacity 48 l 100 l 300 l 500 l
1 1/4˝
Water connections 1˝ internal thread internal 2˝ internal thread 2 1/2˝ internal thread
thread
Operating weight 375 kg 390 kg 480 kg 710 kg 810 kg 849 kg 864 kg 949 kg 1150 kg 1175 kg
Colour RAL 7035 RAL 9002
Air throughput
m3/h 10880 14000 18000 13720 20450 27300 35000
of fans
Temperature control Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +15°C)
Cooling output makes allowance for 35% glycol.

Cooling output 145 to 462 kW
B = Width
T = Depth
H
T
Application: Technical design: Options: Layout diagram,

Especially for cooling IT applica- ● Compact design with control ● Free cooling may be see page 188.
tions, such as LCP or air/water components in the front and integrated from 61 kW.
heat exchangers. Safety-rele- air intake via both side pan- Please follow the instructions!
vant features such as redundant els, air outlet upwards. ● Buffer store for separate siting
speed-controlled pumps, com- ● Pressure-sealed system. ● Emergency cooling with
pressors or buffer stores are the ● Digital thermostat for tempera- mains water infeed
distinguishing features of these ture control with setpoint and ● Special voltages
atmospherically sealed systems. actual value display.
Note:
● Monitoring interface with Rittal
The illustration shows a custom-
CMC-TC supported.
ised unit design up to 180 kW.
● Integral automatic bypass
Technical deviations in terms of
valve.
cooling output, dimensions or
● Flow monitor.
weight are possible for unit
Supply includes: types with free cooling.
Chiller wired ready for connec-
tion, with multilingual documen-
tation including functional dia-
gram and wiring plans.

Model No. SK 3232.800 3232.810 3232.820 3232.830 3232.840 3232.850 3232.860 3232.870 3232.880
Rated operating voltage Volt, Hz 400, 3~, 50
W 1100 1100 1100 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200
Dimensions in mm H 1875 1875 1875 2450 2450 2450 2450 2450 2450
D 2950 2950 3950 3400 3400 3400 4250 4250 4250
Cooling output
145 kW 161 kW 193 kW 248 kW 280 kW 312 kW 372 kW 415 kW 462 kW
at Tw = 15°C/Tu = 35°C
Power consumption 50900 W 57600 W 63700 W 89100 W 97300 W 105400 W 138000 W 148200 W 158400 W
Rated current max. 141 A 146 A 153 A 208 A 227 A 245 A 311 A 339 A 366 A
Refrigerant R407C
Pmax. cooling circuit 28 bar
Temperature range
Pump capacity 500 l/min. 810 l/min. 1200 l/min.
Pump pressure 2.5 bar
Tank with 10 mm condensate insulation Steel
Tank capacity 500 l 700 l 1000 l
Water connections 2 1/2˝ internal thread 3˝ internal thread 4˝ internal thread
Operating weight 1250 kg 1340 kg 1520 kg 2702 kg 2795 kg 2831 kg 3460 kg 3567 kg 3667 kg
Colour RAL 9002
Air throughput
m3/h 35500 60900 86000 76000 111000
of fans
Temperature control Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +15°C)
Cooling output makes allowance for 35% glycol.

Enclosure heaters
Features
Condensation poses a particular risk for control elec-
tronics, especially with outdoor siting, but also indoors.
A range of output categories ensures that the correct
thermal output is always available. In this way, the total
required thermal output can be distributed with com-
plete accuracy within an enclosure.
Mounting
Fast assembly . . . or screw-fastening directly

This is achieved either using onto the mounting plate.
snap-fastening on 35 mm
Enclosure heaters
support rails EN 50 022 . . .
Function
Fully wired unit ready for Energy-optimised design High level of energy efficiency
connection using CFD thanks to self-regulating PTC
Clamp-type terminal connection Output categories: technology.
for simple, effective wiring. ● without fan 10, 20, 30, 50, 75,
100, 150 watts
● with fan 250, 400, 800 watts.
Benefits: Important:
● Large output range with ● Quick-assembly and connec- ● For the correct temperature ● Heaters should always be
a continuous thermal output tion system saves time and and to avoid condensation, installed in an upright posi-
from 10 to 800 watts. money by eliminating super- use a thermostat and/or tion. Leave a distance of
● High level of energy efficien- fluous screw terminals. hygrostat – see hardcover 50 mm at the top and bottom
cy thanks to self-regulating ● Vertical level control for opti- catalogue “System Climate to allow convection.
PTC technology. mum spacing e.g. from cable Control”, page 178. ● Heat is distributed evenly in
ducts. ● For units in the superior out- large enclosures by using
put categories, the thermal several low-output heaters.
output is increased with inte-
gral fans.

Enclosure heaters
Continuous thermal output 10 – 800 W
B = Width
T = Depth
Supply includes: ● In larger enclosures, even Approvals,

Ready-to-install unit with clamp- heat distribution is best see hardcover catalogue
type terminal connection. achieved by installing several “System Climate Control”,
low-output heaters. page 301.
Note:
● The installation of heaters is
● Thermostat SK 3110.000 Detailed drawing,
generally advisable, even
(see accessories) is recom- see page 189.
when using heat exchangers
mended for precise tempera-
and cooling units, in order to
ture control in the enclosure.
prevent condensation.
● In order to prevent condensa-
tion on assemblies, hygrostat
SK 3118.000 (see accesso-
ries) is recommended to regu-
late heating.
Enclosure heaters without fan

Model No. SK 3105.110 3106.120 3115.130 3116.140 3107.150 3107.160 3102.170
Enclosure heaters
W 81 81 102 102 102 138 138
Dimensions in mm H 123 164 155 225 260 185 250
D 49 49 60 60 60 81 81
Rated operating voltage V, Hz 110 – 240 V AC
Continuous thermal output at Tu = 10°C 10 W 20 W 30 W 50 W 75 W 100 W 150 W
Pre-fuse T 2A 4A
SK
page
Thermostat 1 3110.000 182
Hygrostat 1 3118.000 182
Temperature indicator 1 3114.100 181
Enclosure heaters with fan

Model No. SK 115 V/60 Hz 3105.210 3105.220 3105.230
Model No. SK 230 V/50 Hz 3105.180 3105.190 3105.200
W 142 142 142
Dimensions in mm H 170 170 170
D 101 101 101
Rated operating voltage V, Hz 115 V, 60 Hz or 230 V, 50 Hz
Continuous thermal output at Tu = 10°C 250 W1) 400 W1) 800 W1)
Pre-fuse gG for 115 V 4A 6A 10 A
Pre-fuse gG for 230 V 4A 6A 6A
SK
page
Thermostat 1 3110.000 182
Hygrostat 1 3118.000 182
Temperature indicator 1 3114.100 181
1) Outputwith fan.

Accessories for system climate control
Adjustable frame For heat exchangers Model No. SK

for air/air heat exchangers, SK 3126.4. . 3286.260
railway-compatible version SK 3128.4../SK 3129.4.. 3286.270
The adjustable frame allows variable partial SK 3130.4.. 3286.280
installation of air/air heat exchangers on enclo-
sures, to facilitate optimum space utilisation.
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Adaptor frame For cooling units

Cat. 32, Model No.
300 W Packs of
for wall-mounted cooling units page TP
Model No. SK
To compensate for the rear tilt of the TP consoles. 3302.3X0 642 1 6730.600
Material: Delivery times available on request.
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Powder-coated in textured RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
167 Mounting cut-out

1
481
77.5 200 200 77.5
3
84
277
20
329
201
2
84
245
Ø7
1 Top edge of console

2 Adaptor frame
3 Cooling units SK 3302.3X0

Wide-range power pack Power pack 24 V (DC)

Model No. SK
for SK 3201.300
24 V (DC) 150 W for snap-mounting
for thermoelectric cooler 3201.030
onto top-hat rail 35 mm
To supply voltage to the thermoelectric cooler
with primary 96 – 264 V (AC) voltage supply input.
Power packs for other outputs available on
request.
Metal filter Material:

Aluminium
Particularly when climate control systems are
used in dusty and oil-laden environments, it is
advisable to use washable metal filters. If air or
steam condenses on the metal surfaces, any
particles present will adhere to the metal, and
can easily be washed out with water or grease-
dissolving solvents.
For WxHxD
Packs of Model No. SK
heat exchangers mm
SK 3126.4XX 130 x 130 x 10 1 3286.230
SK 3128.4XX/SK 3129.4XX 208 x 208 x 10 1 3286.240
SK 3130.4XX 225 x 225 x 10 1 3286.250

Filter mat For
WxHxD Model No.
thermoelectric Packs of
Rittal thermoelectric coolers are low-mainte- mm SK
cooler
nance. Filter mats may be used if operating under
SK 3201.200/
extreme conditions. SK 3201.300
115 x 85 x 10 5 3201.050
Material:
Fibre fleece,
self-extinguishing F1 to DIN 53 438.
Temperature-resistant to 100°C.

Networking
TE 7000 open
B
T B
T
H
HE/SU
HE
19
/ 53
5 19
HE = U
Benefits: routed to the various levels Material: Open roof frame for cable entry,
Unlimited applications covering without kinks. Sheet steel via 3 (1 for DK 7000.930/.934)
all tasks in the IT sector. Both as In a bayed configuration, the cable routing trays. Open base
Surface finish:
a network distribution frame with 800 mm width in particular offers frame with 2 punched sections
maximum accessibility from all plenty of space for cable rout- with mounting flanges for indi-
sides for assembly and installa- ing between units. Load capacity: vidual configuration in the width,
tion, and as a server rack with There is an extensive range of 700 kg, static levelling feet.
a high load capacity of up to accessories available for indi-
Supply includes: Detailed drawing,
700 kg, static. Unrestricted air- vidual cable management solu-
Self-supporting frame structure, available on the Internet.
flow, due to the open design. tions.
with a 482.6 mm (19˝) or metric
The standard cable trays in the The distance between attach-
attachment level front and rear
roof area mean that even large ment levels is infinitely variable.
depending on the design.
quantities of cables are easily
NEW NEW
Networking
U/SU 42/– 42/– 42/76 47/82 42/– 47/–

Width (B) mm 600 800 600 600 800 800
Height3) (H) mm 2000 2000 2000 2200 2000 2200
Depth (T) mm 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000
Distance between levels (mm) as delivered 495 495 745 745 745 745
Model No. TE with 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level 7000.930 7000.934 7000.940 7000.9421) 7000.944 7000.9461)
Model No. TE with metric (535 mm) attachment level – – 7000.9601) 7000.9621) – –
482.6 mm (19˝) accessories Packs of
Cable management panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U for horizontal
cable routing, with 5 steel rings, zinc-plated, passivated, 1 7257.035 7257.035 7257.035 7257.035 7257.035 7257.035
size 100 x 37 mm
Cable management panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U for horizontal
cable routing, with 5 steel rings, zinc-plated, passivated, 1 7257.100 7257.100 7257.100 7257.100 7257.100 7257.100
size 120 x 80 mm
Shunting rings to accommodate large quantities of cables,
for mounting on the side of the mounting frame, 2 7220.600 7220.600 7220.600 7220.600 7220.600 7220.600
dimensions 300 x 90 mm
Cable management panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U,
1 7158.100 7158.100 7158.100 7158.100 7158.100 7158.100
for horizontal cable routing, with removable front panel
Component shelf 482.6 mm (19˝), 1/2 U static installation,
1 7063.7102) 7063.7102) 7063.7202) 7063.7202) 7063.720 7063.720
depth-variable
Slide rail 482.6 mm (19˝), load capacity 100 kg, static,
2 – – 7063.7402) 7063.7402) 7063.740 7063.740
for distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels (internal) 740 mm
Slide rail 482.6 mm (19˝),
depth-variable within the range from 590 – 930 mm, 2 7063.8822) 7063.8822) 7063.8832) 7063.8832) 7063.883 7063.883
load capacity 80 kg, static
C rail, variable within the range 450 – 850 mm 1 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140
T-head rail, variable within the range 450 – 850 mm 1 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150
Cable route for vertical cable management,
for mounting at the rear of the 1 set 7000.685 7000.685 7000.685 7000.685 7000.685 7000.685
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, W = 100 mm, H = 1700 mm
2) Not suitable for use with a metric attachment level.
3) Plus 100 mm roof-mounting/cable-routing trays.
86 Rittal Innovations 2009/IT Solutions

Networking
Network enclosures, based on Rittal TS 8, pre-configured
B1 B1
T1 T1
H3
B2
H1
H1
H3
T2
H2
H2
Material: Version 1 Version 2 Detailed drawing,
Sheet steel Glazed aluminium front door, Glazed aluminium front door, available on the Internet.
180°, 180°,
Surface finish:
with comfort handle for semi- with comfort handle for semi-
Enclosure frame:
cylinder and security lock cylinder and security lock
Dipcoat-primed
3524 E; 3524 E;
Doors, roof and base/plinth:
sheet steel rear door, 130°, sheet steel rear door, 130°,
Dipcoat-primed,
with swivel handle and security with swivel handle and security
powder-coated in RAL 7035
lock 3524 E. lock 3524 E.
Gland plates, punched sections
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles
with mounting flanges and
angles, front, fitted approx. at the front and rear, distance
mounting angles:
150 mm behind the frame front between levels pre-configured at
Zinc-plated, passivated
edge, screw-fastened to the TS 498 mm. Cranked mounting
Supply includes: punched sections with mount- angles screw-fastened to instal-
Enclosure frame with doors or ing flange as depth stays. lation brackets approx. 150 mm
Networking
rear panel, roof plate, vented Gland plate, one-piece, vented, behind the frame front edge.
base/plinth 100 mm, with cable entry. Gland plate at the front, fitted as
earthing of all enclosure panels; an infill panel.
Supplied loose:
Version 2 plus
Levelling feet incl. base/plinth
Extra system accessories sup-
adaptor,
plied loose: Compact light (8 W),
4 spacers, for raising the roof,
mounting kit (magnetic),
4 cable clamp rails for the inner
482.6 mm (19˝) socket strip,
frame level,
(earthing-pin), door-operated
10 cable shunting rings
switch,
(105 x 70 mm, plastic, for
junction box incl. connection
DK 7830.100 in 44 x 70 mm),
accessories, 482.6 mm (19˝)
50 captive nuts M6, conductive,
component shelf (500 mm)
50 multi-tooth screws M6.
incl. mounting accessories.
NEW NEW NEW
Version 1 Version 2 Version 2 Version 2 Version 2 plus Version 2 Version 2
U 24 24 38 42 42 42 47
Width (B1) mm1) 600 800 800 800 800 800 800
Height (H1 + H2) mm1) 1200 + 100 1200 + 100 1800 + 100 2000 + 100 2000 + 100 2000 + 100 2200 + 100
Depth (T1) mm1) 600 800 800 800 800 1000 800
Clearance width (B2) mm 512 712 712 712 712 712 712
Clearance height (H3) mm 1112 1112 1712 1912 1912 1912 2112
Clearance depth (T2) mm 512 712 712 712 712 912 712
Model No. DK
including 2 plug-in side panels, 7830.100 7830.110 7830.800 7830.200 7830.202 7830.230 7830.220
with security lock 3524 E
Model No. DK
as bayed enclosure without side panels, – – 7830.8502) 7830.250 – 7830.240 7830.2702)
including baying kit TS 8800.500
1) All sizes given are nominal dimensions. For absolute dimensions, please refer to the detailed drawing on the Internet.
Rittal Innovations 2009/IT Solutions 87

Networking
Network enclosures, based on Rittal TS 8, pre-configured
B1 B1
T1 T1
H3
B2
H1
H1
H3
T2
H2
H2
Material: Supply includes: Version 3 Detailed drawing,
Sheet steel Enclosure frame with doors or Vented glazed front door, 180°, available on the Internet.
rear panel, roof plate, with comfort handle for semi-
Surface finish:
vented base/plinth 100 mm, cylinder and security lock
Enclosure frame:
earthing of all enclosure panels; 3524 E;
Dipcoat-primed
Supplied loose: sheet steel rear door, 180°,
Doors, roof and base/plinth:
Levelling feet incl. base/plinth with swivel handle and security
Dipcoat-primed,
adaptor, lock 3524 E.
powder-coated in RAL 7035
4 spacers for raising the roof, 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles
Gland plates, punched sections
4 cable clamp rails for the inner at the front and rear, distance
with mounting flanges and
frame level, between levels pre-configured at
mounting angles:
10 cable shunting rings 740 mm.
(105 x 70 mm, plastic) L-shaped mounting angles
50 captive nuts M6, conductive, screw-fastened to 2 or 3 depth
50 multi-tooth screws M6. stays respectively approx.
Networking
80 mm behind the front edge of

the frame.
Gland plate, one-piece, vented,
with cable entry.
NEW
Version 3 Version 3 Version 3 Version 3 Version 3 Version 3
U 24 24 42 42 47 47
Width (B1) mm1) 800 800 800 800 800 800
Height (H1 + H2) mm1) 1200 + 100 1200 + 100 2000 + 100 2000 + 100 2200 + 100 2200 + 100
Depth (T1) mm1) 900 1000 900 1000 900 1000
Clearance width (B2) mm 712 712 712 712 712 712
Clearance height (H3) mm 1112 1112 1912 1912 2112 2112
Clearance depth (T2) mm 812 912 812 912 812 912
Model No. DK
including 2 plug-in side panels, 7830.120 7830.130 7830.300 7830.330 7830.3202) 7830.3402)
with security lock 3524 E
Model No. DK
as bayed enclosure without side panels, – – 7830.350 7830.335 7830.3702) 7830.3802)
including baying kit TS 8800.500

Networking
Network enclosures, based on Rittal TS 8, types 1 and 2
T1 B1 T1 B1
H2
B2
H1
H1
T2
Type 1 Type 2 Material: Approvals,

Glazed aluminium front door Sheet steel front door a (180°), Sheet steel see Cat. 32, page 92.
(180°), with comfort handle for semi-
Surface finish: Detailed drawing,
with 3 mm single-pane safety cylinder and security lock
Enclosure frame: available on the Internet.
glass, comfort handle for semi- 3524 E;
Dipcoat-primed
cylinder and security lock sheet steel rear door (130°) with
Doors, side panels and roof:
3524 E; handle and security lock 3524 E.
Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated
sheet steel rear door (130°) with Side panels, screw-fastened
in RAL 7035
handle and security lock 3524 E. (depending on version).
Gland plates and punched
Side panels, screw-fastened
sections with mounting flanges:
(depending on version).
Supply includes:
Enclosure frame (side panels,
depending on version) with
Networking
doors, roof plate, multi-piece
gland plate, 2 punched sec-
tions with mounting flanges in
the enclosure depth.
U 15 20 20 24 24 24 24 24 29
Width (B1) mm1) 600 600 800 600 800 800 800 800 600
Height (H1) mm1) 800 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1400
Depth (T1) mm1) 600 600 600 600 600 800 900 1000 600
Clearance width (B2) mm 512 512 712 512 712 712 712 712 512
Clearance height (H2) mm 712 912 912 1112 1112 1112 1112 1112 1312
Clearance depth (T2) mm 512 512 512 512 512 712 812 912 512
Model No. DK,
7820.100 7820.200 7820.2402) 7820.300 7820.3402) 7820.350 7820.355 7820.3602) 7820.4002)
type 1, with glazed aluminium front door
Model No. DK,
type 1, with glazed aluminium front door, – – – – – – – – –
incl. side panel, screw-fastened, IP 55
Model No. DK,
7821.100 7821.200 7821.2402) 7821.300 7821.340 – 7821.355 – 7821.4002)
type 2, with sheet steel front door
Model No. DK,
type 2, with sheet steel front door, – – – – – – – – –
U 29 29 33 33 33 38 38 38 38
Width (B1) mm1) 600 800 600 600 800 600 600 600 800
Height (H1) mm1) 1400 1400 1600 1600 1600 1800 1800 1800 1800
Depth (T1) mm1) 800 600 600 800 600 600 800 900 600
Clearance width (B2) mm 512 712 512 512 712 512 512 512 712
Clearance height (H2) mm 1312 1312 1512 1512 1512 1512 1712 1712 1712
Clearance depth (T2) mm 712 512 512 712 512 512 712 812 512
Model No. DK,
7820.410 7820.4402) 7820.500 7820.510 7820.5402) 7820.600 7820.610 7820.620 7820.640
Model No. DK,
type 1, with glazed aluminium front door, – – – – – – – – –
Model No. DK,
7821.410 7821.4402) 7821.500 7821.510 7821.5402) 7821.600 7821.610 7821.6202) 7821.6402)
Model No. DK,
type 2, with sheet steel front door, – – – – – – – – –

Networking
Network enclosures, based on Rittal TS 8, types 1 and 2
T1 B1 T1 B1
H2
B2
H1
H1
T2
Type 1 Type 2 Material: Approvals,

Glazed aluminium front door Sheet steel front door (180°), Sheet steel see Cat. 32, page 92.
(180°), with comfort handle for semi-
Surface finish: Detailed drawing,
with 3 mm single-pane safety cylinder and security lock
Enclosure frame: available on the Internet.
glass, comfort handle for semi- 3524 E;
Dipcoat-primed
cylinder and security lock sheet steel rear door (130°) with
Doors, side panels and roof:
3524 E; handle and security lock 3524 E.
sheet steel rear door (130°) with Side panels, screw-fastened
in RAL 7035
handle and security lock 3524 E. (depending on version).
Gland plates and punched
Side panels, screw-fastened
sections with mounting flanges:
(depending on version).
Supply includes:
Enclosure frame (side panels,
depending on version) with
Networking
doors, roof plate, multi-piece

gland plate, 2 punched sec-
tions with mounting flanges in
the enclosure depth.
NEW
U 38 38 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42
Width (B1) mm1) 800 800 600 600 600 600 600 800 800 800
Height (H1) mm1) 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Depth (T1) mm1) 800 1000 600 800 900 1000 1200 600 800 900
Clearance width (B2) mm 712 712 512 512 512 512 512 512 712 712
Clearance height (H2) mm 1712 1712 1912 1912 1912 1912 1912 1912 1912 1912
Clearance depth (T2) mm 712 912 512 712 812 912 1112 512 712 812
Model No. DK,
7820.650 7820.670 7820.700 7820.7102) 7820.720 7820.730 7820.8302) 7820.740 7820.750 7820.760
Model No. DK,
type 1, with glazed aluminium front door, – – – – – – 7820.8322) – – –
Model No. DK,
7821.650 7821.6702) 7821.700 7821.7102) 7821.720 7821.730 7821.8302) 7821.740 7821.750 7821.760
Model No. DK,
type 2, with sheet steel front door, – – – – – – 7821.8322) – – –
NEW NEW NEW

U 42 42 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47
Width (B1) mm1) 800 800 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 800
Height (H1) mm1) 2000 2000 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200
Depth (T1) mm1) 1000 1200 600 800 1200 600 800 900 1000 1200
Clearance width (B2) mm 712 712 512 512 512 512 712 712 712 712
Clearance height (H2) mm 1912 1912 2112 2112 2112 2112 2112 2112 2112 2112
Clearance depth (T2) mm 912 1112 512 712 1112 512 712 812 912 1112
Model No. DK,
7820.770 7820.8902) 7820.800 7820.810 7820.8802) 7820.840 7820.850 7820.860 7820.870 7820.9502)
Model No. DK,
type 1, with glazed aluminium front door, – 7820.8922) – – 7820.8822) – – – – 7820.9522)
Model No. DK,
7821.770 7821.8902) 7821.800 7821.810 7821.8802) 7821.8402) 7821.850 7821.8602) 7821.870 7821.9502)
Model No. DK,
type 2, with sheet steel front door, – 7821.8922) – – 7821.8822) – – – – 7821.9522)
1) All sizes given are nominal dimensions. For absolute dimensions, please refer to the detailed drawing on the Internet. 2) Delivery times available on request.

Networking
VerticalBox
B
T
H
Compact 482.6 mm (19˝) Rear panel prepared to Supply includes:
enclosure for small networks accommodate an active fan. 482.6 mm (19˝) enclosure, 5 U,
May be used as a wall-mounted, Cable entry optionally via the with a mounting level front and
under-desk or desktop enclo- roof, base or rear panel. rear.
sure, depending on require- Glazed front door, one side
Material:
ments. panel fixed, one plug-in,
Sheet steel,
482.6 mm (19˝) level at the front removable, plug-in rear panel,
viewing window toughened
and rear, freely selectable door removable, with opening for
safety glass, 3 mm
hinge. cable entry, prepared to
Quickly and easily removable Colour: accommodate one fan unit.
door, rear panel and side panel RAL 7035 Glazed door, side panel and
allow free access to the interior rear panel with security lock
installation. 12321.
Passive ventilation in the roof Roof and base with vent slots
and floor area. and knock-outs for cable entry.
Networking
4 plastic feet, self-adhesive,
supplied loose.
U Packs of 5 Page
Width (B) mm 300
Height (H) mm 550
Depth (T) mm 600
Model No. DK 1 7501.000
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 Catalogue 32, page 975
Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 Catalogue 32, page 975
Fan expansion kit, 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 117/135 m3/h, air throughput, unimpeded airflow 1 set 7980.100 Catalogue 32, page 703
Blanking panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U, RAL 7035 2 7151.035 Catalogue 32, page 1110
Cable management panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U, RAL 7035,
1 7257.200 172
with 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm
482.6 mm (19˝) socket strip, 7-way, with rocker switch 1 7240.220 Catalogue 32, page 1066
Mounting kit for VerticalBox, 350 x 484 mm 1 7501.100 176
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, 12 U (10 U usable)1) 2 7502.203 176
Brush strip for cut-out openings 2x1m 7072.200 Catalogue 32, page 1053
1) For mounting at the side of the VerticalBox. With these mounting angles, instead of 5 U vertically at the side, up to 10 U may be used horizontally
if only a minimal installation depth is required. Infinitely depth-variable positioning.
VerticalBox VerticalBox
as instrument case as wall-mounted enclosure

Networking
Wall-mounted enclosures, based on Rittal QuickBox, 12/15 U, Ergoform-S lock system
T2 B2
B1
T1
H2
H1
With Ergoform-S lock system, Material: Supply includes: Property rights:
suitable for the installation of Wall mounting plate with Wall section: German patent
semi-cylinders with an overall mounting brackets: Pre-assembled mounting no. 198 11 711
length of 40 or 45 mm (to 2.0 mm sheet steel bracket, cable clamp rail top
Detailed drawing,
DIN 18 252), lock and push- Enclosure cover: and bottom, 482.6 mm (19˝)
available on the Internet.
button inserts. Fitted as stand- 1.0 mm sheet steel punched rails, infinitely depth-
ard with 3524 E lock insert. Door: Glazed door with sheet variable.
● The unlocked handle folds steel frame and 3 mm tough-
Enclosure cover:
down forwards, and the lock ened safety glass
consisting of base and cover
is opened by swivelling.
Surface finish: tray with vent slots, brush strip
● For wall-mounting with left-
Enclosure: for cable entry at the top/bottom,
hand door hinge, the handle
Powder-coated, RAL 7035 glazed door with Ergoform-S
system may be fitted rotated
handle and security lock.
through 180°.
● Internal cover lock, accessi-
Networking
ble when the door is open.
U Packs of 12 15 Cat. 32, page

Width (B1) mm 600 600
Enclosure cover Height (H1) mm 628 762
Depth (T1) mm 600 600
Width (B2) mm 595 595
Wall section Height (H2) mm 621 755
Max. installation depth (T2) mm 547 547
Model No. DK 1 7502.436 7502.446
Accessories
Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 7502.203 7502.204 1092
Solid gland plate 2 7502.3101) 7502.3101) 1052
Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 975
Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 975
Combination rails for enclosure width 6 7502.304 7502.304 1063
Combination rails for enclosure depth 500/600 mm 6 7502.304 7502.304 1063
Slide rails for enclosure depth 500/600 mm 2 7492.400 7492.400 1098
Earthing set 1 7502.260 7502.260 1036
Semi-cylinder Lock and push-button inserts

to DIN 18 252. Model No. see Cat. 32,
Model No. see Cat. 32, page 947, 948.
page 957.

Server racks
Based on Rittal TE 7000, 1000 mm deep
B
T
19 A
˝
HE
A = Defined mounting
distance for accessories,
see below.
Benefits: Material: Supply includes: recessed handle (front) and

No frame structure, Sheet steel Self-supporting 482.6 mm (19˝) security lock 3524 E, roof plate
maximum cable routing frame structure, with brush strip for cable entry
Surface finish:
side panels (depending on and concealed cut-out for fan
Mounting frame:
Static load capacity: version), integration, levelling feet.
Dipcoat-primed
700 kg vented sheet steel door front
Enclosure panels: Detailed drawing,
and rear, two-point locking rod,
Powder coated, RAL 7035/9005 available on the Internet.
NEW
Server racks
U (HE) 24 42 42 42 42
Width (B) mm1) 600 600 600 800 800
Height (H) mm1) 1200 2000 2000 2000 2000
Depth (T) mm1) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels in its delivered state A mm 745 745 745 745 745
Model No. TE RAL 7035 – 7000.882 – 7000.892 –
as bayed enclosure without side panels, including baying kit RAL 9005 – – 7000.885 – 7000.895
Model No. TE as small enclosure including side panels RAL 7035 7000.875 – – – –
Doors
Sheet steel door front and rear, fully vented; open surface area > 67% perforated
Roof
Roof plate including brush strip for cable entry and with an optional fan
Base
Base frame with maximum cut-out for cable entry or passive ventilation.

Can be fitted with optional blanking panels.
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames front and rear
Accessories
Side panels, pluggable, including security lock 3524 E 7000.653 7000.663 7000.653 7000.663
Ergoform-S handle for semi-cylinder, to exchange for the existing lock 2435.000 2435.000 2452.0002) 2435.000 2452.0002)
Fan unit, with 2 fans and thermostat, pre-wired ready for connection 7000.670 7000.670 7000.6713) 7000.670 7000.6713)
Transport castors, 4 castors including assembly parts 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672
C rail, for cable clamping in the enclosure width via cable clamps,
7828.060 7828.060 7828.060 7828.060 7828.060
on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame at the rear
Cable clamp rail, depth-variable 500 – 895 mm,
7858.162 7858.162 7858.162 7858.162 7858.162
for cable attachment in the enclosure depth via cable ties
Cable clamp rail, for cable attachment in the enclosure width via cable ties,
7828.062 7828.062 7828.062 7828.062 7828.062
on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame at the rear
Earthing kit for TE 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675
TE socket strip, 8-way for earthing-pin plugs 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630
Included with the supply. 1) All sizes are nominal dimensions. For absolute dimensions, refer to detailed drawings on the Internet. 2) Matt nickel-plated.

Server racks
Based on Rittal TS 8, pre-configured
B
Design features:
T ● Robust frame structure
● Front and rear door vented
across the entire surface;
180° hinges
● 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
frame
● 4-point locking
H
● Door hinge may be swapped
to opposite side
● Cable entry via the roof and
base
● Bayable at all levels
● Static load capacity of up to
1000 kg
Material: Supply includes: Enclosure panel earthing Detailed drawing,

Sheet steel Enclosure frame TS 8 with sheet already prefitted. available on the Internet.
steel doors, Two-piece roof plate, with 1 Optimised air flow.
Surface finish:
one-piece vented at front, sliding plate and rubber cable
Enclosure frame: Open surface area > 78%
vertically divided vented at rear, clamp strip for cable entry.
Dipcoat-primed perforated.
levelling feet, Without or with side panels in
Enclosure panels:
comfort handle on both sides colours RAL 7035/RAL 9005.
with security lock 3524 E and
in RAL 7035 or RAL 9005
4-point locking.
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame:
NEW NEW
Server racks
Number of front doors 1 1 1 1 1 1

No. of rear doors (vertically divided) 2 2 2 2 2 2
U 42 42 42 42 47 47
Width (B) mm 800 800 800 800 800 800
Height (H) mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2200 2200
Depth (T) mm 1200 1200 1200 1200 1000 1000
Model No. DK 7831.730 7831.732 7831.7401) 7831.7421) 7831.752 7831.7621)
RAL colour 7035 7035 9005 9005 7035 9005
Doors
Sheet steel doors, vented, front and rear
Plug-in side panels with T lock – – 7824.220 7816.2201)
Roof
Roof plate, two-piece with rubber cable clamp strip for cable entry
Base
Open base, without base frame
Levelling feet
L-shaped mounting angles – – – – – –
Mounting angles attached to depth stays – – – – – –
Load capacity 1000 kg, static
Panel earthing, fitted
Accessories
Security lock for side panels 7824.500 7824.500 7824.500 7824.500 7824.500 7824.500
Base/plinth components, front and rear, solid 8601.805 8601.805 8601.802 8601.802 8601.805 8601.802
Base/plinth trims 8601.025 8601.025 8601.026 8601.026 8601.015 8601.010
Base attachment bracket 8800.210 8800.210 8800.210 8800.210 8800.210 8800.210
Stabiliser, pull-out 7825.260 7825.260 7825.260 7825.260 7825.250 7825.250
Included with the supply 1) Delivery times available on request.

Server racks
Based on Rittal TS 8, Plus Based on Rittal TS 8, pre-configured, heavy duty
B B
T T
H
1
1
1 Optimised air flow.
Open surface area > 78%
perforated.
Benefits: Surface finish: Benefits: Surface finish:

The pre-configured TS 8 server Enclosure frame and enclosure The pre-configured TS 8 heavy Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed
rack Plus provides plenty of panels: duty server rack provides plenty Enclosure panels: Dipcoat-
space for the installation of deep Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated of space for the installation of primed, powder-coated,
servers or blade systems. in RAL 9005 heavy equipment due to its high RAL 9005/7035
The 800 mm width and standard load-bearing capacity of up to
Supply includes: Supply includes:
accessories facilitate flexible 1300 kg. Stable transport castors
TS 8 enclosure frame with vented Enclosure frame TS 8, roof plate
cable routing. The vented front provide mobility and pull-out
sheet steel door at the front, for cable entry, sheet steel doors
door with filter mat protects the stabilisers ensure stability.
including vented noise reduction front and rear, vented, with 130°
built-in IT components from User-friendly cable entry and
door at the rear, with 130° hinges, hinges, comfort handle with secu-
contamination. In combination room-optimised siting thanks to
2 x 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting rity lock, side panels horizontally
with the noise reduction door, it vertically divided rear door
frames, plug-in side panels with divided (DK 7831.820, 7831.825
is suitable for use in office envi- shortened on one side.
security lock 3524 E, levelling only), L-shaped 482.6 mm (19˝)
ronments. Thanks to the twin Optimised access and easy
feet, twin castors, system acces- mounting angles, depth-variably
Server racks
castors fitted as standard, the handling due to horizontally
sories for cable routing, comfort mounted, stabilisers (pull-out),
rack may be used flexibly in divided side panels.
handle with security lock 3524 E transport castors, levelling feet,
terms of location.
and 2-point lock. Material: cable shunting rings, cage nuts,
Material: Sheet steel screws.
Detailed drawing and
Sheet steel
design features Detailed drawing and
available on the Internet. design features
Design TS 8, Plus TS 8, heavy duty
U 24 42
Width (B) mm1) 800 600
Height (H) mm1) 1200 2000
Depth (T) mm1) 1200 1200
Distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels in its delivered state mm 740 735
Model No. DK RAL 9005 7831.8502) 7831.8202)
with side panels RAL 7035 – 7831.8252)
Model No. DK RAL 9005 – 7831.8222)
as a bayed enclosure without side panels RAL 7035 – 7831.8272)
Doors
Designer door, vented, front –
Sheet steel door, vented, rear, vertically divided, one side shortened for cable entry –
Sheet steel door, vented, front, including filter mat –
Noise reduction door, vented, rear –
Comfort handle with security lock, front and rear
Roof
Roof plate for cable entry
Base
4 castors, 4 levelling feet
Stabiliser, pull-out –
Open base, without base frame
482.6 mm (19˝) levels front and rear
L-shaped mounting angles, reinforced, mounted on horizontal support rails –
Accessories
10 cable shunting rings
50 cage nuts M6, conductive, 50 multi-tooth screws M6 x 16
10 cable routing bars, 1 U –
1) All sizes given are nominal dimensions. For absolute dimensions, please refer to the detailed drawing on the Internet. 2) Delivery times available on request.

Server racks
Based on Rittal TS 8, High Performance Cooling systems HPC
B1
T1
B2
H1
H2
T2
High Performance Cooling Max. static load capacity of the Material: Supply includes:
systems HPC: interior installation 1000 kg, static Sheet steel Enclosure frame with doors and
Glazed aluminium front door (180°), per rack. rear panel, roof plate, gland plate,
Surface finish:
with 3 mm toughened safety Roof plate, two-piece, 482.6 mm (19˝) interior installa-
Dipcoat-primed, panels
glass, sheet steel rear door for cable entry via sliding plate. tion, earthing of all panels,
additionally powder-coated,
(130°), comfort handle on both Multi-divided base/gland plate. levelling feet, fitted.
RAL 7035.
sides for semi-cylinder and Maximum attainable protection
Gland plates and 482.6 mm (19˝)
security lock 3524 E. category IP 54, in conjunction with
mounting frame zinc-plated,
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame solid roof (bayed solution) and
passivated
front and rear, distance additional screw-fastened side
between levels pre-configured panels with stand-alone siting.
740 (500) mm, space to front
door approx. 100 mm.
NEW
Server racks
U 42 42 42 42 42
Width (B1) mm1) 600 600 800 800 800
Height (H1) mm1) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Depth (T1) mm1) 1000 1200 800 1000 1200
Clearance width (B2) mm 512 512 712 712 712
Clearance height (H2) mm 1912 1912 1912 1912 1912
Clearance depth (T2) mm 912 1112 712 912 1112
Model No. DK as bayed enclosure without side panels,
7831.810 7831.812 7831.8302) 7831.800 7831.802
without baying kit
Model No. DK with side panels, screw-fastened – 7831.813 – – 7831.803
Doors
Aluminium glazed front door, sheet steel rear door
Roof
Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece
Base
Levelling feet
Base frame with multi-piece gland plate
482.6 mm (19˝) levels front and rear
L-shaped mounting angles – – – – –
Mounting angles attached to depth stays – – – – –
Accessories

Side panel, screw-fastened, IP 55 8100.235 8108.235 8100.235
(7831.813 only) (7831.803 only)
Depth-variable slide rail, 1 U, length 590 – 930 mm, 80 kg, static, packs of 2 7063.883 7063.883 7063.882 7063.883 7063.883
482.6 mm (19˝) heavy duty base, 500/700 mm deep,
7063.897 7063.897 7063.895 7063.897 7063.897
100 kg load capacity1)
Installation kit for heavy-duty component shelf, depth-variable 7063.890 7063.890 7063.860 7063.890 7063.890
Included with the supply.
1) All sizes are nominal dimensions. For absolute dimensions, please refer to the detailed drawing on the Internet. 2) Delivery times available on request.

Power
IT distribution enclosure and wall-mounted distributor, PDR flex
To complement the power distribution concept, Benefits:

Rittal offers a range of pre-equipped distributor ● Time savings with simple planning.
racks and wall-mounted enclosures. Use of the ● Cost reductions thanks to easy assembly.
ABB smissline system means that customer- ● Pre-configured/customised installation
specific requirements may be implemented par- supported.
ticularly quickly and easily. Another advantage ● Faster, more flexible installation options by
of this future-safe system solution is its future simply plugging in the units.
extendibility and adaptation to altered usage, ● All products in the ABB smissline range may be
without the need for lengthy interruptions to oper- used (such as circuit-breakers from 6 A to 32 A
ation. The distributors are supplied fully prewired and various tripping characteristics).
with customer-specific configuration and testing. ● Residual-current circuit-breaker, surge voltage
protector, motor circuit-breaker etc. additionally
available.
IT distribution enclosure, Dimensions

Model No. SV
mm
PDR flex 800 x 2000 x 400
Pre-configured low-voltage distributor 7857.950
without base/plinth
for data centres Delivery times available on request.
TS 8 distribution enclosure, supplied prewired.
The rack has a glazed door (hinge may be
swapped to opposite side) with comfort handle for Technical specifications:
use of a semi-cylinder, so that customised locks Infeed: 4 x NH size 00 fusible elements,
may be used. Cables are routed at the side of N+PE bar (optional busbar up to max. 630 A)
the rack via a 200 mm wide cable chamber with Configuration: 4 rows of 21 locations (22 HP),
4 cable clamp rails, covered by a vertically ABB smissline (160 A per row)
hinged infill panel. Cable entry may be imple- Outlet: Terminal blocks
mented from above with the optionally available
Power
roof plate for cable entry. Material:
The ABB smissline slots are wired to the outgoing Sheet steel (1.5 mm), dipcoat-primed
terminals with individual wires (6 mm2) and External lock furniture: Powder-coated
therefore enable the use of 32 A circuit-breakers. Glazed door: Sheet steel (2 mm) with toughened
The installation of a network analysis system is safety glass window (4 mm)
supported, there is sufficient space available Colour:
in the infeed area for the required inverters RAL 7035
(sum + phase inverters).
Note:
Matching roof plate for cable entry
or cable entry gland,
Other accessories,
see Cat. 32, from page 461.
Base/plinth components,
IT wall-mounted distributor, Dimensions

Model No. SV
mm
PDR flex 600 x 760 x 210 7857.910
Pre-configured sub-distributor
Delivery times available on request.
AE wall-mounted enclosure with prefitted ABB
smissline. Sub-distributor suitable for wall mount-
ing (surface-mounting), prepared for the use of Note:
ABB smissline installed equipment. The door Standard double-bit lock insert,
hinge may be swapped to the opposite side, and may be exchanged for lock cylinder insert,
cable entry may be from the top or bottom (please version B,
specify when ordering). The sheet steel door has see Cat. 32, page 957.
a double-bit lock. The ABB smissline locations are
wired to the outlet terminals with individual wires
(6 mm2) to facilitate the use of 32 A circuit-break-
ers.
Material:
Sheet steel, dipcoat-primed
External door furniture: Powder-coated
Colour:
RAL 7035

Power
UPS, Rittal Modular Power Concept – PMC 800
Maximum availability and performance
in a modular design!
Rittal PMC 800 is the solution for data centres with a high
power consumption. The modular architecture allows opti-
mum, tailored configuration of the UPS. The decentralised
parallel architecture (DPA) ensures that no single point of
failure influences availability of the UPS.
The UPS modules are divided into a control module and
a power module. The transformerless double conversion
architecture ensures a high level of efficiency. Every UPS
module has a separate static bypass and a display, together
with the control electronics and processor.
The PMC 800 has a classification code VFI-SS-111.
The modular design facilitates energy-efficient installation with
minimum operating costs, which may be extended as and
when required. The PMC 800 may be extended to accommo-
date up to 10 modules, facilitating a maximum output of up to
800 kW or 720 kW (N+1), redundant. If a UPS with a higher

Power
output is required, this can of course be achieved with the
PMC 800.
Dividing the modules into a power module and Like Rittal’s other three-phase PMC UPS systems,
a control module makes them very service- the UPS may be extended with the system opera-
friendly, and sets them apart from other UPS tional. This safe swap technology means that UPS
systems in this output category. The service- modules may be exchanged or the UPS extended
friendliness of the UPS means that maintenance while in inverter mode. In a redundant configura-
work may be precisely planned. This provides tion of the UPS, the load remains supplied with
the basis for maximum availability plus maximum UPS power while a module is being exchanged.
protection of your investment. This ensures maximum availability of the con-
nected infrastructure.
Rittal PMC 800 at a glance: ● Efficiency at 25/50/75/100% load

● Topology: On-line, double conversion, VFI (cos phi = 0.8): 92/93.5/95/95%
● Technology: Transformerless ● Input power factor: 0.98
● Architecture: Modular, may be connected in ● Admissible load imbalance: 100%
parallel ● No network impacts with load imbalance
● Maximum output in standard configuration: ● Input voltage tolerance: up to –40%/+15%
800 kW (higher outputs available on request) ● Distortion factor, output: < ±3%

Power
Technical specifications
1. Rectifier data
Module type 64 80
Power output kVA 80 100
Power output kW 64 80
Nominal input voltage V 3 x 380/220 V+N, 3 x 400/230 V+N, 3 x 415/240 V+N
Load < 100% (–23%, +15%)
Input voltage tolerance
< 80% (–30%, +15%)
(3 x 400 V)
< 60% (–40%, +15%)
Input frequency Hz 35 – 70
Power factor, input 0.98
Start-up current A Limited by soft start/max. IN
Distortion factor, THDI 7 – 9% at 100% load
Input power with charged battery and rated output kW 69 86
Input power with battery charging and rated output kW 75 93
2. Battery data
Maximum charging current A 16
Battery performance curve Ripple free; IU (DIN 41 773)
Number of batteries 40 – 50
Battery type Pb and NiCd
Battery test Automatic and periodic
Temperature-controlled battery charging Standard (temperature sensor optional)
3. Inverter data
Module type 64 80
Power output per module kVA 80 100
Power output per module kW 64 80
Output voltage V 3 x 380/220 V, 3 x 400/230 V, 3 x 415/240 V
Output power factor 1
Output voltage tolerance, static < ±1%
Output voltage tolerance, dynamic < ±4%
< ±2%
Power
Distortion factor with linear load
Distortion factor with non-linear load (EN 62 040-3: 2001) < ±3%
Admissible load imbalance 100%
Output voltage form Sinusoid
Output frequency Hz 50 or 60
Output frequency tolerance, asynchronous ±0.1%
Output frequency tolerance, synchronous ±4%
125%: 10 min.
Overload capacity
150%: 1 min.
Crest factor 3:1
4. General technical specifications

Topology On-line, double conversion, VFI
Technology Transformerless
Construction Modular, may be connected in parallel
Parallel configuration For redundancy or output increase up to 10 modules
Ambient temperature °C 0 – 40
Relative humidity Max. 95%, non-condensing
Cooling Fan-assisted
Volume of cooling air required 1500 m3 at 25°C
Siting Min. 20 cm distance from the wall
Cabling From the front, from below
Operating ratio cos phi = 0.8
% 95, 95, 93,5, 92
Load: 100%, 75%, 50%, 25%
Heat loss at 100% load
W 3400 4200
cos phi = 0.8
Active module 65 kg 65 kg
Weight
Passive module 70 kg 85 kg
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 1400 x 1900 x 870
EN 62 040-1-1: 2003
Safety EN 60 950-1: 2001/A11: 2004
EN 50 091-2: 1995
Standards EN 61 000-3-2: 2000
EMC EN 61 000-3-3: 1995/A1: 2001
EN 61 000-6-4: 2001
Power EN 62 040-3: 2001

Power
26 HE
18 HE
15 HE
11 HE
19 19 19 19
˝ ˝ ˝ ˝
HE = U
PMC 40 – compact, All PMC 40 UPS components However, parallel switching of Supply includes:
rack-independent UPS system are mounted directly in the several PMC 40 UPS systems, A PMC 40 UPS system is
(up to 40 kW, 3-phase) 482.6 mm (19˝) level of a rack as with the PMC 200, is not comprised of a basic unit for
This uses “double conversion” at least 800 mm deep. This supported. 482.6 mm (19˝) installation.
UPS technology according to ensures enclosure independ- As a general principle, it is 1 – 2 UPS modules and,
the highest classification VFI-SS- ence. Depending on the equip- important to ensure adequate depending on the version, a
111, which provides a constant ment, mixed population (e.g. climate control of the rack into maximum of two battery packs
output irrespective of the incom- with servers) in the same rack is which the PMC 40 is installed. per UPS module may be inte-
ing voltage, coupled with a high also supported. For installation purposes, the grated into this basic module.
overall efficiency and minimal The PMC 40 (redundant ver- rack must have two 482.6 mm The configured complete sys-
space requirements. sion) has “safe-swap” capabili- (19˝) mounting levels and a mini- tem comes supplied with basic
The PMC 40 may be configured ties. This allows easy, safe mod- mum depth of 800 mm. unit and UPS module(s).
as a redundant system (decen- ule exchange while the system Installation, commissioning and The battery packs are supplied
tralised parallel architecture, is operational, without having to maintenance must only be car- separately.
DPA) for maximum availability of switch the UPS to bypass mode. ried out by qualified personnel
the plant (redundant protection – who have been authorised by
without “Single Point Of Failure”). Rittal.
Power
PMC 40 modules, rack-independent
0
80
n.
mi
The UPS system PMC 40 Basic module ... ... plus UPS module ... … plus battery pack
may be installed in any produce a complete
482.6 mm (19˝) rack UPS system with an
which is at least 800 mm output of 10 – 40 kW.
deep.
Installation examples
The UPS system PMC 40 may … a network enclosure ... … or a mixed environment.
be installed directly into an
existing server rack …
Note: When installing the PMC 40 in a closed enclosure, it is important to ensure adequate climate
control.

Power
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4
UPS output with 1 + 1 redundancy (with 10 kW/20 kW module) kW not possible not possible 10/20 10/20
UPS modules/battery packs Qty. 1/1 1/2 2/2 2/2 2/4 2/4
Maximum UPS output (with 10 kW/20 kW module) kW 10/20 10/20 20 40 20 40
Redundancy without without with without with without
Width (B) mm 485 (19˝) 485 (19˝) 485 (19˝) 485 (19˝)
Height (H) U 11 15 18 26
Depth (T) mm 740 740 740 740
Model No. DK
7040.010 7040.020 7040.030 7040.040
basic unit
Model No. DK 1x 1x 2x 2x
PMC 40 10 kW module (quantity acc. to type)1) 7040.110 7040.110 7040.110 7040.110
Model No. DK 1x 1x 2x 2x
PMC 40 20 kW module (quantity acc. to type)1) 7040.120 7040.120 7040.120 7040.120
Model No. DK
1x 2x 2x 4x
battery pack 4 x 10 batteries (12 V/7 Ah) prewired
7040.200 7040.200 7040.200 7040.200
(service life 5 acc. to EUROBAT) Order quantity acc. to type!
Model No. DK
1x 2x 2x 4x
battery pack 4 x 10 batteries (12 V/7 Ah) prewired
7040.210 7040.210 7040.210 7040.210
(service life 10 acc. to EUROBAT) Order quantity acc. to type!
Approx. autonomies at 100% load (10 kW/20 kW module) min. 8/3 18/8 8/3 18/8
Approx. autonomies at 50% load (10 kW/20 kW module) min. 18/8 45/18 18/8 45/18
RS232 (D-Sub 9) and USB interface (configuration and shutdown) Qty. 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1
Fault signal contacts (floating) Qty. 5 5 5 5
Clamping strip input (3L+N+PE) max. conductor cross-section mm2 10/16 10/16 10/16 10/16
Clamping strip output (3L+N+PE) max. conductor cross-section mm2 10/16 10/16 10/16 10/16
Power
Required distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels (min./max.) mm 690 – 800 690 – 800 690 – 800 690 – 800
Weight (approx. incl. batteries and UPS modules) kg 160 260 285 485
Accessories
SNMP monitoring card (Budget) 7857.420
RCCMD licence, bundle with 5 licences for selective shutdown of
7857.423
5 computers (only available in conjunction with UPS hardware)
RCCMD licence, bundle with 25 licences for selective shutdown of
7857.424
25 computers (only available in conjunction with UPS hardware)
1) Only modules of an identical output are available.

Power
PMC 40 basic unit Basic unit Battery packs Model No. DK

PMC 40 basic module + bypass 20 kW 1 bat 7040.010
One basic module is required per UPS system. 20 kW 2 bat 7040.020
The complete power distribution with fuse hold- 40 kW 2 bat 7040.030
ers, input and output terminal block and mechani-
40 kW 4 bat 7040.040
cal maintenance bypass are pre-integrated.
The basic unit has a slide-in slot for 1/2 PMC 40
UPS modules (10 kW/20 kW). Supply includes:
There are 4 versions available for a maximum Basic module, assembly instructions,
output of 20 kW and 40 kW. 482.6 mm (19˝) assembly parts.
Additionally, there is a slot provided in the basic
unit for an SNMP monitoring card. A rack with two
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels and a minimum Also required:
depth of 800 mm is required for installation.
PMC 40 UPS module, PMC 40 battery pack.
PMC 40 UPS module UPS module Model No. DK

10 kW/20 kW 10 kW 7040.110
This UPS module is inserted into the basic unit 20 kW 7040.120
and latched. Depending on the basic unit, a maxi-
mum of two UPS modules are required. Modules
of the same output must always be used. The Supply includes:
modules are easily replaced, minimising mainte- UPS module, instructions, assembly parts.
nance and servicing times. Thanks to the “trans- Note:
formerless” double conversion UPS technology
Power
Technical specifications, see page 103.

used (VFI-SS-111), these modules have a high
level of efficiency coupled with a constant output
behaviour, even if the equipment’s power factor
is well into the capacitive or inductive range.
There are two output categories (10 kW/20 kW)
available.
PMC 40 battery pack Battery pack

Model No. DK
service life
Battery pack for PMC 40 UPS modules
1 to 2 battery packs may be connected per UPS 5 years 7040.200
module. 10 years 7040.210
This doubles the available autonomy of the PMC 40
UPS system. The battery pack uses 4 x 10
12 V/7 Ah lead gel batteries with a service life
of 5 or 10 years (to EUROBAT) which may be UPS
Autonomy2) Autonomy2)
exchanged individually as and when necessary. 1 battery pack 2 battery packs
module output
A rack with two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels per UPS module per UPS module
and a minimum depth of 800 mm is required for 10 kW 8 min. 18 min.
installation. 20 kW 3 min. 8 min.
20 kW
8 min. 18 min.
(10 kW + 10 kW)1)
40 kW
3 min. 8 min.
(20 kW + 20 kW)1)
1) Forparallel connection it is essential to use identical
battery configurations per UPS module.
2) All
figures are for 100% load.
For low capacity utilisation, e.g. 50%, the available
autonomy is doubled accordingly. The autonomies are
subject to normal fluctuations caused by unfavourable
ambient temperatures, charges or battery ageing.

Power
Technical specifications1) PMC 40 UPS module
Model No. DK 7040.110 7040.120
PMC 40 UPS module type 10 kW 20 kW

Power output per module kW 10 20
Input voltage V 3 x 400/230 + N
Input voltage tolerance (at < 80% load) % –30/+15
Input frequency range Hz 35 – 70
Input power factor (at 100% load) min. PF = 0.99
THDI % Sine-wave THDI = 4
Max. input power (batteries charged, cos phi = 1.0) kW 10.5 21
Max. input current (batteries charged, cos phi = 1.0) A 15.2 30.4
Max. input power (batteries discharged, cos phi = 1.0) kW 11.6 23
Max. input current (batteries discharged, cos phi = 1.0) A 16.8 33.6
Max. output power (batteries charged, cos phi = 1.0) kW 10 20
Max. output current (batteries charged, cos phi = 1.0) A 14.5 29
Output power V 3 x 400/230
Voltage stability (output) % +/– 4
Distortions (output, non-linear load EN 62 040-3) % +/– 2
Output frequency (configurable) Hz 50 or 60
Output frequency tolerance range (not synchronised with input) Hz +/– 2
Overload capacity on inverter (max. 600/60 sec.) % 125/150
Short-circuit resistance Inverter: 2 x 250 ms bypass: 10 x in 10 ms
Crest factor 3:1
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperatures (operation) °C 0 – 40
Recommended operating conditions (batteries) °C 20 – 25
Storage temperatures °C –25 – +70
Relative humidity (non-condensing) % < 95
Efficiency (AC – AC, approx. for at least 50% load) % 94
Eco-mode efficiency at (AC – AC, at 100% load) % 98
Interfaces (integrated into basic unit) USB, RS232, floating contacts (5)
Optional management via extension slot (remote monitoring) 1 x network monitoring card (SNMP card)
Power
Standards
Safety EN 62 040-1.1, EN 60 950-1
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 62 040-2, EN 61 000-3-2, EN 61 000-3-3, EN 61 000-6-2
Certifications CE
Protection category IP 20
1) We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Power
Battery Manager RiBat
Battery Manager RiBat Designation Model No. DK

Management system for the batteries in a UPS. 1 RiBat Manager 7857.800
RiBat can extend the service life of a battery by 2 RiBat module 7857.801
up to 30%. RiBat cable kit 120 batteries 7857.8021)
Benefits: RiBat cable kit 150 batteries 7857.8032)
● Optimised charging for each individual battery. 3 RiBat power connector cable 7857.806
● Temperature monitoring per battery. 4 RiBat communication cable 7857.807
● Early identification of defective batteries.
● Supports preventive maintenance of batteries. Delivery times available on request.
1) In conjunction with a battery rack for 120 batteries
1 ● Defective batteries can be restored rather than 2) In conjunction with a battery rack for 150 batteries
replaced before reaching the end of their use-
ful life.
● Existing installations may be upgraded. Technical specifications
● RiBat Manager replaces the internal SNMP card
of the UPS. RiBat Manager:
Supply voltage: 9 – 30 V DC
The Rittal battery manager RiBat determines all Serial interface: 3 x RS232
relevant data such as battery voltage, internal LAN interface: 10/100 MBit full/half
resistance, discharge curve, temperature etc. Supported protocols:
throughout the service life of the monitored batter- SNMP, RCCMD, SNMP, HTTP
ies. This data is evaluated and used to control the Alarm contact: 1 floating contact
2 charging process. RiBat facilitates optimum Display: LCD display
charging of each individual battery. Temperature range: 5°C – 45°C,
The RiBat module regulates the charging process 90% humidity, non-condensing
for each connected battery. This avoids over- Certifications: CEE, WEEE, RoHS
charging of a battery which is connected to other RiBat module:
batteries. This technology can extend the service Battery voltage: 12 V DC
life of a battery by up to 30%. The RiBat modules Battery capacity: 7 – 300 Ah
are connected using preassembled cables and W x H x D: 800 x 55 x 27 mm
connected to the RiBat Manager. Certifications: CEE, WEEE, RoHS
Up to 250 modules may be connected to one
3 RiBat Manager.
The RiBat module is connected to the batteries
using a preassembled cable.
Internal resistance is measured using an a.c.
voltage, so as to avoid measurement errors.
The measurements are recorded in the RiBat
Manager and are available for further evaluation.
Power
TCP/IP
Battery Manager
Module
Battery

Power
Power Distribution Unit
Power Distribution Unit Material:

Sheet steel, spray-finished,
Compact power distribution plastic socket inserts
for Rittal server racks
With this compact busbar, any server rack may be Colour:
retrofitted quickly and easily with a professional Black.
power distribution system. Depending on the Available in RAL 7035 on request.
design, the infeed may be either single-phase or Supply includes:
three-phase. Busbar,
Configuration and operation of the busbar connection cable 3 m (depending on type),
(e.g. power measurement and switching the assembly parts.
connected equipment on/off) is easily controlled
via the Web interface. Access via Telnet or via Note:
a serial console is also supported. Thanks to RiWatch IT is not supported.
a comprehensive user administration system, Slave module available on request.
the power distribution is protected against unau- For mounting, installation kit DK 7856.592/
thorised access and misuse. The connected DK 7856.591 is required.
equipment may be grouped together and
switched jointly, but individual switching is also
supported. The option of naming the individual Accessories:
outputs (ASCII, max. 24 characters) ensures easy Matching, pre-assembled server connection
operation in day-to-day use. cables in lengths 0.5 m DK 7856.014 or 1.5 m
The installation kit supplied allows the busbar DK 7200.215 may be ordered as accessories,
to be mounted on the enclosure frame and also, see Cat. 32, page 793 or 818.
in the case of 800 mm wide enclosures, at the
side of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level.
Model No. DK 7856.510 7856.520 7856.530 7856.540 7856.550

No./type of infeeds 1 x 32 A 3 x 32 A 1 x 32 A 3 x 32 A 2 x 32 A
No. of slots IEC 60 320 C13 3x6 3x6 2x8 3x8 2 x 16
No. of slots IEC 60 320 C19 3x2 3x2 – – –
Power
Voltage measurement per phase
Current/voltage measurement per phase
Option of switching the slots (individually) – –
Web interface (HTML, SSL v3)
TCP/IP, DHCP, FTP, Telnet, SSH, SNMP
Serial connection port, RS232 (RJ 45)
Network connection 10/100 MBit (RJ 45)
Syslog messages via e-mail or SNMP
User rights administration/password protection

(128 users)
Group formation with switchable outputs – –
Naming of outputs (max. 24 characters)
Firmware update
Connection cable with CEE connector (3 m, 1-phase) – – (2 x)
Connection cable with CEE connector (3 m, 3-phase) – – –
230 V/ 400 V/ 230 V/ 400 V/ 230 V/
Mains connection voltage
50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz
Approvals CE CE CE CE CE
Length 1755 1755 1260 1755 1270

Dimensions
Width 45 45 45 45 90
mm
Depth 57 57 57 57 57
Weight (kg) 8.7 8.7 4.6 8.7 8.0
Operating temperature (°C) 0 to +40 0 to +40 0 to +40 0 to +40 0 to +40
Storage temperature (°C) –40 to +85 –40 to +85 –40 to +85 –40 to +85 –40 to +85
Ambient humidity (%, non-condensing) 10 to 90 10 to 90 10 to 90 10 to 90 10 to 90
Assembly parts (for mounting on enclosure frame)
Rittal PDU mounting kit for easy mounting
7856.591 7856.591 7856.591 7856.591 7856.591
(suspension) of the PDU on the TS 8 frame section
Rittal PDU mounting kit for easy mounting
7856.592 7856.592 7856.592 7856.592 7856.592
(suspension) of two PDUs on the TS 8 frame section
Extension module (slave module) on request

Power
Active Power System Module PSM/Power Control Unit PCU
Intelligent power management with the
Rittal PSM/PCU system
Switching and measuring at individual server level
During times of rising energy costs, operators need to be very aware
of the performance data of their hardware. With this in mind, Rittal
has extended its range of active PSM modules with switching option
to include the feature of current measurement per outlet slot. This
supports targeted data logging and response down to individual
equipment level.
With the new active modules, which are compatible with existing
PSM modules, it is now possible to monitor the current power con-
sumption of individual servers and peripheral hardware at a glance.
The respective outgoing output is displayed visually via two LEDs
per slot based on the “traffic light” principle (green, amber, red).
Additionally, the overall current of the module can be read from a
7-segment display in the upper area of the module. The individual
slot limits may be retrieved online via the CMC-TC system. An upper
limit for the entire module may also be set. Once this is reached,
all LEDs on the active module switch to red so that no further equip-
ment is connected.
Networking capability of active modules via the CMC-TC system
In conjunction with the Rittal CMC-TC Processing Unit II, up to
16 active PSM/PCU modules may be managed via TCP/IP (SNMP,
Telnet). Event-controlled linking e.g. of switching states with other
CMC-TC sensors (e.g. temperature) is also supported.
Connection recommendations
Plug-in modules In order to ensure problem-free operation and the maximum con-
nected load (22 kW) of the PSM bar, it is essential to ensure that a
separate circuit with 16 A fuse is allocated to each module installed
in the PSM bar (this is possible with 2 x three-phase 16 A infeed
to the PSM bar by refraining from populating the 7th (8th) slot).
For active PSM/PCU modules that are controlled via the CMC-TC
system, the default values of the output ranges may be modified.
These limits may be adapted to the respective equipment environ-
ment. The values may be configured here in 0.1 A increments up to
10 A (15 A) via the CMC-TC web interface!
Power
Note:
Detailed information on the supply scope of the Rittal PSM system
may be found in the Cat. 32, from page 789.
Further information on the CMC-TC may be found in the Cat. 32,
from page 806.
TCP/IP
Processing Unit II
Green LEDs indicate that power Amber LEDs indicate an

is being supplied to the PSM increased current flow of
module, and a low current flow between 7 A and 13 A on the
of between 0.1 A and 7 A has slot. The power consumption of
been detected on the slot of that all equipment connected to the
module. Other equipment may module may total up to 3000 W.
now be safely connected. Before connecting other equip-
ment, please note its connected
load.
Red LEDs indicate that the Note:

threshold of 13 A has been The limits of the visual display
exceeded. No further equip- may be set to customer-specific
ment must be connected in requirements via the CMC-TC
order to avoid overloading and system. If an upper limit has
tripping of the prefuses. been set for the overall output
of the module and this limit is
reached, all LEDs on the mod-
ule will automatically switch to
red.

Power
Active Power System Module PSM/Power Control Unit PCU
Common features
Also required:
of the active PSM/PCU modules in conjunction
with the CMC-TC CMC-TC Processing Unit II, DK 7320.100
● 2-digit local LED 7-segment current display. Wide-range power pack (sec. 24 V DC),
● Individual current measurement per slot with DK 7320.425
limit configuration via CMC-TC web interface. 1 U mounting unit, DK 7320.440
● LED colour code for fast load assessment per Connection cable (Cat 5), DK 7320.472
module, and (new): per slot. CMC-TC programming cable, DK 7200.221
● SNMP switching option via the network. Connection cable (DE) 230 V AC, DK 7200.210
● Up to 16 modules via a joint web interface
1) There are additionally 2 x IEC 60 320 C13 slots
under one IP address (up to 4 modules of the
same type per port). (IEC 320 connection) available per module.
● Measuring and monitoring of the current per
module and outgoing slot.
● Limits (range limits, signalling via coloured
LED) may be freely configured.
● The 8/41) individual slots of the module may be
switched separately in conjunction with the
CMC-TC. May also be linked to other CMC-TC
alarm messages.
● Alarm messages are additionally indicated by
flashing LEDs.
● Up to 16 modules may be administered with
one CMC-TC system via a shared IP address.
Plug-in modules, active PSM Plug-in module Number of slots Model No. DK
with individual current measurement IEC 60 320 C13 8 7859.222
(IP-compatible in conjunction with CMC-TC) IEC 60 320 C19 41) 7859.232
Module with 8/41) slots, individually switchable 1) Thereare additionally 2 x IEC 60 320 C13 slots
and logging of individual currents per outgoing (IEC 320 connection) available per module.
slot (C13/C19) via the Rittal CMC-TC. These
Power
active, switchable modules each occupy 2 slots in
the PSM bar, and therefore, up to 3 (2) modules Note:
may be installed in a PSM busbar for 2000 mm Operating the module without CMC-TC
(1200 mm) high racks. Combined population of (local current display in the rack)
different modules is also supported. A maximum For operation of the socket strip, power pack
of 16 modules may be administered via one IP DK 7201.210 and a mains cable (country-
address. specific) are required. Up to 4 modules may
be operated with one power pack. However,
Material: configuration of the individual limits is only
Aluminium section with black plastic cover possible via the CMC-TC. A PSM busbar is
Supply includes: required to operate.
PSM plug-in module, instructions, bus cable.
Rittal Power Control Unit Plug-in module Number of slots Model No. DK
with individual current measurement IEC 60 320 C13 8 7859.225
(PCU, IP-compatible in conjunction with IEC 60 320 C19 41) 7859.235
CMC-TC) 1) Thereare additionally 2 x IEC 60 320 C13 slots
Module with 8/41) slots, individually switchable (IEC 320 connection) available per module.
and logging of individual currents per outgoing
slot (C13/C19) via the Rittal CMC-TC. This mod-
ule may be mounted both within the 482.6 mm Note:
(19˝) level and on the enclosure frame (zero-U). Operating the PCU without CMC-TC
(local current display in the rack)
Material: For operation of the socket strip, power pack
Aluminium section with black plastic cover DK 7201.210 and a mains cable (country-
Supply includes: specific) are required. Up to 4 modules may
PCU 482.6 mm (19˝) module, bus cable, be operated with one power pack. However,
instructions, assembly parts for 482.6 mm (19˝) configuration of the individual limits is only
installation, connector. possible via the CMC-TC.

Power
Power System Module PSM
B
Power System Module PSM up to 96 A
Redundancy or higher load
A capacity
Circuits A and B are each
supplied with three phases
(2 x 3 x 16 A). To change the
circuit, rotate the plug-in module.
Note:
Detailed information on the bus-
bar may be found in the Cat. 32,
from page 789.
Bar and plug-in modules
Busbar shock-hazard-protected, With these new modules,
fully wired, with two circuits, which are compatible with the
redundant, load capacity up existing PSM system, it is now
to 48 A or 96 A respectively. possible to check the current
Plug-in modules for busbars power flow at a glance. To this
available in various country ver- end, every module is equipped
sions. May be retrofitted whilst with an integral current measur-
the system is operational. ing device. The currently con-
Active design supports remote nected load of the module is
administration via HTTP and visually indicated at all times.
SNMP plus local current meas-
urement and display in the rack.
If the LEDs are illuminated in Yellow indicates an increased

green, this indicates that power is current flow of between 7 A and
being supplied to the PSM mod- 13 A on the module. The power
ule, and a low current flow of consumption of all equipment
between 0.1 A and 7 A has been connected to the module may
detected on the module. Other total up to 3000 W. Before con-
equipment may now be safely necting other equipment, please
connected. note its connected load.
Power
In this case, the phase current Note: For active PSM/PCU modules
of 13 A is exceeded. No further In order to ensure problem-free that are controlled via the CMC-
equipment should be con- operation and the maximum TC system, the default values of
nected in order to avoid over- connected load (22 kW) of the the output ranges may be modi-
loading and tripping of the PSM bar, it is essential to ensure fied.
prefuses. Even if the maximum that a separate circuit with 16 A
phase current of 16 A has not fuse is allocated to each mod-
yet been reached, for switcha- ule installed in the PSM bar (this
ble modules it is important to is possible with 2 x three-phase
note that higher current peaks 16 A infeed to the PSM bar by
may occur (e.g. if all connected refraining from populating the
equipment is switched on simul- 7th slot).
taneously).
Plug-in modules PSM PSM module, standard Number Model No.

Modules for the 3 most common connector types. Plug-in module of slots DK
Each module occupies one slot; in this way, up to IEC 60 320 C13 6 7859.120
7 (4) modules may be installed in a PSM busbar IEC 60 320 C19 4 7859.130
for 2000 (1200) mm high racks. Combined popu-
lation of different modules is also supported.
Material:
Aluminium section with black plastic cover.

Power
PSM busbar For

Maximum
enclosure Model No.
with fixed infeed, 3-phase Power supply no. of
height DK
Busbar with fixed connection cable for strain modules
mm
relief. The existing DIN screw fastening prevents 2000 3 x 16 A 7 7856.005
the cable from being pulled out accidentally. Con-
nection is made using a 3 m connection cable 2000 2 x 3 x 16 A 7 7856.006
with open cable ends.
Supply includes:
Busbar with fixed connection cable, assembly Also required:
instructions, assembly parts. PSM plug-in modules,
see Cat. 32, page 791 – 793.
PSM busbar For

Maximum
enclosure Model No.
for 47 U rack, 3-phase Power supply no. of
height DK
PSM busbar in special versions for 47 U racks. modules
mm
The 2100 mm high busbar offers 8 slots for PSM 2200 2 x 3 x 16 A 8 7856.008
modules.
● 3-phase infeed construction with a maximum
current of 3 x 16 A Also required:
● A redundant three-phase infeed with 3 x 16 A Connection cable, PSM plug-in modules,
may also be added see Cat. 32, page 791 – 793.
● The redundant circuit is completely separate
from the 3 phases of the support rail
Power
Supply includes:
Busbar, assembly instructions, assembly parts.
Without cable.
PSM busbar with measurement For

Maximum
enclosure Model No.
Single-phase, 32 A Power supply no. of
height DK
Busbar with integral output measurement to dis- modules
mm
play and monitor the entire connected current of 2000 1 x 32 A 6 7856.003
the PSM bar. The display is local. The bar is
remotely administrable and configurable in con-
junction with the CMC-TC system. Note:
The following active functions are provided: In stand-alone mode without CMC-TC, a separate
● Local display power pack DK 7201.210 with connection cables
● Measurement and monitoring of the current and is required.
voltage. Adjustable limits.
Measurement range 0 – 16 A/0 – 250 V Also required:
● Alarm notifications via a flashing display
● Remote administration of the bar supported PSM plug-in modules,
(in conjunction with the CMC-TC) see Cat. 32, page 791 – 793,
CMC-TC system, see Cat. 32, from page 806.
Supply includes:
Busbar with fixed connection cable, with CE
connector (32 A), instructions, assembly parts.

Power
New requirements for Here, the use of mains voltage-independent

RCDs with a rated differential current of 30 mA is
connectors and connector advised. Rittal advises customers to check their
strips to DIN VDE 0100-410 respective applications against these require-
On 1 June 2007, new requirements on fault pro- ments, and where necessary, to incorporate suita-
tection in sockets and connector strip systems ble safety devices.
came into force under DIN VDE 0100-410. This For applications requiring such additional protec-
standard prescribes additional protection from an tion, Rittal offers the following plug & go products.
RCD (Residual Current protective Device) on all
sockets “intended for use by laypersons and for
general use”.
Exceptions to this rule are “sockets that are
monitored by electricians or persons who have
received training in electrical engineering”, such
as commercial or industrial plants. In this regard,
“monitored” refers to “plant and operating equip-
ment that is maintained by qualified electricians”.
PSM busbar For

Maximum
enclosure Model No.
with fixed infeed/RCD height
Power supply no. of
modules
DK
Busbar with Residual Current protective Device mm
(RCD). The busbar is protected against inadmissi- 2000 1 x 32 A 6 7856.043
bly high touch voltages by two RCDs with a rated Extended delivery times
differential current of 30 mA. One RCD protects
3 slots on the bar. Additionally, there are two 16 A
miniature circuit-breakers integrated into the bar.
Infeed is via a 32 A CE connector.
Supply includes:
Busbar with 3 m fixed connection cable,
instructions, assembly parts.
Power
Also required:
Plug-in module PSM,
see page 110.
PSM plug-in module Plug-in module Number of sockets

Model No.
DK
with integral RCD EN 60 320 C13 8 x C13 7856.095
PSM module with integral RCD. The rated differ-
Extended delivery times
ential current of the RCD is 30 mA. The module
occupies 2 module slots on the PSM bar.

Security
Wireless sensor network CMC-TC
Ever more complex IT infrastructures demand innovative Due to the CMC-TC system concept, all security-relevant
security systems. Rittal offers a wireless sensor network for information may be incorporated into network management
wireless security. The sensors are encrypted and operate in systems or is available on the Rittal website.
the 2.4 GHz ISM band with innovative chirp technology.
The wireless I/O unit forms the basis of the The sensors may be protected from humid-
Rittal wireless sensor network. ity using the IP protective cover.
Security
The modular CMC-TC system allows security
solutions to be compiled individually, includ-
ing the use of wireless sensors.
Flexible Robust
The use of radio sensors is appropriate whenever direct cabling The wireless sensor network may be used in racks, bayed enclosure
between the sensor and I/O unit is too time-consuming or too diffi- suites, IT rooms, buildings, production plants, warehouses, indus-
cult to implement, e.g. for outdoor cabling, or in inaccessible places trial plant or outdoors. It is also suitable for use in inter-disciplinary
in the server rack or within the IT infrastructure of data centres applications.
(indoors). The wireless I/O unit and the CMC-TC monitoring system must be
This eliminates the need for cabling of the sensors, and the system installed in a Rittal enclosure with an appropriate protection cate-
is easily retrofitted while operational. There is no need to lay any gory to suit the application. A protective cover is available for the
cable trunking or to modify the IT infrastructure. The position of the sensors as an optional accessory to increase the IP protection cate-
measuring point may also be altered retrospectively by simply gory.
moving the sensor.
By connecting the wireless I/O unit to the existing CMC-TC monitor- Long service life
ing system, the system may be extended in a modular and flexible
manner. In order to optimise radio links, an external aerial may The wireless sensors contain a high-capacitive, long-life lithium pri-
optionally be used on the wireless I/O unit. Similarly, the transmis- mary cell. Thanks to the modern chirp radio transmission system,
sion and reception range may be flexibly extended using additional an exceptionally low level of energy consumption is achieved;
wireless I/O units as repeaters. while in sleep mode, the current rating is in the micro-ampere range,
There is no need for visual connection between the transmitter and thereby facilitating a long battery life. Depending on the sensor type,
receiver of the wireless network, which means added flexibility. application and ambient temperature, a battery life of up to 5 years
is achievable. The battery cell is continually monitored by the sys-
tem. It is also possible to replace the battery.
Plug and play compatibility system
The wireless sensor network is easily set up using plug & play instal-
lation.
Secure
By means of a simple commissioning procedure comprised of a Radio transmission occurs within the 2.4 – 2.48 GHz ISM band,
learning mode and learning key, the sensors are taught by the wire- which is licence-free for end users.
less I/O unit via plug & play. Rittal offers a wireless measurement Using chirp impulses (broadband transmission) for radio transmis-
system with digital display for identifying the optimum radio connec- sion produces a high level of protection from interference with other
tion for the assembly site. This measurement system has the same radio systems on the same frequency range, such as WLAN, Zig-
design as the sensors and may be connected to the reference loca- Bee, Bluetooth. Additionally, the integral encryption of radio tele-
tion of the sensor for test purposes. grams offers reliable protection from unauthorised monitoring of the
data transmission. As well as transmitting the measurements, the
connection quality is constantly monitored by means of so-called
“life-check” telegrams from the sensor.

Security
Wireless sensor network CMC-TC, modules
LAN 1 2
Wireless I/O unit

DK 7320.240
(as basic unit)
Interfaces for up to
3 further Rittal wireless
networks. 3
Cat 5 patch cable

Programming cable
DK 7200.221
Cat 5 patch cable
DK 7320.470
Connection cable
DK 7200.210 4
Processing Unit II
DK 7320.100
Power pack
100 – 240 V AC
DK 7320.425
The wireless network will behave

differently depending on the
Security
environment (walls, distances, 5

sources of interference, dynam-
ics). By using additional wireless
I/O units as repeaters, the radio
connection can be improved/
radio links extended.
Wireless I/O unit

DK 7320.240 6
(as repeater)
1 Alternative external aerial

Connection cable
DK 7320.241 DK 7200.210
2 Wireless measurement system
(must be available
for commissioning)
DK 7320.242 Power pack
100 – 240 V AC
3 Wireless humidity sensor DK 7320.425
DK 7320.515
4 Wireless access sensor
DK 7320.535
5 Wireless temperature sensor
DK 7320.505
6 IP protective cover (optional)
DK 7320.245
7 Wireless digital input 7
DK 7320.585

Security
The CMC-TC system offers optimum solutions for many
security applications. These opportunities are widened with
the Rittal wireless sensor network.
Benefits:
● Cabling to the sensor is elimi-
nated
● Large range of applications
thanks to high IP protection
category and high temperature
range
● Secure, encrypted radio trans-
mission
● ISM band (2.4 GHz) suitable for
universal use
● Networking capabilities (TCP-
IP, SNMP, Web etc.) with the
CMC-TC monitoring system
● Flexible, modular design
● Low-maintenance with long
battery operating period
● Simple installation based on
the plug & play system
● Monitoring of the radio connec-
tion to the sensors
● Monitoring of the battery status
Security
Modular
Wireless I/O unit/ The wireless sensor network is comprised of a central main com-
Humidity sensor
repeater ponent, the wireless I/O unit, and the wireless sensors. One wireless
I/O unit is capable of managing up to 16 wireless sensors via radio.
Users can choose between 4 sensor types with different monitoring
functions, in any given combination.
Temperature sensor Access sensor
The wireless sensor network is compatible with the CMC-TC monitor-
ing system, which is based on Processing Unit II (PU II).
Several sensor units (I/O unit, access unit, climate unit, FCS, socket
strips, etc.) are available for the PU II. Up to 4 sensor units may be
connected to one PU II.
LAN
2 The wireless I/O unit is connected to the PU II via a Cat 5 cable and
1 can also be mixed with the existing sensor units. Up to a maximum
of 4 wireless I/O units may be connected to one PU II. In total, there-
fore, up to 64 wireless sensors (4 x 16) may be operated with one
PU II. The CMC-TC system with the PU II is always required in order
to operate the wireless sensor network. In this way, the monitoring
information may be processed and displayed in the Ethernet via
SNMP, Web, FTP etc. It is also possible to connect cabled sensors
to wireless sensors and compile modular, application-specific moni-
toring functions.
3
1 Processing Unit II (PU II)

2 Sensor Unit
3 Wireless I/O Unit

Security
Wireless I/O unit/repeater Model No. DK

The wireless I/O unit forms the basis of the Rittal Wireless I/O unit/repeater 7320.240
wireless sensor network. For operating purposes,
the unit must be cabled to Processing Unit II
(PU II) DK 7320.100, either using the connection Technical specifications:
cables for sensor units or a Cat 5 cable (max. Range in rooms with visual connection:
50 m). Data exchange and power supply to the up to 50 m1)
wireless I/O unit occurs via this connection. Up Range in open spaces with visual connection:
to 4 wireless I/O units may be connected to one up to 200 m1)
PU II. Rated voltage: 24 V DC
The wireless I/O unit has an aerial attached to the 1 port RJ 45 for the PU II
enclosure which may be directed according to the 16 wireless access points for Rittal wireless
installation position. This aerial may optionally be sensors, or alternatively up to 5 repeaters and
replaced with an external version. up to 11 sensors.
The external aerial is available separately as an Protection category: IP 40 to EN 60 529
Power accessory. Temperature range: +5°C to +45°C
The system is attached via the 1 U mounting unit 1) If the ranges are not adequate, they may be
24 V DC or the individual mounting unit. extended with an additional wireless I/O unit as
max. 2 A
A wireless I/O unit is capable of managing up to repeater or with the external aerial. The range
16 wireless sensors. There is a choice of 4 differ- information depends on the conditions of use and
1 4 2 3
ent sensor types. These are also available as may vary according to the application.
accessories. The sensors may be used in any
ISM band 2.4 GHz given combination.
Sensors are commissioned in teach mode on the
base station, and using the teach key on the sen- Accessories:
1 Standard system aerial sor. The wireless measurement system should be Designation Model No. DK
External aerial DK 7320.241 used to determine adequate radio connection CMC-TC Processing Unit II – the basic
7320.100
may optionally be connected quality. system for the CMC-TC application
here. CMC-TC 1 U mounting unit for the
Option for a wider reception range: attachment of WL I/O unit
7320.440
2 Socket for power supply to If the radio range of the wireless I/O unit con-
nected to the PU II is not adequate, additional CMC-TC individual mounting unit for
the I/O unit as repeater. the attachment of WL I/O unit
7320.450
The power pack output wireless I/O units may be used as repeaters (up to
DK 7320.425 is connected a maximum of 5 repeaters). These I/O units used CMC-TC connection cable sensor unit
7320.470
0.5 m for connecting to the PU II
to this socket. A country- as repeaters do not require any further cable con-
specific connection cable nection to the PU II, but merely need to be sup- CMC-TC connection cable sensor unit
7320.472
plied with power via a separate power pack with 2 m for connecting to the PU II
should be used at the prima-
ry end (not necessary if the country-specific connection cables. The repeat- CMC-TC connection cable sensor unit
Security
7320.481
wireless I/O unit is connected ers must be installed in the base station, where 10 m for connecting to the PU II
directly to the PU II). they occupy one of the 16 sensor slots. There is CMC-TC power pack 24 V, input
no need to teach the sensors into the repeaters. 100 – 230 V AC, only for the repeater 7320.425
3 RJ 45 connection to PU II application of the wireless I/O unit
DK 7320.100 via connection CMC connection cable D 230 V AC
cable DK 7320.470/.472/.481. 7200.210
for the power pack
The unit is also supplied with
power via this connection. A Note:
separate power pack is not A wireless measurement system, Model No.
required. DK 7320.242, is always needed for commission-
4 Mounting attachments ing the Rittal wireless sensor network.
For attachment with individual
mounting unit DK 7320.450
or 1 U mounting unit
DK 7320.440.
External aerial Model No. DK

The external aerial may be used in exchange External aerial 7320.241
for the standard aerial of the wireless I/O unit.
If a wireless I/O unit is used in a shielded area,
improved radio connection to the wireless sen-
sors can be achieved by adjusting the mounting Technical specifications:
position of the external aerial. The connection Length of aerial: 240 mm
cable supports flexible positioning. The base of Connection cable: 1.5 m
the external aerial is equipped with a magnet to Protection category: IP 40 to EN 60 529
facilitate mounting on metal. Temperature range: –20°C to +65°C

Security
Wireless temperature sensor Model No. DK

The wireless temperature sensor is required for Wireless temperature sensor 7320.505
monitoring temperatures. It may be operated with
the wireless I/O unit. Every 60 seconds, a meas-
urement is sent to the central wireless base sys- Technical specifications:
tem. The temperature sensor is accommodated Rated voltage: 3.6 V DC
behind a protective membrane and contains Protection category: IP 40 to EN 60 529
a long-life 3.6 V lithium primary cell which may be Protection category with IP protective cover:
replaced if necessary. It is mounted using the IP 54 to EN 60 529
mounting bracket enclosed with the supply which Temperature range: –25°C to +65°C
may be secured e.g. to the enclosure frame. Measurement tolerance: ±2 K
The sensor is simply mounted on the bracket. Battery service life:
If a higher IP protection category is required, the up to 5 years at –5°C to +25°C1)
sensor may be retrofitted with the IP protective 1) Depending on the temperature range.
cover.
The battery and the radio connection quality of
the sensor are monitored.
Wireless humidity sensor Model No. DK

The wireless humidity sensor is used for monitor- Wireless humidity sensor 7320.515
ing relative humidity levels. It may be operated
with the wireless I/O unit. Every 120 seconds,
a measurement is sent to the central wireless Technical specifications:
base system. The humidity sensor is accommo- Rated voltage: 3.6 V DC
dated behind a protective membrane and con- Protection category: IP 40 to EN 60 529
tains a long-life 3.6 V lithium primary cell which Protection category with IP protective cover:
may be replaced if necessary. It is mounted using IP 54 to EN 60 529
Temperature range: –25°C to +65°C
Security
the mounting bracket enclosed with the supply
which may be secured e.g. to the enclosure Measurement range: 10 – 90% relative humidity.
frame. Measurement tolerance: ±3% rel. hum. (at 20°C)
The sensor is simply mounted on the bracket. Battery service life:
If a higher IP protection category is required, up to 5 years at –5°C to +25°C1)
the sensor may be retrofitted with the IP protec- 1) Depending on the temperature range.
tive cover.
Wireless access sensor Model No. DK

The wireless access sensor is used for monitor- Wireless access sensor 7320.535
ing doors. It may be operated with the wireless I/O
unit. In the event of a status change, a message is
sent to the central wireless I/O unit. The access Technical specifications:
sensor is equipped with a Hall sensor which Rated voltage: 3.6 V DC
monitors the position of the magnet on the door. Protection category: IP 40 to EN 60 529
The sensor contains a long-life 3.6 V lithium Protection category with IP protective cover:
primary cell; the battery may be replaced if IP 54 to EN 60 529
necessary. It is mounted using the mounting Temperature range: –25°C to +65°C
bracket included with the supply and a universal Battery service life:
mounting bracket for various Rittal racks. up to 5 years at –5°C to +25°C1)
The sensor is simply mounted on the bracket. 1) Depending on the temperature range and door
If a higher IP protection category is required, opening frequency.
the sensor is easily retrofitted with the IP protec-
tive cover.

Security
Wireless digital input Model No. DK

The wireless digital input is used for monitoring Wireless digital input 7320.585
messages from external systems. It may be
operated with the wireless I/O unit. In the event
of status changes, a message is sent to the Technical specifications:
central wireless base system. The digital input is Rated voltage: 3.6 V DC
capable of handling message signals of between External indicator signal: 10 – 30 V DC
10 – 30 V DC. (must always be provided externally)
The signal must be made available via the exter- Protection category: IP 40 to EN 60 529
nal system. If the system to be monitored only has Temperature range: +5°C to +45°C
a floating contact, the 24 V DC Rittal CMC-TC Battery service life:
power pack may be used. up to 5 years at +5°C to +25°C1)
The function Normally Open (NO) (normally open 1) Depending on the temperature range and
alarm contact) or Normally Closed (NC) (normally alarm frequency.
closed alarm contact) may be set directly on
the sensor at the push of a button. The sensor Optional accessories
contains a long-life 3.6 V lithium primary cell. for wireless digital input:
The battery may be replaced if necessary. CMC-TC power pack 24 V, input 100 – 230 V AC,
It is mounted using the mounting bracket enclosed for external signal
with the supply which may be secured e.g. to the Model No. DK 7320.425
enclosure frame. The sensor is simply mounted on CMC connection cable D 230 V AC
the bracket. The battery and the radio connection for power pack
quality of the sensor are monitored. Model No. DK 7200.210
Wireless measurement system Model No. DK

The wireless measurement system has a digital Wireless measurement
7320.242
display with a display range from 0 to 9. The read- system
ing on the display indicates the quality of the radio
Security
connection. The wireless measurement system

has the same design as the wireless sensors.
Rated voltage: 3.6 V DC
This means that the measurement system may
Protection category: IP 40 to EN 60 529
be installed instead of the sensors and the radio
Temperature range: +5°C to +45°C
connection quality assessed.
A measurement system must be available for
Note:
commissioning the wireless sensor network.
A wireless measurement system, Model No.
After commissioning, the measurement system
DK 7320.242, is always needed for commission-
may be used for further installations, e.g. during
ing the Rittal wireless sensor network.
system expansions or modifications. The wireless
measurement system has a long-life 3.6 V lithium
primary cell. The battery may be replaced if
necessary.
IP protective cover Model No. DK

for wireless temperature/humidity/access IP protective cover 7320.245
sensor
The IP protective cover allows the IP protection
category of the following sensors
● Wireless temperature sensor DK 7320.505
● Wireless humidity sensor DK 7320.515
● Wireless access sensor DK 7320.535
to be increased. The corresponding IP protection
categories are listed for the sensors.
The cover is made from flexible plastic and sim-
ply slides over the body of the sensor. This gives
the wireless sensors protection from humidity plus
increased protection from dust.

Security
CMC monitoring system
The CMC-TC monitoring system is the complete security manage-
ment concept for preventive protection, to guard against follow-on
costs. At the same time, it is also the central organisational unit for
connecting to the facility management system.
Processing Unit II (PU II) forms the basis of any CMC-TC application,
and provides a direct interface to the user network. The sensor units
with their various sensors are linked to the PU II. The function of the RT
T
I/O
uni
t
LAN
CMC-TC monitoring system is determined by the selection of sensor

PLC
COM
X2
RS-
485
RS-
G 232
+
-
units and sensors. 3 4 5 6

1
1 Processing Unit II (PU II), the 5 RTT I/O unit for climate 2
nerve centre of the CMC-TC control equipment
monitoring system 6 Liquid Cooling Package LCP
2 Server shutdown function 7 8 9 10
7 I/O unit wireless
3 Electronic packaging systems 8 Access unit
4 Active Power System module 9 Climate unit,
PSM, Power Control Unit PCU,
Fan Control System FCS
PSM bar with measurement
10 Universal I/O unit
0°
0°
0°
Monitoring system CMC-TC Model No. DK

Processing Unit II Processing Unit II 7320.100
The Processing Unit II (PU II) is the central con-
trol of the CMC-TC system. This unit is required Ethernet to IEEE 802.3 via 10/100BaseT full
for every monitoring application in the CMC-TC duplex is available as the network interface.
system. The PU II contains a powerful computer The basic protocols are TCP/IP, SNMPv1,
with modern network technology. On the basis of SNMPv3, Telnet, FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, NTP, SSH,
the PU II hardware (hardware version 3.01), new DHCP, SFTP, SMTP, PPP.
software functions may be utilised via the update Rittal sensors, door systems, fans, climate control
routine. units, extinguisher systems, LCP air/water heat
Security
exchangers and socket strips may be connected
as applications.
New software functions (download the update software at www.rimatrix5.com)

Shutdown function for server
For UPS systems, Rittal offers a shutdown func- the CMC-TC may be selected and directed at
tion for servers via the RCCMD shutdown several servers. In this way, for example, a server
licences. The shutdown software is installed on shutdown may be activated if the temperature in
the server and enabled with the RCCMD shut- the server environment is too high. The shutdown
down licence. The Rittal UPS systems are able to function may be used independently of the Rittal
activate shutdown of the servers via the SNMP UPS systems, or together with the Rittal UPS sys-
card. Shutdown of the servers can also be acti- tems. In both cases, RCCMD shutdown licences,
vated with the software update of PU II. Via the Model No. DK 7857.421, are required for each
Web operator interface, the alarm functions of server. The server software may be downloaded
at www.rimatrix5.com.
New user-friendly web design

Processing Unit II supports a growing number of This makes handling much easier, and contrib-
Rittal components. This makes it more important utes to simple, intuitive working with the CMC-TC
than ever to have a product-specific, visualised system.
Web interface. The software update provides
individual graphical interfaces for the individual
accessory products.
Multi-lingual Web interface

The software update offers the option of selecting principle, system texts are executed in English,
other languages in addition to the standard lan- because SNMP is linked to ASCII. The foreign
guage, English. Foreign languages only apply to language file may be loaded onto the PU II via FTP
the menu of the Web interfaces. As a general or SFTP.

Security
CMC monitoring system
CMC-TC Processing Unit II plus Interface to user:

The PU II plus can be incorporated directly into
The Processing Unit II forms the basis of the the user network via 10/100BaseT. The PU II plus
CMC-TC system. This unit is required for every can also be linked to the master DK 7320.005 via
monitoring application. The PU II plus supports this interface (TCP/IP, SNMP).
protocols IPv4 and IPv6, making it suitable for
current and future IPv6 TCP-IP networks. Interface to the sensors/actuators:
The PU II plus provides 4 open ports for sensor
Benefits: units. The sensor units determine the function of
● Freely selectable monitoring functions the PU II plus. There is a choice of 12 sensor units
● Sensor/actuator ports extendible with different functions. In this way, the monitoring
● Network connection TCP/IP functions may be freely combined.
● Integral web server for configuration
● Simple installation based on the plug & play Fast, easy programming and installation:
system The sensors/actuators are set up via an auto-
● Alarm continues to record even in the event of matic electronic ID system. Installation is via
a network failure a flexible plug & play system. This eliminates
● Built-in real-time clock with NTP the need for time-consuming programming and
● May be used via power pack for 100 – 240 V AC wiring.
or 48 V DC Power supply:
● Choice of mounting on the enclosure frame or Power is supplied centrally via a power pack in
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles the PU II plus. The connected sensor units and
● Master II interface TCP/IP SNMP all connected sensors are supplied with power in
● May be used for large data centres or small this way. There is a choice of two input voltages
individual applications (AC power pack DK 7320.425 and DC power
pack DK 7320.435).
Model No. DK 7320.101

W x H x D mm 136 x 44 (1 U) x 129
Ethernet to IEEE 802.3
8 Inputs for sensor unit RJ 45 Network interface via 10/100BaseT full-duplex,
IOIOI
10/100 Mbit/s
Up to 4 sensor units may be connected to the
C 1 2 3 4
CMC-TC
PU II plus via the 4 inputs. The sensor units TCP/IPv4, TCP/IPv6, SNMPv1,
SNMPv3, Telnet, SSH, FTP, SFTP
Processing Unit II plus determine the function of the PU II plus. Protocols
with SSH, HTTP, HTTPS with SSL,
There is a choice of 14 sensor units: NTP, DHCP, PPP, SMTP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 – I/O Unit DK 7320.210
– Access Unit DK 7320.220
Security
– Climate Unit DK 7320.230 Rated voltage 24 V DC

Power – Wireless I/O Unit DK 7320.240 Serial interfaces RS232
– FCS DK 7320.810/DK 7858.488 Ports for sensor
4 jacks RJ 45, shielded
1 2
– RTT I/O Unit DK 3124.200 units
P-I2C 1 24 V DC
3 4 IOIOI max. 2 A – RLCP DK 3301.230/.420 Power I2C for extension unit
Bus system
– Active PSM DK 7856.200/.201 voltage AC DK 7200.520
8 9 10 11 12 – RPCU DK 7200.001 Alarm relay Change-over contact
– MPS Monitoring output max. 24 V DC 500 mA
1 Control key
Connection cable DK 7320.470. Audio display Piezo signal generator
The C key is for sensor/actua- 9 Power-I2C bus RJ 45 Time function Real-time clock
tor identification, set-up of the Up to 2 voltage extension units DK 7200.520 Temperature
system and acknowledge- may be connected via the power I2C bus. +5°C to +45°C
application range
ment. Up to three AC voltages may be monitored Humidity applica- 5% to 95% relative humidity,
2 Alarm LED
with every extension unit. tion range non-condensing
The LED signals alarms or Connection cable DK 7320.470. IP protection
IP 40 to EN 60 529
configuration changes. 10 Alarm relay RJ 12/RS232 category
3 Link/Traffic LED
The upper RJ 12 jack provides a change-over
contact from the PU II plus alarm relay.
The LED signals the status of
Connection cable DK 7200.430.
the network interface
The lower RJ 12 jack provides a serial inter-
10BaseT/100BaseT.
face (display unit/GSM module/ISDN unit/
4 RS232 interface RJ 10 Legic transponder handle/analog modem).
For programming via the serial
11 Ethernet 10/100BaseT RJ 45
PC interface. Also required:
Integral Ethernet interface to IEEE 802.3
5 LEDs for channels of sensor via 10/100BaseT full-duplex 10/100 Mbit/s. Power pack DK 7320.425,
units Connection cable DK 7200.210,
12 Power supply
The LEDs indicate the status Programming cable DK 7200.221.
The rated voltage for the PU II plus is 24 V DC. Optional:
of the attached sensor units.
There is a choice of power packs with 1 U mounting unit DK 7320.440,
6 Acoustic alarm varying primary voltages. AC power pack single cover DK 7320.441.
There is an acoustic alarm DK 7320.425.
signalling device integrated
into the PU II plus.
7 Mounting attachment
bracket DK 7320.450 or 1 U
mounting units DK 7320.440.

Security
Basic CMC monitoring system
Basic CMC Interface to the customer:

The Basic CMC can be incorporated directly
The Basic CMC is the entry-level module for small into the user network via 10/100BaseT. The
monitoring applications; a maximum of 4 sensors Basic CMC can also be linked to the master
may be connected to the system. Three voltages DK 7320.005 via this interface (TCP/IP, SNMP).
may optionally be monitored via module
DK 7200.520. The system has a network interface Interface to the sensors/actuators:
and a user-friendly web operator interface. The Basic CMC provides 4 open ports for sensors.
There is a choice of 17 sensors with different func-
Benefits: tions. In this way, the monitoring functions may be
● There are 17 plug & play sensors available to freely combined.
choose from
● TCP/IP, SNMP network connection Fast, easy programming and installation:
IOIOI ● Integral web server for configuration The sensors/actuators are set up via an auto-
C CMC-TC
● Automatic menu setting matic electronic ID system.
Basic CMC ● Simple installation based on the plug & play Installation is via a flexible plug & play system.
system This eliminates the need for time-consuming
1 2 3 4 5 6 ● Monitoring of sensor connection programming and wiring.
● Alarm recording in case of network failure Power supply:
● Built-in real-time clock with NTP Power is supplied centrally via a power pack in
Power
● May be used via power pack for 100 – 240 V AC the Basic CMC. This supplies the connected
or 48 V DC sensors. There is a choice of two input voltages
1 2 1 24 V DC
7 Inputs for a maximum of 4 sensors (AC power pack DK 7320.425 and DC power
P-I2C
3 4 max. 2 A Up to 4 sensors may be connected via the
IOIOI
pack DK 7320.435).
4 inputs. There is a choice of 17 different
7 8 9 10 11 sensor/actuator types.
Model No. W x H x D mm 136 x 44 (1 U) x 129
Sensors/actuators Max.
DK
Temperature sensor 4 7320.500 Network interface via 10/100BaseT full-duplex,
Humidity sensor 4 7320.510 10/100 Mbit/s
Analog sensor input module TCP/IPv4, SNMPv1, SNMPv3,
4 7320.520 Telnet, SSH, FTP, SFTP with SSH,
“4 – 20 mA” Protocols
HTTP, HTTPS with SSL, NTP,
Access sensor1) 4x5 7320.530 DHCP, PPP, SMTP
Vandalism sensor 4 7320.540
Acoustic sensor 4 7320.640 Rated voltage 24 V DC
Airflow monitor 4 7320.550 Serial interfaces RS232
Security
Smoke alarm 4 7320.560 Ports for sensors Max. 4 sensors
Motion sensor 4 7320.570 Power I2C for extension unit
Bus system
Digital input module 4 7320.580 voltage AC DK 7200.520
Digital relay output module 4 7320.590 Change-over contact
Alarm relay output
Voltage monitor 4 7320.600 max. 24 V DC 200 mA
Voltage monitor Audio display Piezo signal generator
2–4 7320.610
with 10 A switch output Time function Real-time clock with NTP
Voltage monitor Temperature
2–4 7320.611 +5°C to +45°C
with 16 A switch output application range
48 V voltage monitor 4 7320.620 Humidity 5% to 95% relative humidity,
Leak sensor 4 7320.630 application range non-condensing
Leak sensor, 15 m 4 7320.631 IP protection
IP 40 to EN 60 529
category
1) Up to a maximum of 5 sensors may be connected
in series.
1 Control key 8 Power-I2C bus RJ 45

The C key is for sensor/actua- Up to 2 voltage extension units DK 7200.520
tor identification, set-up of the may be connected via the power I2C bus. Note:
system and acknowledge- Up to three AC voltages may be monitored No sensor units, socket strips, access systems,
ment. with every extension unit. PSM, climate control systems etc. may be
Connection cable DK 7320.470. connected to the Basic CMC. PU II, Model No.
2 Alarm LED
DK 7320.100, is needed in the CMC-TC system
The LED signals alarms or 9 Alarm relay RJ 12/RS232
in such cases.
configuration changes. The upper RJ 12 jack provides a change-over
3 Link/Traffic LED
contact from the Basic CMC alarm relay.
Connection cable DK 7200.430.
The LED signals the status of Also required:
The lower RJ 12 jack provides a serial inter-
the network interface Power pack DK 7320.425,
face (display unit/GSM module/ISDN unit).
10BaseT/100BaseT. Connection cable DK 7200.210,
4 RS232 interface RJ 10 Programming cable DK 7200.221.
Integral Ethernet interface to IEEE 802.3 Optional:
For programming via the serial
via 10/100BaseT full-duplex 10/100 Mbit/s. 1 U mounting unit DK 7320.440,
PC interface.
11 Power supply single cover DK 7320.441.
5 Acoustic alarm
The rated voltage of the Basic CMC is 24 V DC.
There is an acoustic alarm
There is a choice of power packs with
varying primary voltages. AC power pack
into the Basic CMC.
DK 7320.425.
6 Mounting attachment
bracket DK 7320.450 or 1 U

Security
Basic CMC plus monitoring system
Basic CMC plus Interface to user:

The Basic CMC plus can be incorporated directly
The Basic CMC plus is the entry-level module for into the user network via 10/100BaseT. The Basic
small monitoring applications; a maximum of CMC plus can also be linked to the master
4 sensors may be connected to the system. Three DK 7320.005 via this interface (TCP/IP, SNMP).
voltages may optionally be monitored via module
DK 7200.520. The system has a network interface Interface to the sensors/actuators:
and a user-friendly web operator interface. The The Basic CMC plus provides 4 open ports for
Basic CMC plus supports protocols IPv4 and sensors. There is a choice of 18 sensors with
IPv6, making it suitable for current and future IPv6 different functions. In this way, the monitoring
TCP-IP networks. functions may be freely combined.
Benefits: Fast, easy programming and installation:
● There are 18 plug & play sensors available to The sensors/actuators are set up via an auto-
choose from matic electronic ID system.
● TCP/IP, SNMP network connection Installation is via a flexible plug & play system.
● Integral web server for configuration This eliminates the need for time-consuming
● Automatic menu setting programming and wiring.
● Simple installation based on the plug & play Power supply:
system Power is supplied centrally via a power pack in
● Monitoring of sensor connection the Basic CMC plus. This supplies the connected
● Alarm recording in case of network failure sensors. There is a choice of two input voltages
● Built-in real-time clock with NTP (AC power pack DK 7320.425 and DC power
● May be used via power pack for 100 – 240 V AC pack DK 7320.435).
or 48 V DC

W x H x D mm 136 x 44 (1 U) x 129
9 Alarm relay RJ 12/RS232 Network interface via 10/100BaseT full-duplex,
10/100 Mbit/s
IOIOI The upper RJ 12 jack provides a change-over
C CMC-TC
contact from the Basic CMC plus alarm relay. TCP/IPv4, TCP/IPv6, SNMPv1,
SNMPv3, Telnet, SSH, FTP, SFTP
Basic CMC plus Connection cable DK 7200.430. Protocols
with SSH, HTTP, HTTPS with SSL,
The lower RJ 12 jack provides a serial inter- NTP, DHCP, PPP, SMTP
1 2 3 4 5 6 face (display unit/GSM module/ISDN unit).
10 Power-I2C bus RJ 45 Rated voltage 24 V DC
Up to 2 voltage extension units DK 7200.520 Serial interfaces RS232
may be connected via the power I2C bus.
Security
Power
Ports for sensors Max. 4 sensors
Up to three AC voltages may be monitored
with every extension unit. Connection cable Power I2C for extension unit
1 2 P-I2C 1 24 V DC Bus system
3 4 IOIOI max. 2 A
DK 7320.470. voltage AC DK 7200.520
Change-over contact
11 10 9 8 7 11 Inputs for a maximum of 4 sensors Alarm relay output
max. 24 V DC 500 mA
Up to 4 sensors may be connected via the Audio display Piezo signal generator
4 inputs. There is a choice of 18 different
1 Control key Time function Real-time clock with NTP
sensor/actuator types.
The C key is for sensor/actua- Temperature
tor identification, set-up of the Model No. +5°C to +45°C
Sensors/actuators Max. application range
system and acknowledge- DK Humidity 5% to 95% relative humidity,
ment. Temperature sensor 4 7320.500 application range non-condensing
2 Alarm LED Humidity sensor 4 7320.510 IP protection
IP 40 to EN 60 529
The LED signals alarms or Analog sensor input module category
4 7320.520
configuration changes. “4 – 20 mA”
3 Link/Traffic LED Access sensor1) 4x5 7320.530
The LED signals the status of Vandalism sensor 4 7320.540
the network interface Acoustic sensor 4 7320.640
10BaseT/100BaseT. Airflow monitor 4 7320.550 Note:
4 RS232 interface RJ 10 Smoke alarm 4 7320.560 No sensor units, socket strips, access systems,
For programming via the serial Motion sensor 4 7320.570 PSM, climate control systems etc. may be
PC interface. connected to the Basic CMC plus. PU II plus,
Digital input module 4 7320.580
5 Acoustic alarm
Model No. DK 7320.101, is needed in the CMC-TC
Digital relay output module 4 7320.590 system in such cases.
There is an acoustic alarm Voltage monitor 4 7320.600
into the Basic CMC plus. Voltage monitor
2–4 7320.610
with 10 A switch output Also required:
6 Mounting attachment Voltage monitor
2–4 7320.611 Power pack DK 7320.425,
For attachment with individual with 16 A switch output
Connection cable DK 7200.210,
bracket DK 7320.450 or 1 U 48 V voltage monitor 4 7320.620 Programming cable DK 7200.221.
Leak sensor 4 7320.630 Optional:
7 Power supply Leak sensor, 15 m 4 7320.631 1 U mounting unit DK 7320.440,
The rated voltage of the Basic single cover DK 7320.441.
Automatic Door Control Unit 4 7320.790
CMC is 24 V DC. There is 1) Up
a choice of power packs with to a maximum of 5 sensors may be connected
in series.
varying primary voltages.
AC power pack DK 7320.425.
Integral Ethernet interface to
IEEE 802.3 via 10/100BaseT
full-duplex 10/100 Mbit/s.

Security
Accessory modules
GSM Unit Quad-Band GSM Unit Quad-Band Model No. DK

In order to configure a redundant transmission SMS function 7320.820
channel or if there is no LAN infrastructure availa-
ble, the unit may be used for alarm forwarding.
The alarm signal is designed in SMS format. To activate CMC-TC switch outputs, an SMS mes-
The GSM Unit is connected to Processing Unit sage may be sent to the GSM unit via any stand-
DK 7320.100/.101, Basic CMC DK 7320.111/.112 ard mobile phone, so as to execute the actions via
or Master II DK 7320.005 via a serial interface. this route. The aerial included with the supply has
The power supply is likewise achieved via the a connection cable of 2.8 m. Voltage supply is
connection cable. The only other thing needed to achieved via the processing unit.
operate the module is a SIM card. These may A standard, commercially available SIM card for
either be “data only” cards or conventional SIM GSM must be provided by the customer.
cards. Note:
The GSM Unit Quad-Band covers 4 GSM frequen- The serial interface RS232 of the PU II may only
cies: 850 MHz, 900 MHz, 1800 MHz and 1900 be assigned to one accessory module.
MHz. This means that the system is also suitable
for GSM applications on the American market.
Up to four target call numbers may be set and Also required:
allocated to the various events.
Processing Unit, DK 7320.100/DK 7320.101
Other functions, where offered by the provider: Basic CMC, DK 7320.111/DK 7320.112
● Voice mail Master II, DK 7320.005
1 Alarm LED
2 GSM LED
C CMC-TC
GSM Modul 3 Mounting fixture for DK 7320.440 or
DK 7320.450
1 2 3
Power
4 RJ 12 jack for connecting to the serial
interface of the PU
SIM
IOIOI 24 V DC 5 SIM card rack mount

max. 80 mA
6 Aerial connection
4 5 6 7 7 The GSM Unit Quad-Band may optionally be
Security
supplied with 24 V DC, 500 mA via this input.
For applications with the PU, this is not neces-
sary.

Security
CMC-TC accessories
Monitoring system CMC-TC Master II

Master II Model No. DK 7320.005
with interface for GSM unit Network Ethernet to IEEE 802.3
interface via 10BaseT/100BaseT, 10/100 Mbit/s
The CMC-TC Master II is an optional component
in the CMC-TC system. The master allows the TCP/IP, SNMP V1, TELNET, SSH,
Protocols
TFTP, HTTPS
alarm data of up to 10 PU II systems to be linked
and displayed.
Rated voltage 100 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
The next generation of the Master II system has
a connection cable/interface to connect the GSM Serial interfaces 2 D-SUB 9 jacks RS232
unit. This makes it possible to send alarm traps Time function Real-time clock
via the GSM unit. Similarly, SMS messages may Temperature
be sent for certain conditions/links. application +5°C to +35°C
range
Further information on the Master II system
may be found in Rittal Catalogue 32 or in the Humidity
5% to 80% relative humidity,
application
IT Catalogue. Availability on request or at non-condensing
range
www.rimatrix5.com.
Also required:
Master II GSM unit
GSM unit, Model No. DK 7320.820,
Power pack, Model No. DK 7320.425.
Connection cable, Model No. DK 7200.210.
Basic mounting unit CMC-TC Model No. DK

1 U, pull-out Basic mounting unit CMC-TC 7320.442
The CMC-TC system offers a wide range of mod-
ules for individual monitoring functions. This sys-
tem is based on a PU II, power pack, sensor units Note:
and sensors. The basic mounting unit 1 U pro- The 1 U basic mounting unit is required if there is
vides compact accommodation for these basic no or difficult access to the rack from behind.
Security
modules. Material:
The 1 U basic mounting unit has an integral cable Sheet steel, spray-finished
duct to accommodate surplus cable. 3 sensor Colour:
units/PU II may be accommodated at the front, RAL 7035
and up to 8 sensors and 2 power packs with
cable clamping at the rear. The entire unit may be
pulled forwards out of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level.
This ensures optimum access to the systems from
the front, allowing easy retrospective installation or
modification of the system.
Outdoor handle CMC-TC Outdoor handle CMC-TC Model No. DK

for CS Toptec L/h door hinge 7320.7251)
The outdoor handle may be connected to the R/h door hinge 7320.7261)
access unit of the CMC-TC system. The electric 1) Extended delivery times.
lock system of the handle locks the function of the
swing lever. If there is no voltage applied to the
handle, the swing lever is released. When 24 V To fit sensor unit
DC is applied to the handle, the swing lever will
I/O Unit Access Unit Climate Unit
lock. In addition, actuation of the lock insert is
monitored. Semi-cylinders of the type ASSA may – –
be used. The semi-cylinder is covered with
a protective device. The handle contains an ID
The handle must be integrated into the corre-
so that it is automatically detected and set up by
sponding CS Toptec enclosure by Rittal. This
the CMC-TC system. Power supply to and data
service may be requested on an individual basis.
exchange with the access unit occurs via the
attached connection cable. An access sensor Technical specifications:
(DK 7320.530) is always required for door moni- Rated voltage: 24 V DC
toring. With the door closed and the clip-down Rated current: 100 mA
handle locked home, latching is activated by Connection cable: 2.5 m
switching on the lock magnet. By deactivating Connector type: RJ 12, 6-pole
the lock magnet and simultaneously opening with
the semi-cylinder, the CMC-TC allows the handle
IP 55 in the CS Toptec enclosure
to be folded down.

Security
CMC-TC accessories
Comfort handle TS 8 CCP Handle system Model No. DK

with master key function Comfort handle TS 8
7320.721
The handle assumes the function of a door lock with master key function
and lever handle monitoring.
Master key means that the handle can always To fit sensor unit:
be opened with the master key, independently of
the control system. A semi-cylinder (lock insert, I/O Unit Access unit Climate Unit
lock no. 3524 E) is supplied loose, but a semi- – –
cylinder, 40 mm overall length to DIN 18 252,
may also be used.
An access sensor (DK 7320.530) must be Technical specifications:
connected to the corresponding door for each Rated voltage: 24 V DC
handle. Rated current: Max. 100 mA
If the lever handle is closed, the locking mecha- Connection cable: Length 3 m, RJ 12 connector
nism integrated into the handle latches automati- Connection cable:
cally. The handle may be released via the CMC- Length 2 m, RJ 12/RJ 12 connector
TC system in the network or via optional add-on Coupling for extension:
systems, such as smartcard readers etc. The RJ 12/RJ 12 jack
handle is locked in a de-energised manner Temperature application range:
(without electrical connection). The push-button +5°C to +40°C
may be depressed following electrical release and Protection category:
then opens the lever automatically. It must always IP 40
be opened within an adjustable period of time.
Opening via the key always overrides other
options, i.e. the enclosure may always be opened Also required:
with the key in the case of electrical locking and in
the event of a power failure (emergency opening). Access sensor DK 7320.530,
CCP (Continuous Current Possible):
The handle release coil may be permanently
charged with current. This makes it possible to
use the “unlock” function and a longer release
time of 0 – 999 seconds.
Note:
The handle must only be used in conjunction
with a PU II DK 7320.100 (hardware V3.01) from
software version 2.42.
Security
Spare battery for wireless Spare battery Model No. DK
sensors for wireless sensors 7320.248
The battery of the wireless sensors is designed for Extended delivery times.
a battery service life of up to 5 years. After this
period, a new battery may be inserted. Essen- Technical specifications:
tially, the battery is monitored by the system, and Type: Lithium primary cell
notifies when a replacement is needed. There are Rated voltage: 3.6 V DC
various applications in which the battery service Temperature application range: –25°C to +65°C
life is shortened (constant operation of the meas-
urement system, poor or no radio connection,
operating temperature limit range).
The battery may be used for the following WL
products:
Wireless sensors Model No. DK
Temperature sensor 7320.505
Humidity sensor 7320.515
Access sensor 7320.535
Digital input 7320.585
Measurement system 7320.242

Security
Rack extinguisher system
Rack extinguisher system Technical specifications:

DET-AC Plus slave unit DK 7338.300
DET-AC Plus, 1 U Installation dimensions (W x H x D):
with integral early fire detection 482.6 mm (19˝) x 1 U x 530 mm
D = 620 mm Weight: 17 kg (incl. extinguisher and propellant
This compact rack extinguisher system DET-AC gas cartridge)
Plus short (Detection Active Plus) is designed for Operating temperature: +10°C to +35°C
use in the Rittal IT rack, fitted in the 482.6 mm (19˝) Protection category: IP 20 to EN 60 529
level. The system is equipped with a 2-stage smoke Admissible protection volume: Max. 3 m3
analysis extractor system. A bayed rack may optio- (with sealed enclosures)
nally be included in the monitoring and extingu- Extinguisher: 2.9 kg NovecTM 1230
isher system. The eco-friendly, non-toxic NovecTM1) Operating voltage: 24 V DC
1230 is used as the extinguisher medium, which
Early smoke detection:
means that this extinguisher system is suitable for
Thanks to the two highly sensitive optical sen-
universal use. Sensitive hardware such as serv-
sors, minute particles of smoke may be detected
ers, storage and switches are not impaired by
even in the early stages of a fire (pyrolysis phase)
the extinguisher medium. Due to the extremely
via the active smoke extraction. If the 1st alarm
sensitive detection of smoke, even in racks with
detects smoke aerosols, a pre-alarm is triggered,
a high level of climate control (airflow speed), this
and if the 2nd alarm likewise detects smoke, the
ensures that there is plenty of time to forward an
extinguisher system is activated. This prevents
alarm message either acoustically, optically via the
LC display on the enclosure front, or by connecting major fires from developing.
the integral floating contacts to the building Rack requirements:
management system or fire alarm centre and to As a general principle, the racks must meet pro-
the Rittal monitoring system CMC-TC. When tection category IP 55, i.e. with sealed doors and
opening an enclosure door, activation of the screw-fastened side panels. Use of an air/water
extinguisher system is blocked by the two access heat exchanger (LCP) is supported. All cable
sensors (door monitoring). In order to ensure that entry areas must be sealed.
proper functioning of the system is maintained
even in the event of a power failure, an emer- Optional smoke analysis, extension for
gency back-up power supply with a stored energy bayed racks:
The basic DET-AC Plus short is designed for a
time of 4 hours is integrated into the system. The
system can also be supplied purely as an early single rack, but neighbouring enclosures may
fire detection system (DET-AC Plus early fire also be incorporated via an additional pipe kit,
provided the total interior enclosure volume to
detection) without the extinguisher medium tank.
be extinguished does not exceed 3 m3. Several
1) NovecTM is a registered trademark of 3M. extinguisher systems may also be linked together
in the bayed enclosure suites, so that all systems
Security
may be activated jointly.

DET-AC Plus short extinguisher system
DK 7338.110 Automatic system deactivation
Installation dimensions (W x H x D): (compulsory deactivation):
482.6 mm (19˝) x 1 U x 620 mm In conjunction with the Rittal enclosure monitoring
Weight: 15 kg (incl. extinguisher and propellant system CMC-TC plus suitable switchable Rittal
gas cartridge) socket strips (Power System Module PSM/Power
Operating temperature: +10°C to +35°C Control Unit PCU with active current measure-
Protection category: IP 20 to EN 60 529 ment, display and switching options), in the event
Admissible protection volume: Max. 3 m3 of an alarm, compulsory deactivation of the com-
(with sealed enclosures) ponents installed in the rack may be triggered.
Max. DET-AC slave units DK 7338.300 that may This ensures that the servers are protected from
be connected: 4 further destruction.
Max. number of enclosures monitored:
5 (volume-dependent) The alarms (pre-alarm, main alarm) may be trans-
mitted via any given IP networks and processed in
Extinguisher: 3.2 kg NovecTM 1230
Sensors: 2 scattered-light sensors with different corresponding monitoring programs. The extin-
sensitivities guisher system is supplied complete with mount-
ing accessories.
Manual trigger input: Yes
Extinguisher blocking input: Yes, via door contact
Outputs for CMC-TC (I/O Unit): Pre-alarm, fire,
extinguishing, collective fault
Emergency power supply (rechargeable battery):
Approx. 4 h
Operating voltage: 100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
DET-AC Plus fire early detection DK 7338.200
Installation dimensions (W x H x D):
482.6 mm (19˝) x 1 U x 480 mm
Weight: 8 kg
Operating temperature: +10°C to +35°C
Protection category: IP 20 to EN 60 529
Max. DET-AC slave units DK 7338.300 that may
be connected: 5
Max. number of enclosures monitored:
5 (volume-dependent)
Sensors: 2 scattered-light sensors with different
sensitivities
Manual trigger input: Yes
Extinguisher blocking input: Yes, via door contact
Outputs for CMC-TC (I/O Unit): Pre-alarm, fire,
extinguishing, collective fault
Emergency power supply (rechargeable battery):
Approx. 4 h
Operating voltage: 100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Security
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Extinguisher tank with fill level monitoring,
overpressure fuse and electrical tripping device
2 Propellant gas cartridge
3 Fire sensors
4 Connections for CMC-TC and alarm contacts
5 Mainboard
6 Connections for extractor and waste air pipe
7 Front panel with display and operating panel
8 Extinguisher nozzle
9 Emergency power supply (rechargeable batteries)
10 Power pack
11 Extraction fan
7 8 9 10 11
Rack extinguisher system Supply includes:

DET-AC Plus short, 1 U
Extinguisher system kit Slave unit kit
The system is comprised of
DET-AC Plus short DET-AC Plus
4 products:
DK 7338.110: DK 7338.300:
● The DET-AC Plus short extin-
Main product Main product
guisher system with integral
Extinguisher system Slave unit
early fire detection and extin-
DET-AC Plus short, DET-AC Plus,
guisher gas, with a short
instructions, instructions,
enclosure depth of 620 mm.
flexible 482.6 mm (19˝) bus cable kit for 24 V DC and
This means that enclosures
attachment at the rear of the for communication,
with depths of 800 – 1200 mm
enclosure, depth-variable slide rail,
may be configured. For enclo-
pipe kit for air extraction, piping kit for air extraction,
sures with 800 mm depth the
single application, may be slave application, may be
front 482.6 mm (19˝) level
dismantled, dismantled,
must be attached to the front
RJ 12 cable 1 m for attaching RJ 12 cable 1 m for connecting
of the enclosure, as space at
to CMC-TC. to CMC-TC.
the back is needed for pipe-
Security
work. Fire early detection kit Piping kit
● The early fire detection DET-AC Plus DET-AC Plus
system DK 7338.200: for slave application
DET-AC Plus short is for Main product DK 7338.310:
detection only. Fire early detection Piping kit for air extraction,
● The slave unit DET-AC Plus, slave application,
DET-AC Plus short is an extin- instructions, may be dismantled,
guisher gas extension only. depth-variable slide rail, with second T-piece.
● The DET-AC Plus short piping piping kit for air extraction,
kit is for detection extension single application,
for one rack. may be dismantled,
RJ 12 cable 1 m for connecting
to CMC-TC.
Description of main products Packs of Model No. DK

Kit extinguisher system DET-AC Plus short incl. one piping kit
1 7338.1101)
for single applications
Kit early fire detection DET-AC Plus short incl. one piping kit
1 7338.2001)
Description of extensions
Kit slave unit DET-AC Plus incl. one piping kit
1 7338.3001)
Kit piping kit DET-AC Plus
1 7338.3101)
for slave applications
Accessories required for main products
Access sensor to block the extinguisher process with open doors 1 7320.530
Connection cable D/F/B earthing-pin, for power supply 1 7200.2102)
Recommended accessories
The CMC-TC system for alarm forwarding via I/O unit, PU II, etc. 1 7320.2103)
2) For country-specific connection cables,
3) Note: a complete CMC-TC system must be selected.

Security
Examples of baying systems Note:

The extinguisher system must be installed and
A maximum of 5 bayed enclosures may be maintained by qualified experts. Rittal is happy to
detected with one system; the DET-AC Plus short offer such a service.
extinguisher system should be used here, and all
other enclosures connected to the integral extrac- When baying several different IT racks together,
tor unit using the DET-AC Plus piping kit. Regard- a combined enclosure interior volume of 3 m3
ing volume, all other enclosures should each be must not be exceeded!
allocated one DET-AC Plus slave unit. The total Enclosure interior volume of popular Rittal IT racks
volume of the bayed enclosure suite must always
1 be taken into account. The bayed enclosures Width Height Depth Enclosure interior volume
must be consistently interconnected in order to mm mm mm per rack/m3
ensure air exchange. All slave units must be con- 300 2000 1000 0.6
nected to the extinguisher system with detection 300 2000 1200 0.72
or the early fire detection via a bus. This controls
simultaneous activation of the extinguisher gas 600 2000 1000 1.2
tank. 600 2000 1200 1.44
600 2200 1000 1.32
1 Extinguishing 5 bayed enclosures: 600 2200 1200 1.584
One extinguisher system, 4 slave units, one
800 2000 1000 1.6
connection cable and 10 access sensors are
needed. 800 2000 1200 1.92
800 2200 1000 1.76
2 2 Extinguishing 5 bayed enclosures with
4 LCP: 800 2200 1200 2.112
One extinguisher system, 4 slave units, one
connection cable and 18 access sensors are
needed.
3 5 bayed enclosures, detection only,
no extinguishing:
One early fire detection system, 4 piping kits
and one connection cable are required.
4 Extinguishing 2 enclosures with a depth of
800 mm:
No extinguisher system is used, since the
3 combination of early fire detection and slave
units has a smaller depth. One early fire
detection system, 2 slave units, one connec-
Security
tion cable and 4 access sensors are needed.
Extinguisher system
Slave unit
4
Early fire detection
Extractor pipes

Security
Automatic door opener
Automatic door control unit Model No. DK 7320.790

● For automatic opening of the rack door in case W x H x D mm 136 x 44 (1 U) x 129
of fire or in case of a cooling failure in sealed
rack systems in conjunction with the Rittal Rated voltage 24 V DC
CMC-TC system.
Door outputs 4 x 24 V DC, 400 mA
● Activation of up to 4 automatic door kits
(DK 7320.791/DK 7320.792) is possible. There Ports for
2 x RJ 12
CMC-TC system
is 1 control channel available per 2 automatic
door kits (e.g. front and rear door). There is Normally closed Connection must be designed
optionally a normally-closed contact integrated contacts for 30 V DC, 1 A
for each door output, which is used to connect Temperature
the automatic door switch (DK 7320.793) or application +5°C to +45°C
range
a customer-specific system (e.g. room extin-
guisher system). Humidity
5% to 95% relative humidity,
● For mounting in a 1 U component support application
non-condensing
range
DK 7320.440 or with the individual mounting
unit DK 7320.450. IP protection
IP 40 to EN 60 529
category
To fit sensor unit

LCP Plus Basic CMC I/O Unit Access Unit Climate Unit
– –
Also required: Accessories:

No. of Model No. No. of Model No.
Designation Designation
Packs of DK Packs of DK
Automatic door kit, 1-piece door Max. 4 7320.791 Automatic door switch Max. 4 7320.793
Automatic door kit, 2-piece door Max. 4 7320.792 1 U mounting unit 1 7320.440
AC power pack 230 V 1 7320.4251) Mounting module CMC 1 7320.450
DC power pack 48 V 1 7320.435 I/O Unit 1 7320.2102)
Connection cable D/F/B 1 7200.210 Basic CMC 1 7320.111
Connection cable GB 1 7200.211 LCP Plus 1 3301.4803)
Connection cable CH 1 7200.213 2) Acomplete CMC-TC system is required to operate
Security
Connection cable USA/CDN 1 7200.214 the I/O unit.
3) See page 70.
Connection cable C13 1 7200.215
1) 1 connection cable is required for 1 power pack.
Processing Unit PU II
I/O Unit LAN

Automatic door control unit
Basic CMC
LCP Plus

Security
Automatic door opener
Automatic door kit Version

Packs of Model No. DK
for
● Equips a standard door for the Automatic Door
Opening System for automatic opening of the 1-piece door 1 7320.791
rack door in case of fire or in case of a cooling 2-piece door 1 7320.792
failure.
● The automatic door kit operates with a gas
pressure damper system, allowing the door to Supply includes:
be opened in any emergency situation. The Gas pressure damper, cable harness,
doors are kept closed by a magnet system, magnetic lock,
which unlike mechanical lock systems will assembly parts.
release the door in every instance.
● The automatic door kit is connected and acti-
vated using the related control unit (automatic
door control unit DK 7320.790).
● Automatic door kit, 1-piece. The door
(DK 7320.791) is compatible with TS 8 glazed
and sheet steel doors.
● Automatic door kit, 2-piece. The door
(DK 7320.792) is compatible with TS 8 sheet
steel glazed doors, vertically divided, and sheet
steel doors, vertically divided.
The tubular door frame may need to be ordered
separately.
Automatic door switch Packs of Model No. DK

Security
Switch for connecting to the normally closed 1 7320.793

contacts of the automatic door control unit
(DK 7320.790) for manual door opening.
It is mounted on the 25 mm pitch pattern of the Supply includes:
TS 8 frame section. 3 m connection cable, mounting brackets,
including assembly parts.
Installation Ø 16.2 mm, 250 V/2 A

Monitoring
Video technology
Rittal IP-Cam type 1 The magnetic base facilitates toolless installation

e.g. on an enclosure roof. The 220 mm long swan
Rittal IP-Cams are ideal for use in the data centre neck is easily adjusted. A wall attachment is sup-
and for indoor room monitoring. These compact plied in addition to the magnetic base.
cameras may be fitted quickly and easily wher-
ever there is an IP network connection close at
hand.
Rittal IP-Cam Type 1

Model No. DK 7555.1001)
Functions
Video sensor (MegaPixel) 0.3
Focus manual
Video
Live camera display
Adjustable HTML pages (ActiveX required)
Security functions
Alarm recording via motion detection

or external authorisation
E-mail forwarding
Technical specifications
Video sensor CMOS
Light sensitivity 1 lux
Maximum resolution (progressive scan) 640 x 480 pixels
Video streams Motion JPEG,

bandwidth controllable (various levels of compression)
Image settings
Compression
Colour, contrast, brightness
White balance
Overlays (time, date, text)
Password protection (restricted access)
Monitoring
Connections
Network (10BaseT/100BaseTX) RJ 45
Power supply Hollow connector
Long-range power pack (connector acc. to version) 100 – 240 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Scope of supply Camera, power pack, base, assembly parts
Software
RiWatchIT V3 Free download available from www.rimatrix5.com
We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 1) Extended delivery times.
Power splitter Model No. DK

for Rittal IP-Cam type 1 Power splitter 7555.310
Power may be supplied to the Rittal IP-Cam type 1 Extended delivery times.
via the network cable (Power over Ethernet, PoE)
using this adaptor. This eliminates the need for a
separate power pack or electricity connection at
the installation site. Power can be supplied to the
camera (5 V DC approx. 3 W) via existing PoE-
compatible network switches.
The required operating voltage may optionally be
supplied to the Cat 5 network cable via an exter-
nal infeed (midspan).
Power infeed Technical specifications:

PoE to IEEE 802.3af
for Power over Ethernet (PoE) network compo- Output: 15.4 W/port
nents (external infeed)
If the network environment used is not designed Delivery times and multi-channel midspans avail-
for PoE components, power supply to a PoE-com- able on request.
patible network camera via the existing network
cable can be achieved with this single-port mid-
span.
This means that the external power pack sup-
plied is not required.

Monitoring
KVM switch
SSC Duo 16 Material:

Sheet steel, powder-coated
With the SSC Duo 16, Rittal offers an ultra-com-
pact KVM switch with both a local access and an Colour:
IP access. RAL 7035
These two users are able to access the con- Protection category:
nected servers in parallel/simultaneously. IP 40
Up to 16 servers may be connected using Cat
cables and SSC Connect adaptors (available in Dimensions:
a PS/2 and USB variant). Because signals from W x H x D approx. 440 x 44 (1 U) x 286 mm
the video, keyboard and mouse are transmitted
via a shared Cat cable, the amount of cabling is
Also required:
reduced considerably. Processor-controlled key-
board and mouse emulation for each channel One SSC Connect adaptor DK 7552.421 (PS/2)
ensures fault-free booting and reliable switching or DK 7552.422 (USB) is required for each
between the connected computers. The integral connected computer.
IP console supports location-independent access
to the servers through to BIOS level.
Access may be made both via the integral Web
interface (via Java client) and via client software
for Windows and selected Linux distributions,
available free of charge. The switch includes
rights administration for up to 16 user profiles.
SSC Duo 16
Equipment
No. of computers that may be connected 16
Number of users (local, remote, IP), mixed and simultaneous 2
Number of users that may be administered (with allocation of rights) 16

Monitoring
Integral user/rights administration

OSD menu with mouse operation (English)
OSD superimposed on computer screen (may be deactivated)
OSD display of channels used
Hotkeys for computer selection
Type of cable to SSC Converter and SSC Console Cat 5, Cat 6
Maximum cable length, SSC Duo 16 to computer (depending on cable quality) 30 m
Port and system support (SSC Connect) PS/2, USB
Automatic video and cable alignment (manually readjustable)
LED displays
Power
System Ready

(status network subsystem)
Status Switch (status of SSC Duo 16)
Network port (activity, connection status)
Max. video resolution (local console connection) 1920 x 1440 @ 60 Hz
Max. video resolution, IP access 1280 x 1024 @ 75 Hz
Bandwidth 250 MHz
Connections
Computers/consoles (via SSC Connect) RJ 45
Service for firmware update mini USB type B
Network/KVM access via Ethernet RJ 45
Power supply via IEC 320 connection (EN 60 320 C14)
Power supply (internal power pack) 90 – 264 V/47 – 63 Hz
Power consumption (approx.) 20 W
Dimensions (excluding protruding parts) approx. W x H x D mm 440 mm x 1 U x 380 mm
Certifications CE
Accessories
SSC Connect PS/2 7552.421
SSC Connect USB 7552.422
Cat 5 cable 2 m 7320.472
Cat 5 cable 5 m 7320.475
Cat 5 cable 10 m 7320.481
Cat 5 cable 15 m 7320.485
Mains connection cable (earthing-pin) 7200.210

Monitoring
KVM switch
SSC view8 USB Power is supplied via the power pack integrated
into the monitor/keyboard unit. The SSC has a
This compact SSC view8 extends the monitor/ password-protected OSD menu, but server selec-
keyboard units (9055.XXX) to include a KVM tion may also be made via hotkeys. Suitable com-
switch without the need for an additional U in the bination connection cables (VGA-PS/2 and VGA-
rack. Both computers with PS/2 keyboard and USB) are available as accessories in lengths 2 m
mouse connection and modern servers with a and 4 m.
USB connection for keyboard and mouse may
be connected to each port. Material:
Sheet steel, powder-coated
Supply includes:
SSC view8 USB, Colour:
monitor/keyboard unit connection cable, RAL 9006
adaptor PS/2 mouse 8 x. Protection category:
IP 40
SSC view8 USB

Equipment
Number of computers in stand-alone mode 8
Number of users (with password protection) 1
OSD menu with mouse operation (English)

Monitoring
OSD superimposed on computer screen (may be deactivated)
OSD display of channels used
Hotkeys for computer selection
Autoscan
Autoskip (skip over unused channels)
VGA/HD15 and PS/2
Type of cable to computer (combination cable)
VGA/HD15 and USB
Maximum cable length, SSC to computer (depending on cable quality) 4m
Port and system support (SSC Connect) PS/2, USB
Automatic cable alignment (manually readjustable) –
LED display (front) Power
Maximum video resolution (depending on cable length) 1280 x 1024 @ 85 Hz
Bandwidth 200 MHz
Connections
Computer SUB-HD15 / PS/2 or USB
Console SUB-HD15 / PS/2 or USB
Service for firmware update Jack 2.5 mm
Power supply 12 V from monitor/keyboard unit Hollow connector
External power supply 12 V, approx. 0.8 A
Power consumption (approx.) 10 W
Operating temperature +5°C to +45°C
Dimensions (excluding protruding parts) approx. W x H x D mm 325 x 44 x 95 mm
Dimensions (with rack installation) approx. W x H x D 19˝ x 1 U x 180 mm
Certifications CE
Accessories
CPU cable VGA/PS/2, 2 m (with lockable PS/2 connectors, at both ends) 7552.120
CPU cable VGA/PS/2, 4 m (with lockable PS/2 connectors, at both ends) 7552.140
CPU cable VGA/USB, 2 m, USB-A (computer) to USB-B (switch) 7552.122
CPU cable VGA/USB, 4 m, USB-A (computer) to USB-B (switch) 7552.142

Monitoring
Dynamic Rack Control
Component recognition, consolidation and optimisa-
tion with an innovative module of the comprehensive
Data Centre Management system.
Radio Frequency Identification, or RFID, is a globally
standardised technology for the contactless detection
of objects in the room. An RFID system is always com-
prised of 2 components: a reader with an aerial (RFID
mounting frame with reader), and a small microchip
with an aerial coil on a substrate material (RFID tag).
Rittal uses this technology directly inside the rack to
log component population of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level
completely contactlessly and in real time. In this way,
a current overview of the components installed in the
racks, separated according to device category, power
consumption or form factor, is possible at any time.

Monitoring
Visualisation in the web browser
Basic data and power budget of an indi- Extended management information. Master data record of a 482.6 mm (19˝)
vidual rack configuration. component.

Monitoring
Dynamic Rack Control
RFID mounting frame For RFID mounting Mounting

TS 8 frame, front frame, rear
for TS 8 U
With integral RFID reader (aerial) to accommo- Width Height
Model No. DK Model No. DK
mm mm
date the 482.6 mm (19˝) built-in components.
The mounting frame may be depth-variably 600 2000 42 7890.206 7856.719
secured in the TS 8 and is used to structure the 800 2000 42 7890.208 7856.731
front 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level. 600 2200 47 7890.226 7856.722
Position detection of the components is accurate 800 2200 47 7890.228 7856.734
to within 1/3 U, therefore there are 3 aerial ele- Other sizes available on request.
ments and signalling LEDs integrated into each U.
The installation position of the components is cor-
rectly recognised even if they are not located pre- Load capacity:
cisely in the height pitch pattern. Reading and Max. 1000 kg static load with even distribution
writing of the RFID tags is likewise signalled by across two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels.
one LED in each case. Material:
Additionally, a matching mounting frame without Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated
RFID reader (see ordering table) is required to Supply includes:
emulate the rear mounting level. Assembly parts.
RFID tags Passive, writable RFID tag (13.56 MHz)

1 RFID tag is required for each component. Packs of Model No. DK
Each tag has a “Unique ID” (UID, not sequential), 20 7890.020
which cannot be altered, data is stored on the tag
in conformity with ISO 15693. The tags are unwrit-
ten in their delivered state. The tag is stuck to the
inside right of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
bracket with an adhesive surface. The compo-
nent is later screw-fastened to the 482.6 mm (19˝)
Monitoring
level, including the tag.
Also required:
RFID controller, see below and connection cable (Cat 5), DK 7320.472,
CMC-TC Processing Unit II1) CMC-TC programming cable, DK 7200.221,
(firmware from Version 2.70), DK 7320.100, connection cable (DE) 230 V AC, DK 7200.210,
wide-range power pack (sec. 24 V DC), see Cat. 32, from page 818.
DK 7320.425, 1) Sufficient for 1 – 4 racks with RFID mounting
1 U mounting unit, DK 7320.440,
frame.
RFID controller Packs of Model No. DK

This controller connects the RFID reader (aerial) 1 7890.500
of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame to the
CMC-TC system. Additionally, at a later date, an
optional RFID floor reader may be connected to
this controller for precise position-finding of the Also required:
rack in the data centre. Mounting module CMC, DK 7320.450,
One RFID controller is required per rack. see Cat. 32, page 821,
Cat 5 patch cable,
Enclosure dimensions W x H x D: see Cat. 32, page 846.
136 x 44 (1 U) x 129 mm
Material:
Plastic
Rated voltage:
24 V DC
Connections:
RJ 45 socket (connection to CMC-TC)
2 x Mini-DIN (connection of RFID frame & floor
reader)

Monitoring
RiZone – Data Centre Management Software
Monitoring
What can the RiZone Data Centre Management Software do?

1. RiZone is the management platform for all components in the data centre
infrastructure.
● Monitoring of redundant data centres (up to Tier IV). RiZone is modular and scalable –
● Fast configuration, automatic detection of all active RimatriX5 components. for small companies through to
● Precise adaptation to requirements, a modular licence model. large data centres
● Efficient administration of the physical infrastructure (from the “single-enclosure
RiZone is used for administration,
data centre” through to the “maxi-data centre”), with a high level of flexibility and monitoring and control:
availability. Access, climate, power, security.
2. RiZone can communicate with a server management system (e.g. System Be it an individual rack, a data centre,
Center Operations Manager from Microsoft) and exert direct influence over the or a company’s entire IT system.
availability of individual applications.
3. RiZone supports the protocols SNMP and BACnet for connecting and moni-
toring all equipment in the IT and building infrastructure.
At last, “isolated thinking” in IT and building management is a thing of the past.

Monitoring
Why choose Rittal RiZone?

For the first time, RiZone forges a bridge between the two worlds of IT and
building infrastructure.
By fusing these two specialist fields, it is possible to
● Optimise availability
● Reducing complexity
● Boost the efficiency of the data centre.
The high availability demands of data centre users necessitates a comprehensive,
efficient security management system. The pre-requisite for this is that all compo-
nents and parameters of the building, server room and data centre which are rele-
vant for security and availability must be monitored.
Monitoring
The brand new feature in RiZone is the implementation of all messages, sensor
values and actuators in the IT infrastructure and server environment into a plausible
message chain. The formulaic correlation in RiZone Editor transforms individual
warnings, data or signals into logical information and actions, for absolute protec-
tion of the data centre's availability.
RiZone – From monitoring, RiZone – the data centre management plat- RiZone teams up with Microsoft SCOM
to administration, to response form supports standardised protocols (System Center Operations Manager)
With important additional functions, The integration of RiZone into a management A RiZone Management Pack module ensures
RiZone is the impressive successor to environment is supported by SNMP. RiZone the optimum integration of RiZone into the
the RiWatchIT software. offers the option of using the IT management System Center Operations Manager from
protocol to forward messages from RiZone. Microsoft.
The key feature is to ensure maximum
uptime by providing user definable On the active component side, RiZone sup- This enables bidirectional interaction between
control circuits that automatically take ports SNMP and BACnet and is capable of servers (application level) and the data centre
over in the event of an issue. interpreting any MIB. infrastructure.

Monitoring
Efficiency example
To correspond to the power con-
sumption of your data centre, the
cooling output must be designed
for maximum performance in
unfavourable ambient tempera-
tures.
As this diagram of weekly opera-
tion shows, unless properly man-
aged, a typical cooling system is
overdimensioned most of the
time.
Here, RiZone saves energy by
intelligently adapting the cooling
output to the power consump-
tion, airflow and ambient tem-
perature. kW
MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Sub-optimum cooling output Optimum cooling output Heat load (IT load)
What does the RiZone Management Pack do?

1. The Microsoft System Center Opera- 2. All important alarms and parameters 3. Holistic optimisation (server and infra-
tions Manager shows the same view of from the IT infrastructure are depicted in structure) of the data centre with regard to
● Energy efficiency
Monitoring
the IT infrastructure as Rittal RiZone the interface of the Microsoft System

Center Operation ● Message chains
● Security information ● Availability/security
● Consumption figures
● Efficiency calculations
● Detailed information via RiZone activation
from within the System Center Operations
Manager

Monitoring
RiZone – Data Centre Management Software, licence models
RiZone Appliance Standard Version Model No. DK

RiZone is supplied as an appliance or a software Appliance 7990.001
appliance. Software Appliance 7990.003
As an appliance, RiZone is supplied with global
support, installed on a powerful server. The soft-
ware appliance is available as a virtual server Also required:
which can easily be used on existing hardware in
the data centre. RiZone Appliance licence according to the
number of IP nodes available.
RiZone Appliance High-MTBF Version Model No. DK

In addition to the standard version, the high-MTBF Appliance 7990.002
version scales up to Tier IV availability as per the Software Appliance 7990.004
definition of the Uptime Institute.
RiZone is supplied as an appliance or a software
appliance. Also required:
As an appliance, RiZone is supplied with global RiZone Appliance licence according to the
support, installed on a powerful server. The soft- number of IP nodes available.
ware appliance is available as a virtual server
which can easily be used on existing hardware
in the data centre.
Monitoring
RiZone Appliance licence For no. of Console licences Model No.
IP nodes included1) DK
The flexible RiZone licence model allows opti-
mum adaptation to any project size, while at the 10 2 7990.005
same time allowing the opportunity to grow with 25 4 7990.006
the data centre. 50 4 7990.007
The volume licences for the IP nodes are gradu- 100 8 7990.008
ated from 10 to 1000 nodes and may be adapted 250 10 7990.009
precisely to the size of the data centre. For each 500 15 7990.010
active RimatriX5 component or other SNMP-com-
1000 20 7990.011
patible component to be covered, one node
1) If
additional consoles are required, these may be
licence is required.
purchased as Client Access licences.
Client Access licence Extension Model No. DK

Additional licence for operation of another RiZone Client Access licence 7990.013
console.
Microsoft Operations Manager Extension Model No. DK

Management Pack Microsoft SCOM
Management Pack
7990.012
Management Pack for integrating RiZone into the
Microsoft Operations Manager.

IT infrastructure
High Performance Package, based on Rittal TS 8
Plenty of performance in a small space.
1
For reliable, powerful data centre technology for small and
medium-sized enterprises, supplied in a turnkey package

5
with a minimum footprint. Room temperature-neutral, energy-
efficient cooling with the Rittal Liquid Cooling Package (air/
water heat exchanger).
Convincing benefits:
● Choose from 6 predefined, preconfigured performance
packages.
2 ● Useful cooling output of up to 16 kW with Rittal LCP.
● Minimum footprint, no special IT room required.
● Double conversion UPS systems up to 16 kW (N+1).
● Plug & play components – with modular scalability.
● Rittal CMC-TC monitoring system.

4 ● Preassembled in the factory, with tested components.
IT infrastructure
● Energy-efficient, precise cooling.
3 ● All from a single source.
● Fast delivery and commissioning.
Note:
The Rittal High Performance Package needs a recooling system in
order to operate. This must be ordered separately in the required
output category.
Further information may be found in the Rittal High Performance
Package flyer or on the Internet at www.rimatrix5.com
1 High Performance Rack

2 Cooling (Liquid Cooling Package)
3 PSM socket strip
4 UPS (uninterruptible power supply)
5 Rittal CMC-TC enclosure monitoring

IT infrastructure
High Performance Package, based on Rittal TS 8
The new Rittal High Performance Package is available in 6 different
output categories. Choose from 2 enclosure depths (1000 mm and
1200 mm) and 3 different outputs.
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4 Type 5 Type 6
Model No. DK 7337.510 7337.520 7337.530 7337.540 7337.550 7337.560

Power
Output in kW 6 9 16 6 9 16
Rack
W 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100
Dimensions
H 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100
mm
D 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200
W – – 600 – – 600
Dimensions of UPS
H – – 2100 – – 2100
mm
D – – 1000 – – 1000
IT infrastructure
Cooling
LCP modules 1 2 3 1 2 3
Recooling system1)
Output
8 12 24 8 12 24
kW
Power distribution
UPS modules 2 x 3 kW3) 2 x 4.5 kW3) 2 x 16 kW 2 x 3 kW3) 2 x 4.5 kW3) 2 x 16 kW
Battery packs 2 2 2 2 2 2
Autonomy
8 8 7+7 8 8 7+7
Minutes
1 1 2 1 1 2
PSM busbar
(1-phase, 32 A) (1-phase, 32 A) (2 x 3-phase, 96 A) (1-phase, 32 A) (1-phase, 32 A) (2 x 3-phase, 96 A)
1 x C13 1 x C13 2 x C13 1 x C13 1 x C13 2 x C13
PSM
(6 slots) (6 slots) (12 slots) (6 slots) (6 slots) (12 slots)
1 x earthing-pin 1 x earthing-pin 2 x earthing-pin 1 x earthing-pin 1 x earthing-pin 2 x earthing-pin
Socket modules2)
(4 slots) (4 slots) (8 slots) (4 slots) (4 slots) (8 slots)
Monitoring
LCP
Access sensor
Layout and commissioning
Integration
Siting
Commissioning
1) This unit is not included in the High Performance Package. It may be ordered separately in the required output category.
Further information may be found at www.rimatrix5.com
2) Other modules available on request.
3) A further UPS module for N+1 redundancy is available on request.
Rittal complete service included

● Delivery by Rittal
● Siting, integration and commissioning of the High Performance Package
by the Rittal service team or Rittal service partners.

Lampertz Efficiency Room
Basic protection solution for data centres
The new Lampertz Efficiency Room
IT environments today must be flexible, efficient and secure. Only
modular room systems can meet all these requirements and also
offer fast, clean conversions and extensions.
Lampertz Efficiency Rooms (LER) offer uncompromising
flexibility and extremely short delivery times.
System checks are “state of the art”. Why should you, as the cus-
tomer, be content with less security, flexibility and long-term bene-
fits? Only the system testing of a room structure can attest to the
required high level of security for IT systems and data.
Benefits:
Efficient value for money Efficient project handling
● Optimum use of your investment, thanks to a growing and modu- ● Extremely short delivery times (10 working days for basic pack-
lar structure of the entire data centre age)
● Absolute investment protection, thanks to the option of complete ● Customised data centre solution, due to the flexible modular
dismantling and reassembly of the security room principle
● Flexible self-assembly with a supervisor
Efficient design
● Optimum space utilisation of the structural conditions Efficient climate control concepts
● Fast assembly times ● Optimum air routing, e.g. hot/cold aisle containment
● Ideal for technology and infrastructure rooms ● Efficient climate control technology
● Eco-friendly manufacturing technique
System-tested basic protection
● Compliance with the latest EN and DIN standards
● Multi-functional risk coverage (fire, water, break-ins ...)
One modular system – infinite possibilities

The new Lampertz Efficiency Rooms are based on the modular prin-
ciple. The basic package already includes a solid range of basic
features, and can be adapted to individual customer requirements
with various optional modules.
Application example: Infrastructure room
The Lampertz Efficiency Rooms – LER Basic and LER Extend – are
ideally suited as a technical room for the infrastructure components
of a data centre. Here, the climate control and power technology are
equipped with a basic level of security.
Basic package
Modular room construction, security functions, door system,
cable duct, delivery and assembly supervisor
Optional packages
Security, efficiency and availability are at the heart of customer
requirements. The LER option packages include solutions for secu-
rity, systems engineering, climate control, power distribution and
Access Cable duct Climate Power Fire detection/ Base
monitoring system control engineering fire extinguish- system monitoring. With these versatile options, IT managers can customise
technology ing their own precisely tailored, secure, made-to-measure IT package.
Full Lighting Monitoring Project Optical Data and

assembly systems management package network
technology
Standard protection from:
Fire Water used Corrosive gases Vandalism Unauthorised Electro-magnetic Dust Falling debris Theft/
for fire-fighting access interference break-ins

System-tested room construction

Modular security data centres for basic
protection and extended basic protection.
System-tested room construction in a mod-
ular steel cassette design for both entire
data centres and walls and ceilings.
LER Basic
System testing Note:

System testing refers to testing of an entire room
LER LER structure including its built-in modules such as
Criterion Standards
Basic Extend
doors, cable ducts and ventilation units: Compo-
System test Testing of the following standards as complete nent tests have only limited meaningfulness

system or structure when applied to complete data centres and
Fire protection 50 K temperature rise and 85% rel. humidity over server rooms!
–
Testing at tempera- 30 minutes, without reheat period
tures of up to 1000°C F90 as system test to EN 1363 (DIN 4102),
Your particular added benefit:
and above The Lampertz Efficiency Room generation is an
for the cellular structure and its built-in modules
exemplary, certified data centre construction in
F120 only as component testing to EN 1363
the basic protection solutions market that has
(DIN 4102), wall system only
been system-tested to European standards.
F90 only as component testing to EN 1363

(DIN 4102), wall system only ● Fire protection: EN 1363 (DIN 4102)
Water Extinguisher water, IP x6 as system testing to ● Unauthorised access: EN 1627
EN 60 529, for the cellular structure and its built-in ● Water-proofness: EN 60 529
modules ● Dust-proofness: EN 60 529
Rel. humidity, 85%, over 30 minutes –
Dust-proofness IP 5x as system testing to EN 60 529,

for the cellular structure and its built-in modules
Corrosive fire gases Flue gas-tightness, based on EN 1634-3
–
(DIN 18 095)
Unauthorised access WK 3 as system test to EN 1627/1630,
for the cellular structure and its built-in modules,
such as doors
WK 2 as system test to EN 1627/1630,
for the cellular structure and its built-in modules,
such as doors
EMC protection Proven by tests on comparable components by

Aachen Technical University
LER Basic structure: LER Extend structure:

● Fire and heat-inhibiting element core, ● Fire and heat-inhibiting element core,
comprised of a thermally effective comprised of a thermally effective
insulating substance insulating substance
● Robust sheet steel sandwich elements ● Robust sheet steel sandwich elements
● Innovative element connection with ● Innovative element connection with
a stable, zinc-plated profile system a stable, zinc-plated profile system
● Security door, F90, up to WK 3 ● Security door with additional fire pro-
● Use of fire protection valves tection insulation, F90, up to WK 3
● Dismantling and reassembly are pos- ● Special base sealing
sible at any time ● Use of temperature- and humidity-
resistant seals
● Use of climate control valves
● Dismantling and reassembly are pos-
sible at any time
LER Extend

Lampertz Outdoor data centre

The Lampertz Outdoor data centre has been specifically designed
for the temporary use of IT systems. It is an energy-efficient solution
with fast availability to accommodate IT hardware and 482.6 mm (19˝)
racks, and is available ready to install in next to no time.
Outstanding benefits include the connection of a container with
design features such as free-cooling, extinguisher system and inte-
gral power and emergency power supply. The complete package
ensures reliable usage at optimum operating costs.
The Outdoor data centre is particularly suitable for companies wish-
ing to use the Lampertz Outdoor data centre for bridging purposes
while an existing data centre is being converted or extended, with-
out foregoing availability and security. However, the Outdoor data
centre can also be used as an independent main or back-up data
centre.
Illustration shows model L20D
The benefits to you:

Mobility Individuality
● Positionable on any area outdoors or indoors suitable for con- ● The Lampertz Outdoor data centre is available with Rittal TS 8
tainer siting. The location can also be changed. quality racks (basic version unpopulated). It is also possible to
use existing 482.6 mm (19˝) racks provided by the customer.
Energy efficiency
● By using free cooling technology for climate control, up to 40% Protection properties
of cooling costs can be saved compared with conventional ● The location may be chosen irrespective of weather conditions.
climate control units. The Outdoor data centre will withstand rain, wind, heat and cold.
Plug and play solution Monitoring
● The Lampertz Outdoor data centre is supplied ready to use: ● Whether used with Computer Multi Control monitoring from Rittal
Position – connect – and it’s ready to go! or an existing system, our customers have complete control and
a comprehensive overview of the IT infrastructures at all times.
Availability
● The IT container will be on site and ready to use in next to no time Environmental awareness
– worldwide. ● We use eco-friendly materials and technologies. This also means
that we use non-toxic extinguisher media.
6000
5800
1 Climate control 400/740 mm
2 Electricity 400/600 mm
3 Rack 600/1000 mm
1
4 UPS 600/1000 mm
2 3 3 3 3 3 4 5 5 Extinguisher system 300/1000 mm

2500
2300
1
100
600 100
1000
Position – connect – and it’s ready to go!

In next to no time, the mobile and energy-efficient Outdoor data
centre is on site and ready to use.

Lampertz Outdoor
data centre
Even the basic version of the Outdoor data
centre is a fully functional system.
Basic model supply includes:

● IT container
● Climate control
● Power distribution
● Raised floor
● Cable ducts
● Access system

The basic modules: Option modules
Container: Power distribution: UPS
Steel frame with sectional metal facade as The supply includes the internal lighting, The energy-efficient UPS is accommo-
a freely supporting steel frame structure in one working socket, seven fused outputs dated in a rack.
various RAL colours (in red RAL 3020 as for power supply to the racks, and a multi-
standard). Walls, ceilings and bases are measurement unit for monitoring current
in F30 equivalent. intensity and voltage. Extinguisher system
Fully automated fire extinguisher sys-
Dimensions: Cable ducts:
tem including early fire detection.
External Two hard ducts are provided for power
(W x H x D): 2435 x 3000 x 6055 mm supply and data cabling (two further
Internal: cable ducts may additionally be inte-
482.6 mm (19˝) rack system
(W x H x D): 2270 x 2700 x 5727 mm grated).
Depending on the model, up to seven
Useful area: 13 m2
Access system: 482.6 mm (19˝) racks may be integrat-
Weight: approx. 3.5 tonnes
The door corresponds to resistance cate- ed.
Floor load: 3500 N/m²
gory WK 2.
Raised floor: Power distribution (to/in the) rack
For air routing and for cable manage- Plug & play power distribution pack-
ment, there is a 300 mm high raised floor ages available.
integrated.
Access system
Other access systems may alternatively
Climate control: be used.
1) Savings per annum compared with a conven-
Climate control in free cooling technology
is in three output levels: tional climate control solution based on an elec-
7 kW 1+1 redundant = appr. 2500 Euros1) tricity price of 0.095 Euro/kWh.
Monitoring
14 kW 2+1 redundant = appr. 4400 Euros1) The Computer Multi Control TC monitors
20 kW 2+1 redundant = appr. 5300 Euros1) the technical components and sends
error messages.
Annual energy requirements kWh/a
1200 Colours
The Lampertz Outdoor data centre is
1000
available in various RAL colours.
800 Cable duct

Two cable ducts (hard ducts) may
1 additionally be supplied.
600
400 Solar protection

A sun shade is available for outdoor
200
siting.
2
0 Service/maintenance
-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Servicing once per annum.
External air temperature °C
1 Power consumption of air circulation cooling units 23800 kWh/a

2 Lampertz free cooling 3600 kWh/a

CS New Basic enclosures
Features
High-quality protection against corrosion, a high pro-
tection category of up to IP 55 and an extensive range
of system accessories make the single-walled alumin-
ium CS New Basic enclosure ideal for all applica-
tions with minimal installed heat loss or passive interior
installation.
The flexibility and diversity of configuration options will
satisfy the full range of industry requirements:
Telematics, supply systems, environmental engineer-
ing, telecommunications and the water industry.

Eyebolts on the inner roof, concealed by All-round ventilation louvres in the remova- Width 1200 mm: With removable centre
the rain canopy, for crane transportation of ble rain canopy – with a roof projection of bar and two lockable doors with or without
the fully fitted unit. 25 mm on all sides. centre bar, with overlapping doors.
The open base frame may be covered with Concrete base/plinth for cable infeed and Individual installation with an extensive
gland plates. to ensure enclosure stability. choice of system accessories.
144 Rittal Innovations 2009/Communication Systems

Single-door, width 600 mm/800 mm
T3 B3
H3
B2 T2
H1
H2
H5
H4
B1 T1
Material: Protection category: Supply includes: Detailed drawing,

Enclosure, roof and doors: IP 55 to EN 60 529 Single-walled enclosure, available on the Internet.
2.0 mm aluminium AlMg3 in conjunction with the gland closed on all sides,
Note:
Base/plinth: plates available as accessories; with open base,
When configuring with partial
3.0 mm aluminium AlMg3 complies with NEMA 3R. 2-point locking via swing lever
mounting plates or 482.6 mm
handle,
Colour: (19˝) partial installation,
door stay and lock cylinder,
RAL 7035 punched rails are required in the
base/plinth, rain canopy.
enclosure height, see Cat. 32,
page 998.

Width (B1) mm Packs of 600 600 600 800 800 800 Cat. 32, page
Height (H1) mm 800 1200 1200 800 1200 1200
Depth (T1) mm 400 400 500 400 400 500
Clearance width (B2) mm 512 512 512 712 712 712
Clearance height (H2) mm 712 1112 1112 712 1112 1112
Clearance depth (T2) mm 349 349 449 349 349 449
Rain canopy width (B3) mm 650 650 650 850 850 850
Rain canopy height (H3) mm 55 55 55 55 55 55
Rain canopy depth (T3) mm 450 450 550 450 450 550
Base/plinth height (H4) mm 100 100 100 100 100 100
Overall height (H5) mm 955 1355 1355 955 1355 1355
Model No. CS 1 9783.540 9783.550 9783.530 9783.510 9783.520 9783.610
Accessories
Concrete base/plinth 1 9765.182 9765.182 9765.082 9765.088 9765.088 9765.084 900
One-piece gland plate 1 set 9785.517 9785.517 9785.520 9785.518 9785.518 9785.519 IN 09, p. 154
Gland plate, divided 1 set 9785.511 9785.511 9785.514 9785.512 9785.512 9785.513 IN 09, p. 154
Cable entry plate 2 8800.060 8800.060 8800.060 8800.080 8800.080 8800.080 1045
Mounting plate 1 9765.090 9765.092 9765.092 9765.097 9765.095 9765.095 987
Mounting angles 482.6 mm (19˝),
2 7685.000 7688.000 7688.000 7685.000 7688.000 7688.000 1093
full installation
Installation kit for mounting angles 2 7696.000 7696.000 7696.000 7698.000 7698.000 7698.000 1093
Heater 800 W 1 9769.080 9769.080 9769.080 9769.080 9769.080 9769.080 709
Thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 715
Semi-cylinder,
1 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 957
alternative closure
Rittal Innovations 2009/Communication Systems 145

Two-door, width 1200 mm
T3 B3
B2
H3
B2
H2
T2
H1
H5
H4
B1
T1
Material: Protection category: Supply includes: Detailed drawing,

Enclosure, roof and doors: IP 55 to EN 60 529 Single-walled enclosure closed available on the Internet.
2.0 mm aluminium AlMg3 in conjunction with the gland on all sides,
Note:
Base/plinth: plates available as accessories; with open base,
When configuring with partial
3.0 mm aluminium AlMg3 complies with NEMA 3R. 2-point locking via swing lever
mounting plates or 482.6 mm
handle,
Colour: (19˝) partial installation,
door stay and lock cylinder
RAL 7035 punched rails are required in the
Version without centre bar:
enclosure height, see Cat. 32,
Overlapping doors,
page 998.
lockable door with r/h hinge.
Version with centre bar:
2 lockable doors,
base/plinth, rain canopy,
removable centre bar.
Width (B1) mm Packs of 1200 1200 Cat. 32, page

Height (H1) mm 1200 1200
Depth (T1) mm 400 500
Clearance width (B2) mm 512 512
Clearance height (H2) mm 1112 1112
Clearance depth (T2) mm 349 449
Rain canopy width (B3) mm 1250 1250
Rain canopy height (H3) mm 55 55
Rain canopy depth (T3) mm 450 550
Base/plinth height (H4) mm 100 100
Overall height (H5) mm 1355 1355
Model No. CS
1 9784.620 9784.640
without centre bar
Model No. CS
1 9784.520 9784.540
with centre bar
Accessories
Concrete base/plinth 1 9765.089 9765.086 900
One-piece gland plate 1 set 2 x 9785.517 2 x 9785.520 IN 09, p. 154
Gland plate, divided 1 set 2 x 9785.511 2 x 9785.514 IN 09, p. 154
Cable entry plate 2 8800.060 8800.060 1045
Mounting plate for one half of the enclosure 1 9765.092 9765.092 987
Mounting plate 1 9765.191 9765.191 987
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles for
2 7688.000 7688.000 1093
one half of the enclosure
Installation kit for mounting angles 2 7696.000 7696.000 1093
Heater 800 W 1 9769.080 9769.080 709
Thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 715
Semi-cylinder,
1 9785.040 9785.040 957
alternative closure

CS modular enclosure II
Features
High-quality corrosion protection thanks to the alu-
minium base material in conjunction with a high level of
vandalism protection in a twin-walled design – in this
way, even ambitious concepts may be conveniently
implemented with the modular system.
The standard twin-walled enclosure ensures optimum
protection of the installed components. Cooling units or
heat exchangers may be installed in all doors and side
panels, as well as in the roof. In this way, the hotspots
inside the enclosure receive optimum cooling.
Protection against vandalism – These fea- Climate control modules in various out- After removing the base/plinth trim, the
tures will protect your equipment against put categories: For use in the temperature enclosure may be anchored to the floor
unauthorised access: No point of access for range from –33°C to +55°C (cooling unit) on a base plate or lightweight concrete
lever-type tools, because the double side or +65°C (heat exchanger). plinth.
panel seamlessly conceals the door hinges.
Passive climate control thanks to doubled User-friendly cable entry front and rear Rittal accessory components facilitate fast,
side panels and through-flow of the roof thanks to removable gland plates. universal interior installation.
module with ambient air.

T3 B3
T3 B3
H3
B2 T2 B2
H3
B2
H1
H2
T2
H2
H5
H1
H5
H4
H4
B1 T1 B1
T1
Technical specifications: Material: Protection category: Property rights:

Basic module: Enclosure, roof and side panel: IP 55 to EN 60 529, German patents
Solid top and sides, solid base 2.0 mm aluminium AlMg3 complies with NEMA 3R. no. 196 09 699 and 196 09 704
with 2 gland plates (width Base/plinth: European patents
Supply includes:
1200 mm with 4 gland plates). 2.0 – 4.0 mm aluminium AlMg3 no. 0 886 899 and 0 886 900
Twin-walled, fully assembled
Twin-walled rear panel. with validity for FR, IT, GB, SE
Colour: enclosure, consisting of basic
Twin-walled door with swing US patents no. 6,109,053 and
RAL 7035 module, roof, side panels and
lever handle and 3-point locking, 5,971,511
base/plinth.
foamed-in PU seal, door stay. South Korean patents
Doubled side panel across Note: no. 0 334 548 and 0 325 930
enclosure. Modular enclosures with climate Japan. patent no. 3 401 015
Rear panel is easily dismantled control units, as bayed suites,
Detailed drawing,
with the door open. with side doors or rear doors
Rain canopy, 45 mm high, available on request.
removable, 25 mm projection
on all sides.
Base/plinth, 100 mm high.
Width (B1) mm Packs of 600 800 800 1200 Cat. 32,

Height (H1) mm 1200 1200 1600 1200 page
Depth (T1) mm 600 500 600 600
Clearance width (B2) mm 512 712 712 512
Clearance height (H2) mm 1112 1112 1512 1112
Clearance depth (T2) mm 554 454 554 554
Rain canopy width (B3) mm 700 900 900 1300
Rain canopy height (H3) mm 75 75 75 75
Rain canopy depth (T3) mm 650 550 650 650
Base/plinth height (H4) mm 100 100 100 100
Overall height (H5) mm 1375 1375 1775 1375
Model No. CS 1 9751.625 9751.645 9751.665 9752.625
Accessories
Concrete base/plinth 1 9765.083 9765.084 9765.085 9765.087 900
Mounting plate 1 9765.092 9765.095 9765.096 9765.191 987
Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 7688.000 7688.000 7690.000 7688.000 1093
Installation kit for 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles 2 7696.000 7698.000 7698.000 7696.000 1093
Mounting angles, metric (T-slot) 2 – 7000.240 7000.330 – 1093
Installation kit for metric mounting angles 2 – 7000.100 7000.100 – 1093
Size 4 4 4 4 from
Gland plate
Qty. 2 2 2 4 1048
Support rails 4 4396.000 4395.000 4396.000 4396.000 1001
Heater 800 W 1 9769.080 9769.080 9769.080 9769.080 709
Thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 715
Enclosure light 48 V DC 1 9765.150 9765.150 9765.150 9765.150 1029

Installation variants, width 600 mm
Material: Colour: For more climate control units, The enclosures are manufac-
Enclosure, roof and side panel: RAL 7035 see Cat. 32, from page 883. tured to order from individual
2.0 mm aluminium AlMg3 modules.
Protection category: Note:
Base/plinth, battery plinth: Delivery times available on
IP 55 to EN 60 529, Please note the minimum enclo-
2.0 – 4.0 mm aluminium AlMg3 request.
complies with NEMA 3R. sure dimensions when making
your selection.
Width (B) mm 600 600 600 600 Cat. 32,

Height (H) mm 800 1000 1200 1600 page
Depth (T) mm 600 500 600 600
Model No. CS 9751.515 9751.575 9751.525 9751.535
Base/plinth
Standard base/plinth 100 mm 9755.515 9755.565 9755.515 9755.515
Battery plinth 350 mm 9754.525 9754.515 9754.525 9754.525
Roof-mounted climate control
Cooling unit 9762.012 9762.012 9762.012 9762.012 883
Heat exchanger 9764.012 9764.012 9764.012 9764.012 884
Mounting frame for heat exchanger or cooling unit 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051
Climate hood 9756.515 9756.565 9756.515 9756.515
Wall-mounted climate control
Cooling unit – – 9761.012 9761.012 883
Heat exchanger – – 9763.012 9763.012 884
Roof
Standard roof 9757.515 9757.565 9757.515 9757.515
Roof for wall-mounted climate control – – 9758.015 9758.015
Side panel
Side panel
9753.515 9753.675 9753.535 9753.545
for basic enclosure
Order example:
Enclosure 600 x 800 x 600 mm of aluminium AlMg3 with standard base/plinth and roof-mounted cooling unit.
You will need:
Enclosure: Basic enclosure 600 x 800 x 600 mm CS 9751.515
Base/plinth: Standard base/plinth 100 mm CS 9755.515
Roof-mounted climate control: Roof-mounted cooling unit CS 9762.012
Mounting frame CS 9765.051
Climate hood CS 9756.515
Roof: Standard roof CS 9757.515
Side panel: Side panel for basic enclosure CS 9753.515

Installation variants, width 800/1200 mm
Material: Colour: For more climate control units, The enclosures are manufac-
Enclosure, roof and side panel: RAL 7035 see Cat. 32, from page 883. tured to order from individual
2.0 mm aluminium AlMg3 modules.
Protection category: Note:
Base/plinth, battery plinth: Delivery times available on
IP 55 to EN 60 529, Please note the minimum enclo-
2.0 – 4.0 mm aluminium AlMg3 request.
complies with NEMA 3R. sure dimensions when making
your selection.
Width (B) mm 800 800 800 800 1200 1200 Cat. 32,
Height (H) mm 1000 1200 1200 1600 1200 1200 page
Depth (T) mm 500 500 600 600 500 600

Model No. CS 9751.585 9751.545 9751.555 9751.565 9752.515 9752.525
Base/plinth
Standard base/plinth 100 mm 9755.525 9755.525 9755.535 9755.535 9755.545 9755.555
2x 2x
Battery plinth 350 mm 9754.535 9754.535 9754.545 9754.545
9754.515 9754.525
Roof-mounted climate control
Cooling unit 9762.012 9762.012 9762.012 9762.012 9762.012 9762.012 883
Heat exchanger 9764.012 9764.012 9764.012 9764.012 9764.012 9764.012 884
Mounting frame for heat exchanger or cooling unit 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051
Climate hood 9756.525 9756.525 9756.535 9756.535 9756.545 9756.555
Wall-mounted climate control
Cooling unit – 9761.032 9761.032 9761.032 9761.012 9761.012 883
Heat exchanger – 9763.012 9763.012 9763.012 9763.012 9763.012 884
Roof
Standard roof 9757.525 9757.525 9757.535 9757.535 9757.545 9757.555
Roof for wall-mounted climate control – 9758.525 9758.535 9758.535 9758.545 9758.555
Side panel
Side panel
9753.675 9753.525 9753.535 9753.545 9753.525 9753.535
for basic enclosure
Order example:
Enclosure 800 x 1200 x 500 mm of aluminium AlMg3 with standard base/plinth and roof-mounted cooling unit.
You will need:
Enclosure: Basic enclosure 800 x 1200 x 500 mm CS 9751.545
Base/plinth: Standard base/plinth 100 mm CS 9755.525
Roof-mounted climate control: Roof-mounted cooling unit CS 9762.012
Mounting frame CS 9765.051
Climate hood CS 9756.525
Roof: Standard roof CS 9757.525
Side panel: Side panel for basic enclosure CS 9753.525

CS wall-mounted enclosures
Single-walled, aluminium
B3
T1
B1
H3
B2
T2
H2
H1
Material: Supply includes:
Enclosure, rain canopy and Single-walled enclosure for wall
door: or pole mounting, with integral
2.0 mm aluminium AlMg3 rain canopy,
door with swing lever handle,
Colour:
door stay and semi-cylinder,
RAL 7035
2-point locking,
Protection category: external rear panel with two
IP 55 to EN 60 529 C rails to accommodate wall
brackets or pole mounting,
mounting plate, screw-fastened
gland plate in the enclosure
base.
CS wall-mounted enclosures
Width (B1) mm Packs of 275 447 447 662 852
Height (H1) mm 359 439 654 654 1039
Depth (T1) mm 165 220 310 310 360
Clearance width (B2) mm 170 342 342 557 747
Clearance height (H2) mm 262 342 557 557 942
Clearance depth (T2) mm 125 180 270 270 320
Mounting plate width (B3) mm 162 334 334 549 739
Mounting plate height (H3) mm 275 355 570 570 955
Model No. CS 1 9791.500 9791.510 9791.520 9791.530 9791.540
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket 4 9765.120 9765.120 9765.120 9765.120 9765.120
Pole clamp 1 set 9765.125 9765.125 9765.125 9765.125 9765.125
Semi-cylinder 1 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040
Heater, 30 W 1 3115.130 3115.130 3115.130 3115.130 3115.130
Thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000

CS replacement cover
T B T
B
H
Single-walled, vented enclosure The opening in the base is Material:
for outdoor use, as a floor- restricted to the standard size. Completely from aluminium or
standing enclosure for new in- The protection category is IP 44. basic enclosure and door from
stallations or as a replacement The front door is integrated into sheet steel, hot-galvanised,
cover for retrofitting/replacing the edge fold of the basic enclo- roof made from aluminium
an existing infrastructure. The sure and helps to protect
Surface finish:
dimensions are based on against vandalism.
Powder-coated in RAL 7035,
DIN 43 629-1 (cable distributor The interior installation is com-
pure polyester.
enclosure, case, mounting prised of a mounting frame with
dimensions). Suitable for attach- two mounting rails providing Protection category:
ing to standard base/plinths to location points for further system IP 44 to EN 60 529
DIN 43 629-2 (cable distributor accessories. The mounting posi-
Supply includes:
enclosure, internal layout, tion is based on DIN 43 629-3
Enclosure with rain canopy,
mounting dimensions). (cable distributor enclosure,
open base, door with swing
The standard scope of supply internal layout, mounting dimen-
lever handle and semi-cylinder,
comprises a basic enclosure sions). Earthing bolts for system-
mounting plate on the inside.
with an open base and a top- compatible panel earthing.
mounted rain canopy.
CS replacement cover
Width (B) mm Packs of 800 800 1100

Height (H) mm 800 1100 1100
Depth (T) mm 320 320 320
Corresponds to standard size Size 1 Size 1 Size 2
Model No. CS aluminium 1 9786.100 9786.200 9786.300
Model No. CS sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated 1 9786.110 9786.210 9786.310
Accessories
Concrete base/plinth 1 9765.080 9765.080 9765.081
Installation example
The replacement cover may be
installed over the top of existing
assemblies.

System accessories
Levelling component For base/plinth height

mm
for base/plinth TS
For retrospective levelling of floor unevenness at 100 4 2891.000
the installation site up to a maximum of 15 mm. 200 4 2892.000
Installed through the corner piece of the base/
plinth component. Adjusted using a SW 19 hex
spanner.
Benefits:
● A door offset caused by uneven flooring can be
corrected.
● Installed on the assembled enclosure, i.e. no
need to plan levelling in advance.
Max. admissible static load:
2500 N per levelling component (check the load
capacity of the floor).
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Base configuration rail For enclosure depth

Packs of Model No. CM
mm
for CM
For mounting in the enclosure depth, on the 400 2 5001.370
existing threaded bolts, no machining required. 300 2 5001.371
TS system punchings on 2 sides.
Creates additional installation options.
Material:
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Installation accessories
1 2 3 4 5
For
TS punched rail Support rails System support C rails 30/15 Cable clamp rail
enclosure
18 x 38 mm (Cat. 32, page 1001) rails (Cat. 32, (Cat. 32,
width
(Cat. 32, (Cat. 32, page 999) page 1061)
mm slotted unslotted
page 996) page 1000)
600 8612.260 4396.000 4396.500 4361.000 4944.000 4191.000
800 8612.280 4398.000 4398.500 4362.000 4945.000 4192.000
System accessories
1000 – – – 4347.000 4946.000 4336.000
1200 – – – 4363.000 4947.000 4196.000
Rittal Innovations 2009/Accessories 153

System accessories
Base/plinth For base area

Packs
for FlatBox Width Depth Model No. DK
of
The base/plinth may be mounted on any FlatBox mm mm
with a base area of 600 x 600 or 700 x 700 mm. 600 600 1 7507.750
For attachment purposes, the base/plinth may be 700 700 1 7507.755
mounted on the pre-existing thread in the base
area of the FlatBox. There is a rear recess pro-
vided for cable entry.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Supply includes:
4 levelling feet and assembly parts.
Gland plate modules, vented For enclosure width

Model No. DK
mm
with airflow regulator for DK-TS, FR(i)
Allows controlled air routing from the twin base to 600 7825.366
the installed components. Individually adjustable 800 7825.386
membranes allow control of the air inlet opening
between 10% and 80% free space.
If the rear area of the enclosure is partitioned by
base/gland plates, the required volumetric airflow Also required:
may be individually regulated, and distribution of For integration of the gland plates, there must
the airflow inside the twin base adapted to suit the be a base frame inside the enclosure.
requirements of each enclosure. Base frame, divided, for retro-fitting,
The gland plate module may be combined with all see Cat. 32, page 910.
gland plates as required. Gland plate module
including contacting mounting clamps; the addi-
tional installation of PE conductors is not required. Accessories:
Material: Spare filter mat,

Sheet steel see Cat. 32, page 915.
Supply includes:
Packs of 1
gland plate module, vented, filter mat,
assembly parts.
System accessories
Gland plates For enclosure

Model No. CS
dimensions Packs
for CS New Basic enclosures
Width Depth of
For sealing the base opening and for cable entry. One-piece Divided
mm mm
Material: 600 400 1 set 9785.517 9785.511
One-piece: Aluminium
600 500 1 set 9785.520 9785.514
Divided: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated
800 400 1 set 9785.518 9785.512
Surface finish: 800 500 1 set 9785.519 9785.513
Divided: Powder-coated, RAL 7035
2x 2x
1200 400 1 set
Supply includes: 9785.517 9785.511
Assembly parts. 2x 2x
1200 500 1 set
9785.520 9785.514
154 Rittal Innovations 2009/Accessories

System accessories
Side panel, plug-type, divided For enclosures

Packs Model No.
for DK-TS Height Depth Colour
of DK
The horizontally divided side panel offers clear mm mm
advantages for storage, transportation and 2000 1200 RAL 7035 1 7824.310
assembly, thanks to the reduced weight and 2000 1200 RAL 9005 1 7816.3101)
smaller dimensions of its individual parts. The 2200 1200 RAL 7035 1 7824.312
lower side panel part is inserted into the base
2200 1200 RAL 9005 1 7816.3121)
frame and secured in the centre of the enclosure
via a punched section with mounting flange. After
attaching, the complete side panel is locked at
the top with 2 locks.
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035/RAL 9005
Supply includes:
Side panel with security lock 3524 E, punched
section with mounting flange and earth conductor,
assembly parts.
Partition For enclosures

for TS Height Depth Model No. DK
Size extension, now also for 800 mm depth. mm mm
2000 800 7831.718
For detailed information
System accessories

System accessories
Sheet steel glazed door, For enclosures

Model No. DK
vertically divided Width
mm
Height
mm
for TS
800 2000 7824.280
With underlaid viewing panel, 4-point locking rod
and comfort handle for semi-cylinder with secu- 800 2200 7824.282
rity lock 3524 E.
The divided design allows room-optimised siting
Note:
of the enclosures coupled with the best possible
Height 2200 mm cannot be combined with swing
access, thanks to a reduced distance between
frame 45 U.
the individual bayed enclosure suites. Max. door
opening angle, thanks to pre-integrated 180°
hinges TS 8800.190.
Material:
Sheet steel, viewing panel toughened safety
glass, 3 mm, glass tinted parasol grey
Surface finish:
IP 55
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Door stay for escape routes Packs of Model No. TS

TS sheet steel/stainless steel doors 1 4583.500
with tubular door frames
In case of an emergency, conventional door stays
can block the escape route. The new stay is actu-
ated automatically in case of pressure, releasing Accessories:
the door in both directions. In conjunction with 180° hinge,
180° hinges, this ensures that no escape routes see Catalogue 32, page 961/962.
are blocked by locked doors in case of an emer-
gency.
Supply includes: 180° hinge

Assembly parts.
System accessories
90° 130°

System accessories
Cam lock HD Packs of Model No. HD

Hygienic Design variant for easy, safe cleaning. 1 2304.010
Applications:
● Compact enclosures AE stainless steel
(except AE 1017.XXX and AE 1019.XXX). Accessories:
● May be integrated into customised applica-
tions, e.g. covers of machine panels. Enclosure key HD,
Material:
Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L)
Ø 28
35
15
.3
22
Ø
SW 27
20
5.5
19
17
27
2.5
18.5
6.5
Lock insert HD Packs of Model No. HD

Version F 1 8611.400
Hygienic Design version.
Applications:
● Baying system TS 8 Accessories:
● PC enclosure systems, based on TS 8
● Industrial Workstations, based on TS 8 Enclosure key HD,
● Comfort handles for lock inserts see Cat. 32, page 301.
Material:
Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L)
Sloped attachment HD Version Packs of Model No. HD

For TS 8 Stainless steel 1.4301
For retro-fitting individual or bayed TS 8 enclo- (AISI 304), 1 4000.039
brushed, grain size 400
sures of spray-finished sheet steel or stainless
System accessories
steel. Stainless steel 1.4404
(AISI 316L), 1 4000.049
Properties: brushed, grain size 400
● Height, front: 35 mm. Sheet steel, spray-finished,
● Roof projection, front: 8 mm. 1 4000.059
RAL 7035
● Maximum possible opening at the baying point Delivery times available on request.
to the adjacent roof.
IP 55 to EN 60 529,
Supply includes:
Assembly parts and all required seals.
Design code number

– – –
Roof tilt Enclosure width mm1) Enclosure depth Assembly (viewed from the front)
1 – 30° mm 1 – for free-standing enlosure
(EHEDG standard) 2 – for bayed end enclosure, left2)
2 – 45° 3 – for bayed end enclosure, right2)
4 – for bayed enclosure, centre2)
1) Max. 1200 mm
2) Each with a T-section seal and connection accessories.
Example:
Sloped attachment HD, 30° roof tilt, for TS 8 free-standing enclosure with width x depth 800 x 600 mm.
1 – 800 – 600 – 1

System accessories
Rails for interior installation Length

Packs of
Model No.
mm CM/HD
for compact enclosures HD
For mounting on the existing threaded bolts. 260 2 4000.500
With TS system punchings on three sides. 510 4 5001.050
Material: 710 4 5001.051
Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated 910 4 5001.052
1110 4 5001.053
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Interior installation, door
1 1 1 1
Enclosure Model No.
HD 1307.600/.500 HD 4000.500 – – –
HD 1308.600/.500
– HD 4000.500 – –
HD 1310.600/.500
HD 1316.600/.500 CM 5001.052 – CM 5001.050 CM 5001.050
CM 5001.051 CM 5001.051
HD 1317.600/.500 CM 5001.053 HD 4000.500
CM 5001.050 CM 5001.050
Bars for door installation
2 3
1
Enclosure Model No. TS
HD 1308.600/.500 8612.140 4694.000

B1 HD 1307.600/.500 8612.150 4695.000
3
HD 1310.600/.500 8612.160 4696.000
HD 1316.600/.500
8612.065 –
HD 1317.600/.500
System accessories
Interior installation, enlosure

1
4
HD 1308.600/.500
HD 1316.600/.500 HD 1317.600/.500
5 HD 1310.600/.500
Enclosure
1 CM 5001.050 CM 5001.052 CM 5001.053
HD 1316.600/.500
HD 1317.600/.500
Enclosure
TS 8612.130
4
(only on lock side)
TS 8612.400
5
TS 8612.410

System accessories
Height compensator Packs of Model No. TS

for actuator lever 1 4911.200
To fit TS isolator door cover (US version).
If enclosures are sited e.g. on machinery and
plant at the installation site, access to the actua-
tor lever may be too high for operating personnel.
For height compensation of up to 300 mm, pro-
ceed as follows with the isolator door cover:
● Make an additional mounting cutout below the
existing mounting cutout
● Fit the height compensator for actuator lever
● Close the existing mounting cut-out with any
cover plate.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Rail Width mm Packs of Model No. SZ

for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief 600 1 2388.600
Combined rail for strain relief and EMC contact- 800 1 2388.800
ing of inserted cables. 1000 1 2388.000 NEW
Mounting options: 1200 1 2388.120 NEW
● On the horizontal/vertical TS, PC, ES enclosure
section
● On a mounting plate
May also be fitted without a retaining bracket. Also required:
Additional contacting on the left or right of the rail EMC shielding bracket,
via existing holes (9 mm diameter). see Cat. 32, page 1031.
Material: Cable clamps for strain relief,
Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated see Cat. 32, page 1031.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts. Accessories:
Earth straps,
Earthing straps,
System accessories
Vent cover Width Height Depth Packs Model No.
mm mm mm of DK
The ideal addition for incorporating sealed racks
into an existing central climate control system. 450 144 300 1 7826.750
The stepped connection is suitable for standard Delivery times available on request.
pipe diameters 150 mm and 200 mm, thereby
ensuring effective cooling thanks to targeted air
exchange inside the rack.
Rittal service:
Material:
PET-G, transparent Mounting on the enclosure on request.
Design:
Diameter of hose connection:
150 mm/200 mm
Maximum cut-out on roof plate:
380 mm x 230 mm
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

System accessories
Roof For enclosures

for cable entry, two-piece, with brush strip, Width Depth Model No. DK
super-airtight, for DK-TS, FR(i) mm mm
With offset brush strip to ensure optimum sealing 800 800 7526.888
even with large cable volumes. This minimises the
possible ingress of inappropriate air or the unin-
tentional escape of extinguisher gas or coolant.
The two-piece design also allows convenient ret-
rospective cable entry, by simply removing the
front part of the plate.
Material:
Roof plate: Sheet steel, spray-finished
Brush strip: Plastic, UL 94-V0
Colour:
Roof plate: RAL 7035
Brush strip: RAL 9005
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Fan unit, active For

Possible Model No.
enclosures No. of fans,
for TE number of TE
WxD prewired
For use in the prepunched cut-out. An additional fans RAL 9005
mm
fan may optionally be integrated. Thermostat for All
temperature-dependent control is already 2 3 7000.671
sizes
included.
Open connection cable for direct connection,
or for connecting a country-specific plug.
Accessories:
Technical specifications for one fan:
See fan expansion kit, Fan expansion kit,
Cat. 32, page 703. see Cat. 32, page 703.
Technical specifications of thermostat:
Rated operating voltage: 250 V
Temperature range: +5°C to +55°C.
System accessories
Supply includes:
Fan unit,
assembly parts,
2 fans,
1 thermostat,
and connection cable.

System accessories
Noise protection kit For enclosures

W x H x D mm
for TS
Noise insulating mats for equipping or retro-fitting 800 x 2000 x 800 1 set 7824.650
enclosures.
Thanks to their self-adhesive rear, the noise insu-
Note:
lating mats are easily attached to existing sur-
Pre-configured enclosures available on request.
faces. Sound is absorbed, leading to significant
noise reduction. The kit is designed to reduce
noise from the roof, sides and rear of an enclo- Absorption level
sure with dimensions 1.00
WHD 800 x 2000 x 800 mm. 0.90

0.80
Other dimensions can be accommodated by
0.70
cutting to size individually.
0.60
Material: 0.50
α
Soft foam based on melamine resin, 20 mm 0.40
Colour: 0.30
Pale grey 0.20
0.10
Supply includes:
0.00
Spacer bolts for sound decoupling of the roof 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600 2500 4000 6300 10000
plate. Hz
Material category:
B1 to DIN 4102 Level of absorption α
Share of absorbed output,
1 = 100% (averaged).
Averaged noise reduction
(comparison source, 50 Hz – 20 kHz):
1 m standard distance, averaged level: –10.6 dB (A)
Air block panel, vertical For

enclosure width Packs of Model No. DK
for DK-TS mm
Air baffle system for targeted, efficient air diver-
800 1 set 7151.400
sion of inlet and outlet air for equipment with side
horizontal ventilation, such as hubs. The cold
air flowing in from below is diverted sideways
through the air block panel fitted above the hubs.
This helps to largely avoid the mixing of cold
and hot air, and reduce the quantity of cold air
required.
Adjustability:
● In the depth 490 – 770 mm
● Between 482.6 mm (19˝) level and
door 94 – 165 mm
Material:
System accessories
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

System accessories
Component shelves, Width Height Depth

Model No. DK
mm mm mm
heavy duty 409 45 400 7063.894
482.6 mm (19˝)
409 45 600 7063.896
for TE, TS, FR(i)
Size extension, now also for 400 and 600 mm
depth.
Load capacity:
100 kg surface load, static
For detailed information,
Component shelf 1/2 U, Distance between levels

Model No. DK
mm
depth-variable 600 – 900 7063.725
Now also available in RAL 9005.
Load capacity:
50 kg surface load, static
Component shelf, Base depth

Colour Model No. DK
mm
complete set, pull-out 500 RAL 7035 7000.625
for TE
500 RAL 9005 7000.626
Tailored to the distance between levels in enclo-
sures as per their supplied state of 495 mm, this NEW
complete set contains a vented component shelf,
telescopic slides and a mounting kit for direct Accessories:
attachment.
The mounting kit also offers depth-variable attach- Handles for component shelf,
ment within 395 mm to 645 mm on a 25 mm pitch see Cat. 32, page 1025.
pattern.
Load capacity:
50 kg, static
System accessories
Material:
Base: Sheet steel, spray-finished
Mounting kit/telescopic slides:
Supply includes:
Component shelf, telescopic slides and
mounting kit.
Mounting kit, depth-variable Length

Load capacity Model No. DK
mm
for 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelves
(heavy duty) 490 – 710 100 kg 7063.892
Size extension, now also for a distance between
levels of 490 – 710 mm.
˝

System accessories
System lights
LED system light Material:

Light body: Extruded aluminium
in 24 V DC version Light cover: Polycarbonate (halogen-free)
● Max. EMC capacity Light ends: PC-ABS
● Safe, thanks to use with safety extra-low voltage Colour:
● Economical energy use Similar to RAL 7035
● Low-maintenance thanks to the use of LEDs
● May be connected to a door operated switch Protection category:
● Integral through-wiring IP 20 to EN 60 529
● Unversal attachment options Supply includes:
● Vertically hinged light cone System light with clip and screw mounting kits,
assembly parts.
Model No. SZ 4140.810 4140.820 4140.830 4140.840

Rated voltage 24 V DC (± 10%)
No. of LEDs 10 20 30 40
Protection category III (SELV)
Width (B1) mm 230 330 430 530
Mounting distance CLIP (B2) mm 175 275 375 475
Mounting distance screw attachment (B3) mm 250 350 450 550
Rated current (A)1) 0.04 0.08 0,.12 0.16
Circuit-breakers Integral on/off/door-operated switch mode
1) Maximum baying up to a total rated current strength of 2 amps.
Note:
Also required: Only intended for use in enclosures and sealed
cases!
LED connection cable, see page 164 or door-
When using on customer-supplied power packs,
operated switch with LED connection cable,
it is important to obtain the requisite approvals
see page 164.
depending on the application!
Accessories:
Mounting kit magnet,
see page 165.
Door operated switch with LED connection cable,
see page 164.
Connection cable,
see page 164.
Adaptor power pack,
see page 164.
System accessories
32.8
8.2
B1
20.64

System accessories
System lights
Connection accessories
for LED system light
Length
Connection cable Packs of Model No. SZ
mm
1 LED connection cable 3000 5 4315.800
Length
Door-operated switch Packs of Model No. SZ
mm
2 with LED connection cable 3000 1 4315.810
3 with LED connection cable 1000 1 4315.820
1
Length
Connection cable Packs of Model No. SZ
mm
600 5 4315.830
4 LED connection cable 1000 5 4315.840
3000 5 4315.850
Adaptor power pack Technical specifications Packs of Model No. SZ

5 Adaptor power pack 230 V AC/24 V DC, 1 A 1 4315.860
2 + 3
Layout diagram for LED system light 24 V DC:

1 Connection cable
2 Door operated switch with LED connection cable (open end/cable bush)
3 Door operated switch with LED connection cable
4 LED connection cable for through-wiring
4
1 3
2 4
+U
GND
5
System accessories

System accessories
System lights
Compact light UL Material:

Enclosure:
Slimmer – Faster – Brighter PC-ABS (halogen-free)
● Slimmer: Around 50% less height and depth Light cover:
and also around 75% less volume than conven- Polycarbonate (halogen-free)
tional lights.
● Faster: Universal fast attachment via clips, Colour:
screws, or powerful magnets (optional). Similar to RAL 7035
Simply slide in at the side or rear, fit the light, Protection category:
and it’s done! IP 20 to EN 60 529
● Brighter: Up to 75% greater luminous efficiency
from the lamp with the same power helps to cut Supply includes:
electricity costs. Compact light with clip and screw mounting kits,
● Door-operated switch can also be connected including assembly parts.
via a 2-pole connection.
Accessories:
Mounting kit magnet,
see page 165.
Door-operated switch with connection cable,
see page 165.
Model No. SZ 4140.210 4140.220

Rated voltage 100 – 240 V AC ±10% at 50 – 60 Hz
Wattage 8 14
Protection category II (all-insulated)
Width (B1) mm 455 705
Mounting distance, clip/magnetic attachment (B2) mm 400 650
Mounting distance, screw attachment (B3) mm 475 725
Connection cable 3 m (open end)
Cover colour Grey
Rated current (A)
– at 230 V AC 0.045 – 0.088 0.073 – 0.127
– at 110 V AC 0.083 – 0.149 0.149 – 0.216
Light Fluorescent lamp T5
Operating unit Wide-range electronic ballast
Circuit-breakers Integral, on/off/door-operated switch mode
Light cover Transparent, grooved on the inside
cURus
A Side attachment
B Rear fastening
B1 24 Clip/magnet Screw
attachment attachment
59
A
.5
Ø6
A
System accessories
A A B
B2 B
B3 B
Mounting kit magnet Packs of Model No. SZ

For reliable adhesion on all sheet steel surfaces. 2 4140.000
Door-operated switch Length

mm
with connection cable UL
600 1 4315.720
Colour:
Grey

System accessories
System lights
Standard light UL
Also required:
With assembly parts for mounting:
● On the enclosure profile: Connection accessories
For TS, horizontally (directly), or vertically in see page 167.
conjunction with an adaptor bracket
● Directly onto rail systems with 25 mm system Accessories:
punchings
● In AE, CM and TP using universal bracket Adaptor bracket,
SZ 2373.000. see Cat. 32, page 1005.
Universal bracket,
Light: see Cat. 32, page 1009.
Universal white
IP 20 to EN 60 529
Components Standard light

Sockets and connectors for:
– Power supply
– Through-wiring
– Door-operated switch: Connection facility/integral /
Interference suppression via:
– Radio interference suppression capacitor
Additional manual switching with rocker or slide switch
Width Height Depth

Technical specifications Socket Model No. SZ Approvals
mm mm mm
4138.240
14 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 452 117 50 cURus
4138.2501)
4138.280
18 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 682 117 50 cURus
4138.2901)
4138.400
30 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 987 117 50 cURus
4138.4501)
With fluorescent lamp, socket G13, length 375/604/908 mm.
1) With door-operated switch.
System accessories

System accessories
System lights
Connection accessories Note:

For technical reasons, the current door-operated
The following components can be used for time- switches are being replaced by a new generation.
saving and simple installation of the lights:
Connection cable Length Packs Model No. SZ

UL
for mm of Orange Yellow Grey
Power supply
1 3000 5 4315.100 4315.110 –
(with socket, without connector)
Power supply
1 (with socket and strain relief, 3000 1 – – 4315.150
without connector)
2 Through-wiring (with socket and connector) 600 1 – – 4315.450
Through-wiring/power supply via 600 4315.400 4315.410 –
5
2 connection component SZ 2507.500 1000 4315.200 4315.210 –
(with socket and connector) 4000 1 4315.600 4315.610 –
1 + 2
Door-operated switch Length Packs Model No. SZ

UL
With mounting accessories mm of Orange Yellow Grey
600 4315.520 4315.530 –
With connection cable
(not required for universal lights and stand- 1000 4315.320 4315.330 –
3 ard/courtesy lights with integral door-oper- 600 1 – – 4315.550
ated switch)
1000 – – 4315.350
3
Without connection cable – 4127.010
With connection cable 600 – 4315.710 –
4 1
(for compact light) 600 – – 4315.720
Also required
Model No. FR
Mounting kit for installation in HP
7952.100
Door-operated switch Technical Model No.

UL Packs of
With toggle specifications SZ
4
Without connection cable, for TS enclosures with installed
large swing frame. 240 V AC, 6 A
5 The toggle is actuated via the tubular door frame of the 125 V DC, 8 A 1 4127.210
sheet steel door, or in the case of glazed doors, via an 24 V DC, 6 A
adaptor included with the supply.
Model No.
Connection component with circuit-breaker 10 A Packs of
SZ
Reduce assembly costs:
Power is supplied rapidly and reliably to system and workstation lights via connection
5 cables. 1 2507.500
For self-configured cables, connector SZ 2507.200 must be used.
System accessories
Connection component to be snapped onto the top hat rail.
Model No.
For self-assembly Packs of
SZ
Sockets for power supply through-wiring 2507.100
Connectors for connection component through-wiring 2507.200
5
T distributor with 2 sockets, 1 connector 2507.300
Connector for door-operated switch cable 2507.400
1 Connection cable for infeed

2 Connection cable for through-wiring/infeed
3 Door-operated switch with connection cable
1 2
3

System accessories
Extension kit Packs of Model No. DK

for complete earthing kit 1 set (5 conductors) 7829.152
for DK-TS
To DIN EN 60 950/VDE 0805, Ø 4 mm2, Imax. 40 A. Supply includes:
To extend the complete earthing kit DK 7829.150, Assembly parts and identification labels.
in order to keep additional components potential-
free.
Conductor length 300 mm in each case.
For 6.3 mm flat-pin connectors, 8 mm earthing
bolts or for attachment with contact washers and
screw.
Earthing strap for buildings Packs Cross-section Length

Model No. DK
of mm2 mm
Flexible flat strap for connecting the enclosure
frame to the building’s earth rail, e.g. in a raised 1 set 35 1500 7829.210
floor.
Material: Supply includes:
Copper, tin-plated 1 set =
earthing strap for connection M8,
central earthing point,
plate clamp.
Assembly parts Size Packs of Model No. SZ

For fastening the earth straps and earthing braids M8 10 set 2570.200
to gland plates. Fast assembly thanks to self-tap-
ping screws.
Plastic cable gland plates Metric holes
With pre-punched holes for cable glands. Size Packs of Model No. SZ
Used for sealing standard gland plates. 1 10 2560.010
Temperature range: 3 10 2561.010
May be used from –40°C to +70°C. 4 5 2562.010
Colour: 5 5 2563.010
System accessories
RAL 7035
Note:
The applicable size may be taken from the
respective product ordering page.
Metric holes
Size 1 Size 3
330 M12
160
45 120 120 M16
25 110
7.5
M20
7
M25
90
75
70
56
M32
M40
M50
Size 4 Size 5
339 530
49.5 120 120 45 110 110 110 110
8
8
149
133
149
133

System accessories
Gland plate module, For

enclosure width Packs of Model No. DK
multi-piece mm
for side cable entry for TS/FR(i) 600 1 7825.368
With sliding plates on both sides for cable entry. 800 1 7825.388
Side cable entry allows direct transition into verti-
cal cable routing e.g. on cable routes, cable
ducts or cable guide rails.
The open cable entry at the side also supports
retrospective dismantling of the module plate,
even with the cable already inserted.
Flexible arrangement of the base module is sup-
ported, thanks to various different module combi-
nations.
Material:
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Roof plate, multi-piece For enclosures

for side cable entry in TS Width Depth Model No. DK
The roof plate allows side cable entry on both mm mm
sides across the entire enclosure depth. Sliding 600 900 7526.697
brackets at the sides allow variable adaptation of 600 1000 7526.607
the entry opening. Additional rubber cable clamp 600 1200 7526.6271)
strips secure the inserted cable bundles and
800 800 7526.887
cable sections.
The multi-piece design allows convenient retro- 800 1000 7526.807
fitting, as the roof plate is removable even with the 800 1200 7526.8271)
cables already inserted. 1) Delivery times available on request.
Passive ventilation is supported by raising the roof
with spacers.
Material:
Accessories:
Spacers,
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
System accessories
Cable route, vertical Packs of Model No. DK

for TS/FR(i) 1 7858.200
For direct attachment between the roof and base
frame of a 2000 mm high frame structure.
Installation position optionally on the inner or outer
mounting level. Route width 200 mm.
With integral system punchings for the attach-
ment of various cable routing aids and hammer-
head attachment for nylon loops and cable ties.
Material:
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

System accessories
Cable ties Packs of Model No. DK

for mounting angles DK-TS and 2 7611.100
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames
The cable holders allow rear cable routing and
clamping on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level
within the secondary cabling. The integral pitch
pattern of holes supports attachment using cable
ties or nylon tape and the direct attachment of
specific trunking cable heads and cable holders.
In this way, individual cables, bundles or trunking
cables may be routed to the distributor level in a
structured way at maximum packaging density.
Material:
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Cable clamp struts Packs of Model No. DK

for cable holders 1 7611.110
The cable clamp struts may be horizontally
secured between two cable holders and facilitate
cable infeed and strain relieve across the entire
width of the rear patch level. For cascaded cable
routing, the struts may be installed offset in the
depth. The cable clamp struts may be secured
rotationally around the horizontal axis at 45° incre-
ments, to allow individual orientation of the struts
depending on the direction the cables are infed
from. The flexible mounting hole pattern allows
System accessories
individual use of a wide range of cable routing

aids and the alignment and attachment of special
cable trunking heads.
Material:
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

System accessories
Cable manager Packs of Model No. DK

For system-compatible cable deflection while Basic kit 8 7064.100
complying with minimal bending radii and to Maxi kit 20 7064.110
accommodate surplus cables and excess length.
The elements may optionally be used individually
or in combination for cable routing. They may be
combined into semi-circular or circular elements.
As the mounting distance between the elements
grows larger, the deflection radius of the cables
may optionally be enlarged, or the cable route
designed individually. The option of securing ele-
ments on their straight-edge side supports the
use of corners and edges, to allow protected
cable routing around them.
Mounting clips for use above the arc hold the
routed cables back within the elements. The ele-
ments are also bayable in an axial direction to
allow U-based cable routing to the mounting level,
or channelling of the cable sections.
Material:
Plastic, UL 94-V0
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Mounting clip and assembly parts.
Cable duct Size No. of Packs

Model No. DK
W x D mm U of
for TS/TE
For laying cable in particularly high packaging 24 1 7827.310
95 x 235
densities (high density network nodes), in the opti- 42 1 7827.320
cal fibre or copper cabling sector.
Large capacity. A wide range of cable routing,
cable clamping, channelling and cross-cabling Note:
options creates the requirements for maximum When using the duct in conjunction with 482.6 mm
port density in the minimum possible space. (19˝) mounting frames and TS 8, the inner mount-
Individual U-based cable routing makes it pos- ing level in the vicinity of the cable duct is not
sible to dispense with additional cable routing via available.
patch panels within the distributor level, thereby Within the duct, additional cable ties may be
System accessories
equipping every U with connection points. This attached to accommodate spare cables and for
increases port density by up to 50%. system-compatible cable deflection.
The removable duct cover, hinged on both sides,
allows user-friendly access at any time. The cable Accessories:
sections are held back by removable cross-bars
to protect them against falling out. Mounting is Cable ties for spare cables:
either on mounting rails at the sides, or on mount- Packs of Model No. DK
ing angles and mounting frames in the 482.6 mm
4 7827.330
(19˝) distributor level. Two ducts may also be
secured back-to-back. There is a second, smaller
variant available for intensive partial installation.
Material:
Cable duct: Sheet steel, spray-finished
Cable routing components: Plastic
Front trim panel: Aluminium, spray-finished
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Hinged front trim panel.

System accessories
Anti-twist guard Packs of Model No. DK

for cable shunting rings 10 7111.100
For individual attachment of cable shunting rings
(DK 7111.000, DK 7111.900, DK 7112.000) to
mounting angles, mounting frames or enclosure
panels. Mounting can be achieved on a 25 mm
pitch pattern of system punchings on mounting
angles and on the 10.5 x 12.5 mm system punch-
ings of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame. It may
be variably mounted and rotated on the system
punchings in 90° increments.
Form-fit accommodation of the shunting ring into
the integral channel allows large forces to be
accommodated in all directions.
Material:
Plastic
Colour:
RAL 7035
Cable management panel U

Ring size
Model No. DK
mm
482.6 mm (19˝)
For horizontal management of the patch cables, 1 40 x 50 7257.200
with 5 cable shunting rings, supplied loose.
Particularly suitable for use with limited space in
front of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level.
Material:
Panel: Sheet steel
Ring: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated
Colour:
RAL 7035
System accessories
Cable management panel U

Bar depth No. of bars/
Model No. DK
mm U
with cable routing bars 1 Approx. 80 5 7257.050
482.6 mm (19˝)
2 Approx. 80 4 7257.150
For horizontal management of the patch cables
with cable routing bars. Opening the individual
cable routing bars allows user-friendly modifica-
tion and extension of the cabling.
Material:
Panel: Sheet steel, spray-finished, RAL 7035
Cable routing bars: Plastic, black

System accessories
Support W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. DK

for small appliances 350 x 150 x 97 1 7246.500
For secure attachment of non-482.6 mm (19˝)-
conforming small appliances such as modems,
power packs, routers etc. Angular support for
mounting in the free space at the side between Accessories:
the 482.6 mm (19˝) level and the side panel on Nylon loop,
L-shaped mounting angles, mounting frames or cable ties,
punched sections. see Cat. 32, page 1066.
Attachment of the components and connection
cables can be achieved quickly and easily using
nylon tape or cable ties. Also suitable for cable
25 25
routing in the enclosure depth.
Material:
125
150
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
350
96.5
Document drawer Width Height Depth
Model No. DK
mm mm mm
compartment 71 365 605 7283.200
for TE, TS
Closed drawer compartment to accommodate
up to 2 A4 folders with spine width < 50 mm,
arranged one behind the other. User-friendly
sliding pullout on telescopic slides, may be
secured in both end positions. Lockable.
For mounting in the enclosure depth, externally
at the sides on 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles
and 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames, on enclo-
sures with a width > 800 mm.
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Security box, 482.6 mm (19˝) Width

Height
Depth
Model No. DK
System accessories
mm mm
Lockable box for access-protected, secure
accommodation of computers or equipment used 482.6 (19˝) 5U 600 7283.100
e.g. for recording sensitive, security-relevant data
such as video monitoring or backups.
Note:
Assembly screws at the front on the 482.6 mm
Active fan unit, DK 7980.100, for optional retrofit-
(19˝) level, inaccessibly concealed when the front
ting.
panel is closed.
Passively vented at the front and rear.
Cable entry opening at the bottom rear.
The mounting distance is infinitely adjustable
within the range 250 – 750 mm.
Interior dimensions:
W x H x D: Approx. 440 x 210 x 590 mm
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

System accessories
Air baffle plates For enclosures

for TS Width Height Model No. DK
Targeted air routing to the components. To pre- mm mm
vent bridges between hot and cold air. Energy 600 2000 7151.206
efficiency is boosted at the same cooling output. 800 2000 7151.208
Mounted all-round on the 482.6 mm (19˝) installa-
tion between the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame
and modular LCP, LCP Plus, side panel or parti- Material:
tion. Air baffle plates: Sheet steel, spray-finished,
The width-variable air baffle plates may be RAL 7035
individually adapted to suit the requirements. Stepped collar: Plastic, to UL 94-V0
In the variant for 800 mm wide enclosures, Blanking panel: Plastic to UL 94-V0, RAL 7035
vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting holes of 3 x 1 U Supply includes:
are additionally integrated, which may be used for 2 side air baffle plates, width-variable
configuration with additional components. Cable 1 air baffle plate at the top, horizontal
glands with stepped collars distributed across the For W = 800 mm including blanking panel and
height facilitate shielded cable routing between stepped collar.
the front and rear section.
In its delivered state, these openings are sealed Note:
with a 1 U blanking panel with snap-in attach- Mounting on the inner and outer mounting level
ment. in the enclosure depth is not possible.
Mounting panel Panel height

Panel width
mm
482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U 2U 450 1 7151.300
For fast integration of smaller mounting units
within the 482.6 mm (19˝) level, such as potential
equalisation rails, distributor boxes, small electri-
cal components etc.
Simple screw-fastening of the components to the
integral 25 mm system punchings.
Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
System accessories
Slide rails, depth-variable, Distance

between Contact
1U 482.6 mm (19˝) surface
Packs
of
Model No.
DK
for server and network enclosures levels mm
with two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels, mm
without additional loss of U 390 – 600 30 2 7063.750
For attachment on both cranked and L-shaped 540 – 750 30 2 7063.752
mounting angles and 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
frames. The slide rails are pulled out to the
required length and secured between the front Note:
and rear mounting level on the 482.6 mm (19˝) Thanks to the thin support surface of only around
pitch pattern. 0.8 mm thickness, exceeding the U pitch pattern
is generally avoided, provided the components do
Load capacity: not exceed a maximum height of 43.5 mm. In this
20 kg static load way, several units may be easily arranged on top
Material: of one another without offset.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

System accessories
Slide rails For hinged part Contact

Packs Model No.
depth surface
for EL of EL
mm mm
For the installation of heavy slide-in equipment.
216 27 10 2240.000
Load capacity per pair: 316 27 10 2250.000
30 kg static load
416 27 10 2260.000
Material: 516 27 10 2262.000
NEW
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
TS divider kit, width-variable For enclosure depth

mm
482.6 mm (19˝)/metric in TS, FR(i)
Universal depth stays to which both L-shaped and 800 1 set 7827.550
cranked mounting angles may be variably 1000 1 set 7827.560
mounted in the depth and width. 1200 1 set 7827.570
Divider kit for all width dimensions
● Imperial mounting dimensions 19˝/22˝/23˝/24˝
● Metric mounting dimensions 18/20 SU Accessories:
Load capacity: C rails 482.6 mm (19˝),
200 kg static load per level see Catalogue 32, page 1091.
Material:
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
System accessories
TS divider kit, heavy-duty, Packs of Model No. DK
width/depth-variable 1 set 7827.590
for mounting frame 482.6 mm (19˝) in TS, FR(i)
Installation in enclosure width 800 mm
The divider kit allows depth- and width-variable Accessories:
installation of a 600 mm wide mounting frame, Mounting frame 482.6 mm (19˝),
482.6 mm (19˝), in 800 mm wide enclosures. see Cat. 32, page 1094.
Load capacity:
750/1500 kg static load per level/per enclosure
Material:
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

System accessories
Assembly kit WxH

mm
for VerticalBox
The vertically hinged support plate offers even 350 x 485 1 7501.100
more flexibility in interior installation for cable
routing, attachment of small appliances, socket
strips etc.
Depth-variably positionable on a 25 mm pitch
pattern.
Material:
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Mounting angles, U Packs of Model No. QB

482.6 mm (19˝) 12 2 7502.203
for VerticalBox
For mounting at the side of the VerticalBox. With Note:
these mounting angles, instead of 5 U vertically at 10 usable U.
the side, up to 10 U may be used horizontally if
only a minimal installation depth is required.
Infinitely depth-variable positioning.
Material:
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
System accessories

System accessories
Strengthener For width

Packs of Model No. TP
mm
for desk unit, rear with hinged lid
600 1 6730.400
● Suitable for mounting operating housings using 800 1 6730.410
− Enclosure attachment CP-L, Ø 130 mm
CP 6525.5X0, see Cat. 32, page 256
− Enclosure attachment CP-XL, round
CP 6130.6X0, see Cat. 32, page 271
− Housing couplings CP-XL
for desk mounting, CP 6528.4X0,
see Cat. 32, page 273
● Easily screw-fastened to the base of the desk
unit.
● Connection hole pattern for CP support arm
systems in the centre as standard; other posi-
tions can be acommodated by drilling extra
holes.
Mounting cut-out required in the lid of the desk
units, mounting cut-outs to match the various sup-
port arm systems.
Material:
Sheet steel
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Mounting cut-outs for the covers of the desk units
for external mounting of CP 6525.5X0 for external mounting of CP 6130.6X0 for external mounting of CP 6528.400/.410
45
Ø 82 Ø 112
215
215
215
79
1 1
9
9
9
Ø
45°
Ø
Ø
45° 1
592/792 = =
180
1 Max. Ø 70 mm
AS interface element Version Packs of Model No. SM

for signal pillars, modular Standard slave 1 2376.100
User-friendly activation of the signal pillar levels

via AS interface. Material:
Benefits: Polycarbonate
● Standard slave.
System accessories
Colour:
● Max. 31 addresses. Black, transparent
● Up to 4 signal levels may be activated.
● Power supply may be switched from internal Protection category:
bus supply to external auxiliary voltage. IP 54 to EN 60 529
1 ● With programming interface.
● Wiring and commissioning work is significantly Also required:
reduced.
Connection components,
65.5
● For mounting directly on the connection compo-

56
nent of the signal pillar. see Cat. 32, page 1126.
Ø 70
1 Pre-configured seal
Voltage supply
AS interface element via bus cable
Operating voltage 18.5 V DC to 31.6 V DC (to AS interface specification)
Connection diagram Polarity reversal protection Built-in
U external (–) Watchdog Built-in
External auxiliary voltage 24 V DC +/– 10%
3 U external (+) Auxiliary voltage internal external
2 4 Current carrying capacity max. 200 mA 200 mA per element
Current rating max. 250 mA 75 mA
1 5
Voltage on signal element 18 – 31 V DC 24 V DC +/– 10%
ASI (+)
0
Short-circuit/overload protection Built-in Pre-fuse M 1.6 A
ASI (–)
Temperature range –20°C to +50°C

System accessories
Mounting components
Also required:
for conduit mounting
1) Connection adaptor SG 2372.120,
Material: see Cat. 32, page 1125.
Polyamide, fibreglass-reinforced 2) Connection component SG 2368.000,
Protection category: see Cat. 32, page 1126.

IP 54 to EN 60 529
Supply includes:
Seals and tube.
Suitable for signal pillar

Mounting component Colour Model No. SG
LED compact modular
Base, tiltable from 0° – 90° in 7.5° increments Black 1) 2) 2374.090
Simple cable entry up to a cable diameter of 14 mm.
77
Ø 25
71
117
Ø 54
Ø 70
Ø 70
TFT holder Packs of Model No. SM

vertically hinged 1 2383.040
Suitable for mounting TFTs with VESA 75/100

adaptation up to 20.1˝ in
● PC cases based on TS and ES
● Other enclosures based on TS Also required:
The TFT support is attached to the upper horizon- For Based on ES
Based on TS
tal enclosure section using suitable fitted bars enclosure
punched rail TS
punched section with
and/or punched sections. depth mounting flange PS
18 x 38 mm
The integral swing mechanism allows the TFT to mm 23 x73 mm
be swung forwards out of the enclosure while 400 8612.240 4369.000
operational, to provide access to the equipment 500 8612.250 4370.000
behind it. The display on the TFT remains visible 600 8612.260 4371.000
even after it has been swung forwards. The length
800 8612.280 4372.000
of the actuator handle is adjustable to adapt to the
System accessories
size of the TFT.

Material:
Sheet steel
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Side view, installed state Top view from above Front view
300
275
5.1
36
360 – 420
1
25
234
25
195.5
100
75
75
300
75
100
126
2
25 125 25
170
1 Monitor height adjustment range
2 Actuator handle

System accessories
Optical mouse IP 68 Connection Packs of Model No. SM

Input device for all areas where heavy contamina- USB 1 6445.100
tion is unavoidable or where exceptional stand- PS2 – on request
ards of hygiene are crucial.
Benefits:
● High-quality silicone surface. Accessories:
● Integral optical scanning.
● Sealed on all sides Connector gland (SZ 2400.500),
● Mechanical operating parts completely imper- see Cat. 32 page 1057.
vious to dirt. Support for mousepad (SM 2381.000),
● Easy to clean. see Cat. 32, page 1145.
● Also suitable for use in hygiene-sensitive areas.
● Optical scanning (with 800 dpi resolution)
● Silicone enclosure with high-quality surface
coating
● Disinfectable
● Application range: from –40°C to +90°C
IP 68 to EN 60 529
Material:
Silicone top
Colour:
Similar to RAL 9002
Supply includes:
USB connection cable,
cable length 1800 mm.
RiCAD 3D Supply includes

Version 2.2 CD-ROM
Language: German/English/Russian/Chinese
The download platform for seamless integra-
tion of Rittal CAD data into your plant designs Model No. SZ 2406.110
Irrespective of which CAD system you use, RiCAD
3D effectively supports the efficiency and produc-
System accessories
tivity of your plant design. CD-ROM with CAD data for the following formats:
● AUTOCAD DWG, DXF (>R12)
● Considerable reduction of engineering and ● ProE 2001
design work ● ProE Wildfire
● Shorter assembly times ● SolidWorks 3D (= 2003)
● Error-free detailed Rittal data ● SolidWorks 3D (≥ 2004)
● Generic original files in 2D and 3D format – ● EPLAN Cabinet
no conversion of neutral formats ● Neutral Step format
● 2D-DXF
Online access to original data for virtually any
CAD system via:
www.rittal.com/RiCAD3D
New in Version 2.2:
● Network enclosures
● Server racks
● Subracks
● 482.6 mm (19˝) accessories

Technical details
Consoles
Page 17
TP 6720.200, TP 6721.200, TP 6722.200, TP 6723.200 TP 6720.100, TP 6721.100, TP 6722.100, TP 6723.100
225
49.8
14° 225
49.8
1
486
425
Technical details
413
14°
665
716
636
575
563
784
486
4 25
413
587.5
477
465
557
565
425
387
210
1 Max. installation depth

415 mm
Deep console TP Deep console TP

used in conjunction with TP desk unit and pedestal when mounting directly on pedestal
D = 500 mm D = 500 mm
Quickline panel with keyboard housing

Page 31
CP 6690.600/CP 6691.600 A View A

CP 6690.610/CP 6691.610 for CP 6690.600/CP 6691.600
450 191 575
160
2.5
Ø 70
Ø7
80
3
191
Ø 82
290
538/383
492/337
19
2.5 495 2.5
1
137.5
1 Not applicable to CP 6690.600/

2
207 CP 6690.610
4 2 Welded stud for the attachment of
mounting bracket CP 6205.100
2.5
30°
18
2 3 Max. installation depth 185 mm
222
4 Reinforcement plate always on the

13
7.5 support arm connection point
22
8
.5
57
450
90

Technical details
Subracks 6
Key to drawing for Ripac EASY subrack Page 49
T1
T2
As illustrated by the example of 4
Ripac Vario EMC 6 U
B1 482.6 mm (19˝) 3
B2 HP pitch units (for 482.6 mm (19˝): 84 HP)
T1 Side panel depth 5
6
6 HE
T2 Pitch
7 Mounting holes Ø 4.1 mm 4
for screws M4 x 12
Technical details
3
B2
B1
4.1
1 2 7
Ripac EASY 3 U, 6 U – Supply includes Page 49

Height units U 3 6 Page
T1 T2 Packs
mm mm of
175 150 2 3634.695 3634.720
235 210 2 3634.700 3634.725
2 Side panels 295 270 2 3634.705 3634.730 50
355 330 2 3634.710 3634.735
415 390 2 3634.715 3634.740
Flanges 3 U 3634.745 2 2 –
1 50
Flanges 6 U 3634.750 2 – 2
2 Side panels see above 2 2 2 –
3 A2 Rails front, including threaded inserts, screws 3634.600 2 2 2 51
4 C4/C5 Rails rear, including screws 3634.615/.620 2 2 2 51/52
5 D2/D3 Horizontal rails, rear, centre 3634.045/.085 1 – 1 52/53
6 Assembly screws M4 x 12 (prefitted) 3634.430 100 8 10
T1
L4 = n1 x 100
12.5 100
4.1
T1 4.1 4.1 2
A
Ø
12.5 L4 = n1 x 100 3
2
4.1
4.1 4.1
.4
Ø
Ø7
3
110
74
264.35
257.35
243.35
207.35
252.35
133.35
131
124
119
110
X
110
74
20 19.5
55 20 1 1 Drilled holes suitable
2 L2 20 19.5 for threaded inserts
150 L3 = n x 60 55 20 1 PEM-FM4-1
T2 L2
2 Half shear, Ø 2 mm
150 L3 = n x 60
T2 3 Half shear height 1 mm
Instrument cases/system enclosures Model No. Model No. U HP D (T)

e
B1 B2
VM VM (EMC) (HE) (TE) mm mm mm
Ripac Vario-Module Page 55 – 56
3982.000 3983.000 2 42 250.4 22 235.6 251.6
2U B2 3982.020 3983.020 2 42 310.4 28 235.6 251.6
T B1
3982.290 3983.290 2 63 250.4 22 342.3 358.3
e x 10 = f TE
3982.300 3983.300 2 63 310.4 28 342.3 358.3
3982.010 3983.010 2 84 250.4 22 449.0 465.1
88.05
2 HE
76.2
67.5
78
3982.030 3983.030 2 84 310.4 28 449.0 465.1

B = Width

Technical details

Wall-mounted, railway-compatible version, specific thermal output 27 – 98 W/K Page 63
Mounting cut-out SK 3126.4XX
External mounting Installation with adjustable frame
127
280 282
244 60 = =
23
(66.5)
22.5
22.5
Technical details
=
650
600
611
653
699
520
x)
(8
8
Ø
=
x)
(4
Ø7
255
328
Internal mounting
254 Adjustment options
107 8
7.5 1
60
57
37.5
17.5
215
60
60
M6
84.5
104.5
50
127
109.5
27.5
89.5
1.5 M6
650
624
254
30
7.5
42.5
22.5
21.5 105
362.5
74
118
75.5 105
1 Microcellular rubber seal EPDM, black 12 mm,

Ø 8 (8 x) as solid all-round rubber seal
254

400 140
250
27.5 250 70
23
36.5
180
180
280
327
250
x)
Ø 40 (2
255
953
750
999
920
950
(8 x)
Ø 9.5
385
345
250
327
160 20
30
50 402
448
Internal mounting
370
Adjustment options 1
7.5
10
30
70
27.5
47.5
Ø 250
365
8
(7 M6
x)
M6
50
160
92.5
112.5
70
27.5
140
112.5
92.5
M6
190.5
920
30
7.5
47.5
27.5
175
619
127
39.5
175
198
as solid all-round rubber seal

28
39.5

Technical details

Wall-mounted, railway-compatible version, specific thermal output 27 – 98 W/K Page 63
400 150
250
23
25 250 70
25
210
280
210
327
250
Ø
9.5
)
255
x
Technical details
(2
953
750
999
(8
920
950
40
x)
Ø
385
345
250
327
145 35
35
50 402
448
Internal mounting
370 1
Adjustment options 7.5
70
10
30
27.5
47.5
250
365
M6
M6
50
92.5
112.5
70
27.5
160
150
122.5
102.5
M6
30
7.5
190.5
920
57.5
37.5
180
619
127
37 as solid all-round rubber seal
215
180
37
19.5

400 150
280 70 402
65
200
210
210
395
380
280
x)
x)
1 (8
0 (1
Ø1
Ø4
260
1530
1480
1628
1580
1582
875
320
260
260
280
340
275
200
250
Internal mounting 448

400
370
1
Adjustment options 7.5
x)
70
(6
27.5
47.5
250
11
Ø
M6
92.5
112.5
M6
70
50
320
27.5
150
122.5
102.5
M6
113
30
7.5
57.5
47.5
367
1558
1580

as solid all-round rubber seal
924.5
965
x)
(2
97.5
8
Ø
205
205
215
200
67.5
62.5
370

Technical details

Useful cooling output 1000 W Page 61
External Partial Internal Mounting cut-out Mounting cut-out Mounting cut-out

mounting internal mounting for external mounting for partial internal for internal mounting
mounting mounting
105 155 400 400 400
50
250 370 370
36.5
400 260 210
330 R6 (4x) 25
235
280
345
Technical details
2
25 x 45
25 x 45
Ø 9.5 (8x)
255
950
950
950
920
920
950
920
920
380 380
385
350
350
Ø 9.5 (4x) Ø 9.5 (4x)
25
15
External Partial Internal Mounting cut-out Mounting cut-out

mounting internal mounting1) for external mounting for partial & internal mounting
mounting
145 245 400
400 370
400 295 150 50 280 320
20
35
R9.5 (2x)
350
310
380
550
1580
1558
1580
1540
1554
1580
Ø 13 (10x) 376
325
260
320
Ø 13 (4x)
340
275
R9.5 (2x)
320
25
1) For installation in 600 mm wide doors, move the mounting cut-out

from the centre of the door to the hinged side by at least 10 mm.
External Partial Internal Mounting cut-out Mounting cut-out Mounting cut-out

mounting internal mounting for external for partial internal for internal
mounting mounting mounting mounting
110 42 280
210 100 164 280 280 254
280 262 254
15.5
200
20
25
Ø 19 (2x)
266
550
480
550
497
523
550
492
550
518
532
524
266
524
266
Ø 8 (4x) Ø 8 (4x) Ø 8 (4x)
(230) 18 x 45 (230) 18 x 45°

Technical details

Power Fluid Cooler, cooling output 7.5 kW Page 64
Power Fluid Cooler, cooling output 10 to 59 kW Page 65
Key to the Characteristic curves of pump
diagram opposite: Layout diagram Model No. SK 3234.090
1 Compressor
5 Condenser 10 50 Hz
40
10 Condenser fan
15 Evaporator coil 30
20 Expansion valve 5 70
23
21 Inspection glass 80 H 20
Technical details
22 Magnetic valve 1
25 10
23 Liquid collector 71
21
25 Filter dryer 0
30 Tank 0 20 40 60 80
.
22 20 35 Q
31 Manometer 15 31
60 30 55
48
35 Filling 81
40 Tank drain 40
48 Level indicator
55 Pump Note:
60 Flow monitor (optional) With an externally lockable cooling cycle,
70 High-pressure switch a bypass (overpressure valve) should be
provided in the external water pipes.
71 Low-pressure switch
80 Thermostat
81 Anti-frost thermostat
Model No. SK Model No. SK Model No. SK Model No. SK

3234.100/.110/.120 3234.130/.140/.150 3234.160/.170 3234.180/.190
50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz
24 36 26 36
22 34
24 34
32
20 32
30 22
18 28 30
H
16
H 26 H 20 H
28
24 18
14 26
22
12 16 24
20
10 18 14 22
20 35 50 65 80 20 40 60 80 100 35 50 80 95 120 140 160 80 90 110 130 160 180 210 250
. . . .
Q Q Q Q
H
. = Delivery head H [m]
Q = Delivery flow Q [l/min]

Technical details

Key to the
diagram opposite: Layout diagram
1 Compressor with oil sump heater
2 Duo pressure monitor LP/HP 3 3
3 Condenser with fan
6 Expansion valve
7 Inspection glass 2 2
8 Magnetic valve
9 9
9 Filter dryer
Technical details
10 Evaporator coil
12 Flow monitor 7 7
1 8 1 8
13 Thermostat 6 6
14 Draining
17 Manometer
18 Pump
19 Return IN
13
20 Inlet OUT
21 Tank
19
35 Filling 10
35 50
48 Level indicator
50 Temperature sensor
12 18 17
48
21
20
14
Note:
With an externally lockable cooling cycle,
a bypass (overpressure valve) should be
Characteristic curves of pump

Model No. SK Model No. SK Model No. SK
3234.200/.210/.220/.230 3234.240/.250/.260/.270 3234.280
50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz
38 32 44
36 30 42
34 28 40
32 38
30 26 36
28 24 34
H 26 H 22 H 32
24 20 30
22 18 28
20 26
18 16 24
16 14 22
14 12 20
100 150 200 250 300 400 250 300 400 500 600 700 800 250 300 400 500 600 700 800
. . .
Q Q Q
H

Technical details

Key to the
1 Compressor with oil sump heater
3 3
2 Duo pressure monitor LP/HP
6 Expansion valve
2 2
7 Inspection glass
8 Magnetic valve 9 9
9 Filter dryer
Technical details
10 Evaporator coil
7 7
11 Safety assembly 1 8 1 8
12 Flow monitor 6 6
13 Thermostat
14 Draining/filling
15 Pressure relief valve
17 Manometer 13
18 Pump
19 Return IN 19
10
20 Inlet OUT
21 Tank
15
12 11 17
FC 18
21 20
14
Note:
With an externally lockable cooling cycle,
a bypass (overpressure valve) should be
Characteristic curves of pump

Model No. SK Model No. SK
3234.290/.300/.310 3234.320/.330/.340
50 Hz 50 Hz
52 52
50 50
48 48
46 46
44 44
42 42
H 40 H 40
38 38
36 36
34 34
32 32
30 30
28 28
250 300 400 500 600 700 800 500 600 700 800 1000 1200 1400
. .
Q Q
H

Technical details

Cooling output 15 to 123 kW Page 80
Key to the
1 Compressor with oil sump heater 3

22
4 Non-return valve 2
5 Pressure sensor
9
6 Expansion valve
7 Inspection glass 1
Technical details
8 Magnetic valve 7
8
9 Filter dryer 6
10 Evaporator coil
11 Safety assembly 13
12 Flow monitor Controller
13 Thermostat
14 Draining/filling 19
10
16 Bypass valve
5
17 Manometer FU 16
15
18 Pump PA
4
12 11 17
19 Return IN
FC PI
20 Inlet OUT
20
21 Tank 21
18
22 Refrigerant collector 4
14 5
PA
FU
Cooling output 145 to 462 kW Page 81

Key to the
1 Compressor with oil sump heater 3 3
4 Non-return valve 2 2
5 Pressure sensor
9 9
6 Expansion valve
7 Inspection glass
8 Magnetic valve 7 7
1 8 1 8
9 Filter dryer
6 6
10 Evaporator coil
11 Safety assembly
12 Flow monitor
13
13 Thermostat 5
FU Controller
14 Draining/filling
4 PA 19
16 Bypass valve 10
17 Manometer
18 Pump 18 16
15 4 5
19 Return IN
12 11 17
20 Inlet OUT PA
21 Tank FC PI
FU 20
21
14

Technical details
Enclosure heaters Without fan

Continuous thermal output 10 – 800 W Page 83 Model No. SK W (B) mm H mm D (T) mm
3105.110 81 123 49
Without fan With fan 3106.120 81 164 49
3115.130 102 155 60
B
B 3116.140 102 225 60
3107.150 102 260 60
3107.160 138 185 60
3102.170 138 250 81
With fan
Technical details
H
Model No. SK W (B) mm H mm D (T) mm
H
3105.210 142 170 101

3105.220 142 170 101
3105.230 142 170 101
3105.180 142 170 101
T
T
3105.190 142 170 101

3105.200 142 170 101
Page 59
External Internal Mounting cut-out Mounting cut-out

mounting mounting for external mounting for internal mounting
155 100 55 1 1
125 100
6.5
Ø
25
25
15 15
400
377
400
377
366
400
386
400
15 40
25
25
Ø
12
18
6.5
Ø
25
(12.5) 100 (12.5) 85

11.5
11.5
10
11
7
(8.5) 108 (8.5) 108

125 125
100
1 Outer contour of climate control unit

55

List of model numbers
Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page
1199.100 9 3232.780 80 3300.560 78 3634.600 51
2240.000 175 3232.790 80 3300.570 78 3634.615 51
2250.000 175 3232.800 81 3300.580 78 3634.620 52
2260.000 175 3232.810 81 3300.590 78 3634.625 54
2262.000 175 3232.820 81 3300.710 78 3634.630 54
2304.010 157 3232.830 81 3300.720 78 3634.635 54
2373.210 11 3232.840 81 3300.730 78 3634.640 54
2373.250 11 3232.850 81 3300.740 78 3634.645 54
2373.300 11 3232.860 81 3300.760 78 3634.650 54
2373.350 11 3232.870 81 3300.770 78 3634.655 54
2374.090 178 3232.880 81 3300.780 78 3634.660 54
2376.100 177 3234.090 64 3300.790 78 3634.665 54
2383.040 178 3234.100 65 3301.210 72 3634.670 54
2388.000 159 3234.110 65 3301.230 72 3634.675 54
2388.120 159 3234.120 65 3301.420 72 3634.680 54
2388.600 159 3234.130 65 3301.460 71 3634.685 54
2388.800 159 3234.140 65 3301.470 73 3634.690 54
2406.110 179 3234.150 65 3301.475 73 3634.695 50
2507.100 167 3234.160 65 3301.480 70, 74, 127 3634.700 50
2507.200 167 3234.170 65 3301.606 59 3634.705 50
2507.300 167 3234.180 65 3301.620 78 3634.710 50
2507.400 167 3234.190 65 3301.630 78 3634.715 50
2507.500 167 3234.200 66 3301.640 78 3634.720 50
2508.100 9 3234.210 66 3301.650 78 3634.725 50
2537.000 9 3234.220 66 3301.660 78 3634.730 50
2537.010 9 3234.230 66 3301.670 78 3634.735 50
2560.010 168 3234.240 66 3301.680 78 3634.740 50
2561.010 168 3234.250 66 3301.690 78 3634.745 50
2562.010 168 3234.260 66 3301.790 71 3634.750 50
2563.010 168 3234.270 66 3301.830 78 3634.770 54
2570.200 168 3234.280 66 3301.840 78 3634.780 54
2891.000 153 3234.290 67 3301.850 78 3659.520 57
2892.000 153 3234.300 67 3301.860 78 3659.590 57
3102.170 83 3234.310 67 3301.870 78 3659.680 57
3105.110 83 3234.320 67 3301.880 78 3982.000 55
3105.180 83 3234.330 67 3301.890 78 3982.010 55
3105.190 83 3234.340 67 3301.980 73 3982.020 55
3105.200 83 3286.230 85 3301.990 78 3982.030 55
3105.210 83 3286.240 85 3303.130 62 3982.290 55
3105.220 83 3286.250 85 3303.530 62 3982.300 55
3105.230 83 3286.260 84 3304.800 61 3983.000 56
3106.120 83 3286.270 84 3328.800 61 3983.010 56
3107.150 83 3286.280 84 3431.020 44 3983.020 56
3107.160 83 3300.160 77 3431.030 44 3983.030 56
3115.130 83 3300.170 77 3634.045 53 3983.290 56
3116.140 83 3300.180 77 3634.085 52 3983.300 56
3126.410 63 3300.230 74 3634.100 49 4000.039 157
3126.424 63 3300.235 74 3634.110 49 4000.049 157
3128.410 63 3300.260 79 3634.120 49 4000.059 157
3128.424 63 3300.261 79 3634.130 49 4000.500 158
3129.410 63 3300.262 79 3634.140 49 4127.010 167
3129.424 63 3300.263 79 3634.150 49 4127.210 167
3130.410 63 3300.290 79 3634.160 49 4138.240 166
3130.424 63 3300.291 79 3634.170 49 4138.250 166
3201.030 85 3300.292 79 3634.180 49 4138.280 166
3201.050 85 3300.293 79 3634.190 49 4138.290 166
3201.200 59 3300.294 79 3634.200 49 4138.400 166
3201.300 59 3300.295 79 3634.210 49 4138.450 166
3232.700 80 3300.296 79 3634.220 49 4140.000 165
3232.710 80 3300.297 79 3634.230 49 4140.210 165
3232.720 80 3300.420 72 3634.233 54 4140.220 165
3232.730 80 3300.480 70 3634.240 49 4140.810 163
3232.740 80 3300.510 78 3634.250 49 4140.820 163
3232.750 80 3300.520 78 3634.420 54 4140.830 163
3232.760 80 3300.530 78 3634.450 54 4140.840 163
3232.770 80 3300.540 78 3634.515 53 4315.100 167

4315.110 167 6528.450 29 7283.100 173 7820.100 89
4315.150 167 6690.600 31 7283.200 173 7820.200 89
4315.200 167 6690.610 31 7320.005 122 7820.240 89
4315.210 167 6691.600 31 7320.100 114, 117 7820.300 89
4315.320 167 6691.610 31 7320.101 118 7820.340 89
4315.330 167 6720.100 17 7320.111 119, 127 7820.350 89
4315.350 167 6720.200 17 7320.112 120 7820.355 89
4315.400 167 6721.100 17 7320.210 125, 127 7820.360 89
4315.410 167 6721.200 17 7320.240 114 7820.400 89
4315.450 167 6722.100 17 7320.241 114 7820.410 89
4315.520 167 6722.200 17 7320.242 116 7820.440 89
4315.530 167 6723.100 17 7320.245 116 7820.500 89
4315.550 167 6723.200 17 7320.248 123 7820.510 89
4315.600 167 6730.400 177 7320.425 114, 127 7820.540 89
4315.610 167 6730.410 177 7320.435 127 7820.600 89
4315.710 167 6730.600 84 7320.440 114, 127 7820.610 89
4315.720 165, 167 6740.500 16 7320.442 122 7820.620 89
4315.800 164 6742.500 16 7320.450 114, 127 7820.640 89
4315.810 164 6746.500 16 7320.470 114 7820.650 90
4315.820 164 6748.500 16 7320.472 114 7820.670 90
4315.830 164 7000.625 162 7320.481 114 7820.700 90
4315.840 164 7000.626 162 7320.505 115 7820.710 90
4315.850 164 7000.671 160 7320.515 115 7820.720 90
4315.860 164 7000.875 93 7320.530 125 7820.730 90
4583.500 156 7000.882 93 7320.535 115 7820.740 90
4911.000 13 7000.885 93 7320.585 116 7820.750 90
4911.100 13 7000.892 93 7320.721 123 7820.760 90
4911.200 159 7000.895 93 7320.725 122 7820.770 90
4912.000 13 7000.930 86 7320.726 122 7820.800 90
4916.000 13 7000.934 86 7320.790 127 7820.810 90
4918.000 13 7000.940 86 7320.791 128 7820.830 90
4920.000 13 7000.942 86 7320.792 128 7820.832 90
5001.050 158 7000.944 86 7320.793 128 7820.840 90
5001.051 158 7000.946 86 7320.820 121 7820.850 90
5001.052 158 7000.960 86 7337.510 139 7820.860 90
5001.053 158 7000.962 86 7337.520 139 7820.870 90
5001.370 153 7040.010 102 7337.530 139 7820.880 90
5001.371 153 7040.020 102 7337.540 139 7820.882 90
6016.600 28 7040.030 102 7337.550 139 7820.890 90
6016.700 28 7040.040 102 7337.560 139 7820.892 90
6070.000 21 7040.110 102 7338.110 125 7820.950 90
6070.200 20 7040.120 102 7338.200 125 7820.952 90
6071.000 26 7040.200 102 7338.300 125 7821.100 89
6071.200 21 7040.210 102 7338.310 125 7821.200 89
6071.400 22 7063.725 162 7501.000 91 7821.240 89
6071.800 22 7063.750 174 7501.100 176 7821.300 89
6072.200 25 7063.752 174 7502.203 176 7821.340 89
6072.400 24 7063.892 162 7502.436 92 7821.355 89
6072.500 24 7063.894 162 7502.446 92 7821.400 89
6072.600 23 7063.896 162 7507.750 154 7821.410 89
6072.800 23 7064.100 171 7507.755 154 7821.440 89
6073.000 25 7064.110 171 7526.607 169 7821.500 89
6074.000 20 7111.100 172 7526.627 169 7821.510 89
6074.100 20 7151.206 174 7526.697 169 7821.540 89
6074.300 20 7151.208 174 7526.807 169 7821.600 89
6074.500 20 7151.300 174 7526.827 169 7821.610 89
6445.100 179 7151.400 161 7526.887 169 7821.620 89
6501.170 29 7200.210 114, 125, 127 7526.888 160 7821.640 89
6508.020 29 7200.211 127 7552.002 131 7821.650 90
6510.320 27 7200.213 127 7552.510 130 7821.670 90
6510.330 27 7200.214 127 7555.100 129 7821.700 90
6510.340 27 7200.215 127 7555.310 129 7821.710 90
6511.050 27 7246.500 173 7611.100 170 7821.720 90
6511.060 27 7257.050 172 7611.110 170 7821.730 90
6513.050 27 7257.150 172 7816.310 155 7821.740 90
6513.060 27 7257.200 172 7816.312 155 7821.750 90

7821.760 90 7831.810 96 8900.060 13 9756.555 150
7821.770 90 7831.812 96 8900.840 13 9756.565 149
7821.800 90 7831.813 96 8900.850 13 9757.515 149
7821.810 90 7831.820 95 9340.030 38 9757.525 150
7821.830 90 7831.822 95 9340.035 38 9757.535 150
7821.832 90 7831.825 95 9340.040 38 9757.545 150
7821.840 90 7831.827 95 9340.230 39 9757.555 150
7821.850 90 7831.830 96 9340.240 39 9757.565 149
7821.860 90 7831.850 95 9340.620 39 9758.015 149
7821.870 90 7856.003 109 9340.820 39 9758.525 150
7821.880 90 7856.005 109 9340.950 40 9758.535 150
7821.882 90 7856.006 109 9342.030 38 9758.545 150
7821.890 90 7856.008 109 9342.311 47 9758.555 150
7821.892 90 7856.043 110 9342.321 47 9765.051 149, 150
7821.950 90 7856.095 110 9345.000 41 9765.080 152
7821.952 90 7856.510 105 9345.010 41 9765.081 152
7824.280 156 7856.520 105 9345.030 41 9783.510 145
7824.282 156 7856.530 105 9345.100 42 9783.520 145
7824.310 155 7856.540 105 9345.110 43 9783.530 145
7824.312 155 7856.550 105 9345.200 42 9783.540 145
7824.650 161 7856.719 133 9345.210 43 9783.550 145
7825.366 154 7856.722 133 9345.400 42 9783.610 145
7825.368 169 7856.731 133 9345.410 43 9784.520 146
7825.386 154 7856.734 133 9346.000 45 9784.540 146
7825.388 169 7857.420 101 9346.010 45 9784.620 146
7826.750 159 7857.423 101 9346.020 45 9784.640 146
7827.310 171 7857.424 101 9346.030 45 9785.511 154
7827.320 171 7857.800 104 9346.110 46 9785.512 154
7827.330 171 7857.801 104 9346.210 46 9785.513 154
7827.550 175 7857.802 104 9346.310 46 9785.514 154
7827.560 175 7857.803 104 9346.430 46 9785.517 154
7827.570 175 7857.806 104 9346.440 46 9785.518 154
7827.590 175 7857.807 104 9346.450 46 9785.519 154
7829.152 168 7857.910 97 9751.515 149 9785.520 154
7829.210 168 7857.950 97 9751.525 149 9786.100 152
7830.100 87 7858.200 169 9751.535 149 9786.110 152
7830.110 87 7859.120 108 9751.545 150 9786.200 152
7830.120 88 7859.130 108 9751.555 150 9786.210 152
7830.130 88 7859.222 107 9751.565 150 9786.300 152
7830.200 87 7859.225 107 9751.575 149 9786.310 152
7830.202 87 7859.232 107 9751.585 150 9791.500 151
7830.220 87 7859.235 107 9751.625 148 9791.510 151
7830.230 87 7890.020 133 9751.645 148 9791.520 151
7830.240 87 7890.206 133 9751.665 148 9791.530 151
7830.250 87 7890.208 133 9752.515 150 9791.540 151
7830.270 87 7890.226 133 9752.525 150 9901.816 53
7830.300 88 7890.228 133 9752.625 148 9911.396 57
7830.320 88 7890.500 133 9753.515 149
7830.330 88 7952.100 167 9753.525 150
7830.335 88 7990.001 137 9753.535 149, 150
7830.340 88 7990.002 137 9753.545 149, 150
7830.350 88 7990.003 137 9753.675 149, 150
7830.370 88 7990.004 137 9754.515 149, 150
7830.380 88 7990.005 137 9754.525 149, 150
7830.800 87 7990.006 137 9754.535 150
7830.850 87 7990.007 137 9754.545 150
7831.718 155 7990.008 137 9755.515 149
7831.730 94 7990.009 137 9755.525 150
7831.732 94 7990.010 137 9755.535 150
7831.740 94 7990.011 137 9755.545 150
7831.742 94 7990.012 137 9755.555 150
7831.752 94 7990.013 137 9755.565 149
7831.762 94 8450.680 12 9756.515 149
7831.800 96 8611.400 157 9756.525 150
7831.802 96 8806.580 12 9756.535 150
7831.803 96 8900.050 13 9756.545 150

Index
A Cables
Cam lock HD
CM base configuration rail
39
157
80, 81
153
E
Accessories 153 – 179 CMC-TC basic mounting unit 122 Earthing strap for buildings 168
– for climate control 84, 85 CMC-TC monitoring system 117 – 120 EMC
– System accessories 153 – 179 – Add-on GSM unit 121 – Shield bus 159
Active Power System Module PSM/ – Processing Unit II (PU II) 117 Enclosure attachment CP-C
Power Control Unit PCU 106, 110 – Processing Unit II plus (PU II plus) 118 – for support arm connection
Adaptor – Wireless sensor network 111 – 116 CP-L Ø 130 mm, CP-XL 20
– for Siemens Pro-Panel 29 CMC-TC outdoor handle Enclosure heaters 82, 83
– for top-hat rail mounting for CS Toptec 122 Energy-saving extractor plenum 79
for Ripac EASY 54 CMC-TC sensor units 121 Extension kit for complete earthing kit 168
Adaptor frame Comfort handle TS 8 CCP External aerial 114
– for wall-mounted cooling units 84 – with master key function 123
Adaptor power pack Compact enclosures AE 6 – 11
– for LED system light 164 – Rails for interior installation 10, 11
Additional fastening attachment
– for busbar support SV
Add-on unit
38
Compact light UL
Complete earthing kit, extension kit
Component shelf
165
168
162
F
– GSM Unit Quad-Band 121 Conduit Fan unit, active for TE 160
Adjustable frame – CP-L 27 Filter mat
– for air/air heat exchangers 84 Configurator for support arm and – for thermoelectric cooler 85
Aerial, external 114 pedestal systems 26 Flange for Ripac EASY 50
Air baffle plates for TS 174 Connecting part CP-L 27 FlatBox base/plinth 154
Air block panel, vertical 161 Connection accessories Front cover
Air/air heat exchangers – for lights 164 – 167 – for LCP Inline 73
– Wall-mounted, Connection adaptor Fuse holder (3-pole) 41 – 43
railway-compatible version 63 – CP-L to CP-L 26 Fused isolators
Aisle containment 77 Connection cables – Size 00 45
Angle coupling 90° – for lights 164 – 167 – Sizes 1 – 3 46
– CP-C 21 Connection component
Angle piece – with circuit-breaker 10 A 167
– CP-C 22 Connection console CP-L
Anti-twist guard
for cable shunting ring
AS interface element
– for signal pillars, modular
172
177
– for Beckhoff Control-Panels
Connection kit
Connection section
29
79 G
– CP-C 20 Gland plate module, multi-piece 169
Assembly parts for earth straps Consoles Gland plate modules, vented 154
and earthing braids 168 – Consoles TP 17 Gland plates
Automatic door control unit 127 – One-piece 14 – 16 – for CS New Basic enclosures 154
Automatic door kit 128 Cool Efficiency 60, 61 – Plastic 168
Automatic door switch 128 Cooling module GSM Unit Quad-Band 121
– for LCP Standard 72
Cooling units 58 – 62
– Thermoelectric cooler 58, 59
B Covers for Ripac EASY

CP-C support arm system
CP-L support arm system
54
18 – 25
26 – 29
H
Base configuration rail for CM 153 CRAC systems 78, 79 Heat exchangers
Base/plinth Cross members for RiLine60 39 – Air/air 63
– for FlatBox 154 CS – LCP Inline 73
Basic CMC 119 – Modular enclosure II 147 – 150 – LCP Plus/LCP Plus EC 70
Basic CMC plus 120 – New Basic enclosures 144 – 146 – LCP Smart 71
Basic enclosures CS 144, 146 – Replacement cover 152 – LCP Standard 72
Basic mounting unit CMC-TC 122 – Wall-mounted enclosures 151 – LCP T3+/LCP T3+ EC 74
Battery Manager RiBat 104 Heaters 82, 83
Baying kit Heavy-duty component shelf 162
– for KL, AE 9 Height compensator for actuator lever 159
Baying systems TS
– Door lock
– IP 66/NEMA 4x
– Isolator door cover
13
12
13
D High density cable duct
High Performance Package
Holder 1/2-pole
171
138, 139
38
Digital input, wireless 116 Horizontal rails for Ripac EASY 51 – 53
Busbar supports 1-/2-pole 38 Distributor frame TE 7000 open 86 Housing coupling CP-C
Bus-mounting fuse base 63 A (3-pole) 40 Document drawer compartment – for support arm connection CP-L,
for TE, TS 173 Ø 130 mm 21
Door latch mechanism HPC racks
– for bayed suites 13
C
– for high performance cooling 96
Door stay for escape routes for TS 156 Humidity sensor, wireless 115
Door-operated switch 164, 165, 167 Hygienic Design
Dynamic Rack Control 132, 133 – Cam lock HD 157
Cable clamp struts 170 – Lock insert HD 157
Cable duct for TS/TE 171 – Sloped attachment HD 157
Cable gland plates
– Plastic 168
Cable management panel
– 482.6 mm (19˝) 172
– with cable routing bars 172
Cable manager 171
Cable route, vertical for TS/FR(i) 169
Cable ties 170

Index
I N R
Instrument case/system enclosure NEMA 4x, NEMA 4 Rack extinguisher system
– Ripac Vario-Module 55, 56 – Enclosures TS 12 DET-AC Plus short 124 – 126
Interior installation Network camera 129 Rails
– Rails for enclosure AE 11 Network enclosures – Base configuration rail for CM 153
– Rails for enclosure HD 158 – Based on Rittal TE 7000 open 86 – for EMC shielding bracket
Intermediate hinge – Based on Rittal TS 8 87 – 90 and strain relief 159
– CP-C 22 Network video monitoring 129 – for interior installation AE 11
IP 66 baying systems TS 12 New Basic enclosures CS 144 – 146 – for interior installation HD 158
IP protective cover for sensor 116 NH bus-mounting on-load isolators Raised-floor, CRAC system 78, 79
IP-Cam network camera 129 – Size 000 44 Rear panel for operating housings
Isolator door cover 13 NH fused isolators – with thermoelectric cooler 32, 33
Isolators – Size 00 45 Recooling systems
– Size 000 44 – Sizes 1 – 3 46 – Chillers for IT cooling 80, 81
IT distribution enclosure, PDR flex 97 Noise insulating mats for TS 161 – Power Fluid Cooler 64 – 67
IT wall-mounted distributor, PDR flex 97 Noise protection kit for TS 161 Replacement cover CS 152
RFID controller 133
RFID mounting frame 133
RFID tags 133
K O Ri4Power
RiBat, Battery Manager
RiCAD 3D, Version 2.2
34, 35
104
179
Keyboard rack, 482.6 mm (19˝) 57 OM adaptors 65 A 39 RiLine Class 41 – 43
Keyboard, 482.6 mm (19˝) 57 One-piece consoles TP RiLine D-Switch 40
Keyboard/operating housing – Sheet steel 14 – 16 RiLine NH 44 – 46
– Quickline panel 30, 31 On-load isolators RiLine60
KVM switch 130, 131 – Size 000 44 – Bar systems 39
Optical mouse IP 68 179 – System overview 36, 37
Outdoor CS 144 – 150 Ripac
– EASY 48 – 54
L – Vario-Module
Rittal Power Engineering
55, 56
35
Lampertz
– Efficiency Room 140, 141
P Rittal RiLine60 busbar systems
RiZone – Data Centre
Management Software
Roof plate
36 – 39
134 – 137
– Outdoor data centre 142, 143 Partition
LCP Inline 73 – for TS 155 – for cable entry, super-airtight 160
LCP Plus/LCP Plus EC 70 PDR flex IT distribution enclosure 97 – Multi-piece 169
LCP Smart 71 PDR flex IT wall-mounted distributor 97 Rotatable, tiltable coupling CP-S
LCP Standard 72 Piping systems – for Beckhoff Control-Panels 29
LCP T3+/LCP T3+ EC 74 – in the data centre 75, 76
Levelling component Pivot CP-L 28
S
for base/plinth TS 153 – with jib 28
Lights Plastic
– Compact light 165 – Cable gland plates 168
– LED 163 Plug-in modules PSM 108
– Standard light UL 166 Plug-in modules, active PSM 107 Security box, 482.6 mm (19˝) 173
Liquid cooling package 68 – 74 PMC 40 100 – 103 Server racks 93, 96
Lock insert HD 157 Power Distribution Unit, PDU 105 – Based on Rittal TE 7000 93
Power Fluid Cooler 64 – 67 – Based on Rittal TS 8, Plus 95
Power infeed – Based on Rittal TS 8, pre-configured 94
– for PoE network components 129 – for high performance cooling 96
M Power Modular Concept PMC 40 100 – 103

Power Modular Concept PMC 800
Power packs 24 V (DC)
98, 99
Sheet steel glazed door,
vertically divided
– for TS
Side panel, plug-type, divided
156
155
Measurement system, wireless 116 – for thermoelectric cooler 85
Metal filters 85 Power splitter for Rittal IP-Cam 129 Side panels for Ripac EASY 50
Microsoft Operations Manager 137 Processing Unit II 117 Slide rails 174, 175
Mini-comfort handle – plus 118 Sloped attachment HD
– for AE with cam lock 9 Protective cover for sensor 116 – for TS 157
Modular enclosure II CS 147 – 150 PSM Software
Monitoring system CMC-TC – Busbar 109, 110 – RiCAD 3D 179
– Master II 122 – Plug-in module 108 – RiZone 134 – 137
– Processing Unit II plus 118 – Plug-in module with integral RCD 110 Spare battery for wireless sensors 123
Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) SSC
– for VerticalBox 176 – Duo 16 130
Mounting components – view8 USB 131
– for signal pillar
– for support arm systems CP-C
Mounting kit
178
25 Q Standard light UL
Stay
– Door stay for escape routes
Strengthener
166
156
– Magnet 165 QuickBox wall-mounted enclosures 92
Mounting kit for VerticalBox 176 Quickline panel 30, 31 – for desk unit 177
Mounting kit, depth-variable Subracks
– for 482.6 mm (19˝) component – Individual components 50 – 54
shelves (heavy duty) 162 – Ripac EASY 48, 49
Mounting panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U 174 Support
Mouse IP 68 179 – for small appliances 173
Support arm system CP-C 18 – 25

Index

Support section
– CP-C
System enclosure/instrument case
26 – 29
20 U
– Ripac Vario-Module 55, 56 UPS, PMC 800 98, 99
System lights 163 – 167 UPS, three-phase, PMC 40 100 – 103
T V
TE 7000 Vario-Module, Ripac 55, 56
– Open, distributor frame 86 Vent cover 159
– Server racks 93 VerticalBox 91
Technical details 180 – 189 Video technology 129
Temperature sensor, wireless 115
Terminal block 47
TFT holder, vertically hinged 178
Thermoelectric cooler
Top-hat rails for Ripac EASY
Top-mounted joint
58, 59
54 W
– CP-C 23 Wall mounting bracket for AE 9
Touchscreen display Wall/base mounting
– for LCP Smart 71 – CP-C, small 25
TP Wall-mounted cooling units
– Consoles 17 – (dust) explosion-proof for zone 22 62
– One-piece consoles 14 – 16 – Cool Efficiency 60, 61
TS 8 enclosures – Thermoelectric cooler 58, 59
– Door locking 13 Wall-mounted enclosures CS 151
– IP 66/NEMA 4x 12 Wall-mounted enclosures,
– Isolator door cover 13 based on Rittal QuickBox 92
– Network enclosures 87 – 90 Wall-mounted hinge
– Server racks 96 – CP-C 24
TS divider kit, variable Wide-range power pack
– for mounting angles 175 – for thermoelectric cooler 85
– for mounting frame 175 Wireless
Tube – Access sensor 115
– CP-C 20 – Digital input 116
– CP-L 27 – External aerial 114
– CP-XL 20 – Humidity sensor 115
Twin cords – I/O unit/repeater 114
– for OM adaptors 39 – IP protective cover 116
– Measurement system 116
– Sensor network 111 – 116
– Spare battery 123
– Temperature sensor 115
RAL colours The CE symbol

Colour Colour All Rittal products subject to an EU Direc-
Description Description tive which requires labelling are labelled
RAL RAL
“CE”. Up-to-date manufacturer declarations
3001 signal red 7033 cement grey for the respective products are available on
the Internet at: www.rittal.com
5002 ultramarine blue 7035 pale grey
Note:
The CE symbol is not a quality symbol.
5005 signal blue 7044 silky grey Conformity is certified by the manufacturer
on a independent basis. This distinguishes
5018 turquoise blue 8019 grey brown CE labelling from approvals, which are
issued by independent bodies.
7015 slate grey 9005 jet black
7022 umbra grey 9006 white aluminium
7024 graphite grey 9011 graphite black
7030 stone grey 9017 traffic black We reserve the right to further develop-
ments and technical modifications of
7032 pebble grey
our products. Such modifications, along
with errors and printing errata, shall not
constitute grounds for compensation.
We refer customers to our Terms of Sale
and Delivery.

Rittal Innovations 2008/2009

07/09 E984
Rittal GmbH & Co. KG

Postfach 1662
D-35726 Herborn
Telephone: +49(0)2772 505-0
Telefax: +49(0)2772 505-2319
eMail: info@rittal.de
Innovations 2008/2009
www.rittal.com All supplements to Rittal Catalogue 32
Switch to perfection

Innovations 2008/2009

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Innovations 2008/2009

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Rittal – Your system provider

Rittal Innovations 2008/2009

Rittal GmbH & Co. KG

Power Distribution from page 34

Electronic Packaging from page 48

System Climate Control from page 58

IT Solutions from page 86

Communication Systems from page 144

System accessories from page 153

Technical details from page 180

e.g. planning with intelligent engineering tools

Rittal Innovations 2009

Rittal Innovations 2009 3

working on this, aware that optimisation potential can

be found everywhere. Rittal adopts a systematic

approach and focuses all its resources on a common

goal. By combining all the individual optimisation

measures, we arrive at a brand new approach to

significantly enhanced efficiency. Our formula is very

simple: Get more out of it. More efficiency with new

products, simpler designs, perfect planning, efficient

engineering and faster modifications.

Ri4Power power distribution

4 Rittal Innovations 2009

Cool Efficiency cooling units Support arm system CP-C

Rittal Innovations 2009 5

Enclosure machining Mounting plate machining Spray-finishing:

6 Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures

comes to adapting enclosures to your individual entire order.

requirements. Enclosures are machined to perfection using

Individual enclosures with CAD

7 days1). To ensure that everything runs smoothly, standard RAL colours.

there is an Internet platform in German available at

Delivery time 7 days1)

Offer/Order Enclosure machining Transport

Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures 7

8 Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures

Baying kit Packs of Model No. SZ

Mini-comfort handle Version Model No. SZ

Wall mounting bracket Wall distance

Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures 9

enclosure AE: Additional rails now facilitate further maximum flexibility.

interior installation with the extensive range of TS 8

Cable conduit Door-operated switch Enclosure light

10 Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures

Rails for interior installation 1 For enclosure depth

Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures 11

NEW: Enclosure frame, roof, base, NEMA 4:

Side panels IP 66/NEMA 4x, Baying frame IP 66/NEMA 4x,

12 Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures

TS isolator door cover Width Height Depth Model No.

1 Operating mechanism 4 Connection component

Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures 13

14 Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures

Individual interior configura- Practical diversity: Exemplary cable routing: Ergoform:

Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures 15

Material: Surface finish: Supply includes:

Cable clamp rails 180° hinges

16 Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures

Partial mounting plate TP Cable clamp rails

Rittal Innovations 2009/Industrial Enclosures 17

The comprehensive modular system and the Optipanel command panels.

high load-bearing capacity permit configuration

of an ideal solution for practically every situation.